Proceedings and transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society

Non a ee tithe sid
Stab Nhe tb Ah fe thet ah mac sthd
Taabali dedi Aa G~nahhonsetainiaisaes

vue ~
ond tint hn

ee teen lh ate oe :
: ee etn oe ~ oe “ashi 82
b, Aetiet th.

we An Bhwihe Anan edt
ve Lu ete © nen Bova
nb etie ac timtcin~

rw “ Ahlen od
eae ty A ne eo “ z
a " ‘ ptt 26 A Ste aut octmipatha thet
de Hinton her eh er,

he - . . neon rd age A A Ni roe . "
CoS. GP” OH O-V-! , ye eee He le ? fathom he eth OE 0 hate
6 ee ee < * — ¥ * ts nda i Ro ai db 2
- . - : eI WE
pao o TS ete ne
i Bone tna a Ant

nr et pointed

ethane a tytn: Soa pets err ee
Se ide ate Mon then Het Ne ie Bek dh ate eB
" rey pure

oie dp =n Oetin te =A Ot iota indie) nls
teens > soda te pd Ipoh PhP

ae
6 oes + hnow
Steel Ge Pe
Oe ah
pent wre

ated

oe
as te Moet
sone

eben oe
ten in Np the

by preserve
Ct ee betel

th ath
a Zi

en en os
‘ na te

: > 4 tnd

ale ek RAS Be DBO OAD AE

PE a ne pee ye . =

ee ee ga caren, Beer hte fe rue Op -S ~~ - -

apnea Pe temrrererny SCS DT aaa me onanaiaien ~ — . 4 are
segura pe tyme Aa me tn em wey oem a 2 : ara . ‘ a wen $5 - ‘ RA
~on ep ee A rf ve. - : ; one moe

oes

ere rr nas

F 7

¢
E10? PROCEEDINGS

AND

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

a

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY, {

VOL. V. oa

mee
¥ roe
=i
3/«
es

CL
SESSION 1890—91. ONT

LIVERPOOL :
Prixtrep sy T. Doss & Co., 229, BrowNLow HILL,

1891,

—5T4 0644.
$ War Wy ’

CONTENTS.

I. PROCEEDINGS.
PAGE

Office-bearers and Council, 1890—91 . : avail
Report of the Council . : : ; 4 Wabi.
Summary of Proceedings at the Meetings . SO ES
Laws of the Society é aM ixeve
List of Members . : ; 6 ee

Librarian’s Report (with list of additions to Library) xxiv.

Treasurer's Balance Sheet. ; 5 ; . XXVIII

Il. TRANSACTIONS.

Opening Address:—On the History of the Living
Zoological Collection at Knowsley. By T. J.
Moors, C.M.Z.S., Curator of the Free Public

Museum, President. ‘ : : if
Fourth Annual Report on the Puffin Island
Biological Station and the L.M.B.C. Dredging
Expeditions during 1890. By Professor W. A.
HERDMAN, D.Sc. : : ; ; Set leg)

On Foraminifera from the Mersey. By E. Burcrss. 73
Notes on Cucumaria planct. By H.C. CHapwick. 81
Revised List of the Marine Alge of the L.M.B.C.

District. By R. J. Harvey Gipson, M.A.,
Hee. : ; : : 3 2 5 6

On the Genus Hcteinascidia and the Clavelinide.
By Professor W. A. HeRDMAN, D.Sc. . 144

lave CONTENTS.

The Distribution of Algze in Space and Time. By
GrorGE Murray, F.L.S., Botanical a
ment, British Museum. . ‘ 164

The Biological Results of the Cruise of Mr. A. Holt’s
8.Y. “Argo” round the West Coast of Ireland
during August, 1890. By Professor W. A.
Herpman, D.Sc. With an Appendix on the

Sponges by R. HanirscH, Ph.D. .. . =) SH
Report on the Polychetous Annelids of the L.M.B.C.
District. By J. HoRNELL. . : : - 228
On the preparations of Marine Animals as Lantern
Slides. By Dr. H. C. Sorsy, F.R.S. : . 269
List of the Fresh Water Algze of the Liverpool
District. By W. NARRAMoRE, F.L.S. . . 22
ERRATA.

Page 28, line 18 from foot, delete Sertularella tenella.

Page 387, line 7 from foot, delete Leda pernula.

Page 47, line 4 from foot, delete Chiton discrepans.

Plate III. reprinted from the Journ. Linn. Soe. has not
been re-lettered and bears it original number, PI. 34.

Page 112, footnote: for Vol. part 33, read Vol. xxviu,
part 33.

Page 180, fifth line from the top; for 29, read 22.
Sixth line from the bottom ; for 42, read 45.

Page 132, sixth lne from top; for 39 read 40.

Page 140, fourteenth line from bottom ; for 90 read 89.

Explanation of Plate V. add

Fig. 10. Isolated central cell. x 450.

Fig. 11. Striation on walls of intercellular canal.
x 450.

PROCEEDINGS

OF ,THE

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

OFFICE-BEARERS AND COUNCIL

FOR SESSION V., 1890—91.

President :

T. J. MOORE, C.M.Z.S., Lonp.

Pice-Presidents :
J. DRYSDALE, M.D., F.R.M.S.
Prorsssor W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S.E.

Hon. Creasurer :

ISAAC C. THOMPSON, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.

Hon. Librarian :

R. HANITSCH, Pu.D.

Hon. Secretary :

R. J. HARVEY GIBSON, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.E.

Council :
H. C. BEASLEY. _ J. LOMAS, Assoc. N.S.S.
N. CAINE. F. C. LARKIN, F.R.C.S.
Pror. CATON, M.D., F.R.C.P. G. H. MORTON, F.G.S.
W. J. HALLS. | W. NARRAMORE, F.L.S.
C. H. HURST, Pu.D. THOS. C. RYLEY.

ALFRED LEICESTER. | A. O. WALKER, F.L.S.

REPORT of COUNCIL.

Durine the Session 1890—91 there have been eight
ordinary monthly meetings of the Society, held as hereto-
fore at University College, and one field meeting at Hilbre
Island in June, 1891.

As on former occasions the Society has been favoured
with addresses from some distinguished Biologists from
other centres, viz., Dr. H. C. Sorby, F.R.S, and Mr. G.
Murray, F..8., whose papers were much appreciated.

The communications made to the Society have been
representative of almost all branches of Biology, whilst
not a few interesting exhibits have been submitted at the
meetings.

The society may congratulate itself on the excellent
condition of the Library as shewn by the Librarian’s
Report which follows.

The Treasurer’s usual statement and Balance Sheet are
appended.

No alterations have been made in the laws of the Society
during the past session.

The members at present on the roll are as follows :—

Honorary Members............ 5
Ordinary Members............. 66
Student Members.............. 25

SUMMARY of PROCEEDINGS at the MEETINGS.

The first meeting of the fifth session was held at
University College on Friday, 10th October, 1890, Mr.
T. J. Moore, President, in the chair.

1. The Report of the Council on the Session 1889-90 (see
“Proceedings,” Vol. IV., p. vill.) was read and
adopted.

2. The Treasurer’s Balance Sheet for the Session 1889-90
(see “‘ Proceedings,” Vol. IV., p. xxxi.) was sub-
mitted and approved. |

3. The Report of the Librarian (see ‘‘ Proceedings,” Vol.
IV., p. xxvii.) was submitted and approved.

4. The following Office-bearers and Council for the
ensuing session were elected :—Vice-Presidents,
J. Drysdale, M.D., F.R.M.S., Professor W. A.
filerdmean, DiSc., E.LiS., PARSE. ; Wreasurer,
Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.8., F.R.M.S.; Librarian,
R. Hanitsch, Ph.D.; Secretary, R. J. Harvey
Gibson VOA Hl S:., HRS Re; Council, H.C.
Beasley, N. Caine, Prof. Caton, M.D., F.R.C.P.,
W. J. Halls, C. H. Hurst, Ph.D., Alfred Leicester,
Jevliomas, Acsoc. N.S.s. 7. Clarkin, H.R.C.S.,
Gao Morton. JH GS. VW. Naxramore, FE 1S.,
Thos. C. Ryley, A. O. Walker, F.L.5.

5. Miss A. EK. Warham, B.Sc., exhibited some specimens
of the rare fresh-water worm Pteridonais.

This rare worm was first found by Mr. T.
Shepheard, F.R.M.S., of Chester, in a canal in that
neighbourhood, about August, 1882. It was exhib-

XK. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ited and described by Professor Ray Lankester at
the meeting of the British Association at Southport
in 1883. It is one of the Oligocheta, and obtains its
name from the presence of three pairs of bunches
of long sete placed on the segments behind the
head. It forms a delicate tube, in which 1t lives,
attached to Cordylophora and water-weeds, and
which it can leave at will. Asexval reproduction
takes place by gemmation. The specimens ex-
hibited were sent to Professor Herdman by Mr.
Shepheard a few days before (October 8rd, 1890).
They were found in the Chester canal, where the
animal had not been seen for six years previously.
6. The President read his opening address ‘‘ on the History
of the Living Zoological Collection at Knowsley ”’
(see “Transactions,” this volume, p. 1). ‘The
address was illustrated by many specimens from
the Derby Museum, Pictures, Books, &c.
A vote of thanks to the President was proposed
by Dr. Newton and seconded by Mr. Morton and
carried unanimously.

The second meeting of the Society was held at Univer-
sity College on Friday, November 14th, 1890, Mr. T. J.
Moore, President, in the chair.

1. Mr. H. C. Beasley exhibited and made some remarks
on a specimen of Lithostrotion gunceum. A dis-
cussion followed.

2. A paper on the Foraminifera of Aigburth was read by
Mr. I. C. Thompson for Mr. HE. Burgess. (See
Transactions, p. 73.)

3. Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., read the Fourth Annual
Report on the Puffin Island Biological Station and

SUMMARY OF PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS. X1.

the L.M.B.C. Dredging Expeditions. The Report
was illustrated by lantern slides and specimens.
Mr. F. Archer, Mr. Leicester, and Mr. Harvey
Gibson afterwards exhibited with remarks some of
the chief finds made in their special groups. (See
Transactions, p. 19.)

The third meeting of the Society was held at University
College on Friday, December, 12th, 1890, Mr. T. J.
Moore, President, in the chair.

1. Mr. G. H. Morton, F'.G.S., exhibited a series of speci-
mens of Syringopora and made remarks on the
genus.

2. A short paper by Mr. H. C. Chadwick on Cucumaria
planci was communicated. (See Transactions, p. 81).

3. On the genus Hctemascidia, &c., by Professor W. A.
Herdman, D.Sc. (See Transactions, p. 144.)

4. Mr. Harvey Gibson gave an account of the Marine
Algze collected in the District during the past two
years, and illustrated his remarks by specimens
and lantern views. (See Transactions, p. 83.)

The fourth meeting of the Society was held in Univer-
sity College on January 23rd, 1891, Mr. T. J. Moore,
President, in the chair.

1. Mr. G. H. Morton, F.G.S., exhibited with remarks
some old Catalogues of the Liverpool Museum.

2. Mr. F. Archer, B.A., communicated some notes on the
occurrence of seals in Anglesea.

3. Mr. H. C. Beasley exhibited a sandstone slab from
Runcorn shewing foot prints and tracks of animals.
A long discussion followed in which Messrs. Lomas,
Morton, Herdman, Moore, Archer and others took

part.

Xll. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

4, Mr. J. Lomas, exhibited a Calamite from St. Helens.
5. Dr. Hanitsch gave an address, illustrated by lantern
views, on the structure of British Sponges.

6. Mr. A. J. Ewart gave an account of an expedition
undertaken by himself, Mr. Henderson, and Mr.
Harvey Gibson, during the first week of the year,
to Port Erin, I. of Man, the object of the expedition
being the collection of Alge. The results arrived
at are given in Mr. Harvey Gibson’s paper on the
Marine Algze of the District. (See Transactions,
p- 83.)

The fifth meeting of the Society was held at University
College on Friday, February 13th, Mr. T. J. Moore,
President, in the chair.

1. Mr. A. O. Walker, F..S., read a report on the Higher
Crustacea collected in the L.M.B.C. District during
1890.

2. Prof. Herdman gave an account of the Biological
results of the cruise of Mr. A. Holt’s S.Y. “‘Argo”
round the W. Coast of Ireland during August,
1890. 'The paper was illustrated by specimens and
lantern views. (See Transactions, p. 181.)

3. Mr. George Murray, F..8., Botanical Department,
British Museum, delivered an address on the Dis-
tribution of Algee in Space and Time. (See Trans-
actions, p. 164.)

A vote of thanks was proposed to Mr. Murray by
the Secretary, seconded by Dr. Herdman and
carried unanimously.

The sixth meeting of the Society was held at University
College on Friday, March 13th, Prof. W. A. Herdman,
Vice-President, in the chair.

at

SUMMARY OF PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS. xiii.

1. Mr. I. C. Thompson read a letter from Mr. W. 8.
McMillan giving some details of his biological
work in the West Indies.

2. Mr. EF. Archer drew attention to the appointment of
a Superintendent to the new Sea-Fishery Board
under the Lancashire County Council. On the
motion of Prof. Herdman, seconded by My. Archer,
the Secretary was instructed to inform the chair-
man of the County Council “‘that the Liverpool
Biological Society learn with pleasure of the estab-
lishment of a Sea-Fishery Board under the County
Council of Lancashire and of the election of a
Superintendent, to whom they will be pleased to
afford all possible assistance in the prosecution of
his labours.”

3. Mr. I. C. Thompson exhibited with remarks an abnor-
mal ege.

4, Prof. Herdman exhibited with remarks a supposed
mummy kitten from Heypt.

5. Mr. J. Hornell read a Report on the Polychetous
Annelids of the L.M.B.C. District. (See Trans-
actions, p. 223.)

The seventh meeting of the Society was held at Uni-
versity College on Friday, April 10th, Mr. T. J. Moore,
President, in the chair.

1. The Secretary read a communication from Dr. Hurst

suggesting certain experiments on peas, with the
view of testing the results obtained by Mr. Francis
Galton.

2. Prof. Herdman made some observations on the results
of a recent visit of some members of the Society to
Hilbre Island. The animals collected on that occa-
sion were exhibited.

XIV. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

3. Dr. H. C. Sorby; F.R.S., gave an account of his
method of mounting animals for exhibition by means
of the lantern, and illustrated his address by a large
series of slides prepared by himself. A discussion
followed. (See Transactions, p. 269).

4. Mr. W. Narramore, F..8., communicated a paper on
the Fresh Water Algze of the District, with critical
remarks on species. The paper was illustrated by
specimens and lantern views. (See Transactions,
p. 272.)

The eighth meeting of the Society was held at Univer-
sity College on Friday, May 8th, Mr. T. J. Moore,
President, in the chair.

1. The Secretary read a letter from the Chairman of the
Fishery Board of the Lancashire County Council,
acknowledging the promised aid of the S| in
the work of the Fishery Board.

2. Dr. C. H. Hurst read a paper on “‘Heredity and Varia-
tion.”’ A long discussion followed.

3. Dr. J. Ellis, F.E.S., read a paper on ‘‘ Secondary Sexual
Characters of British Coleoptera.” A discussion
followed.

The ninth and last meeting of the Society for the fifth
session took the form of an excursion to Hibre Island on
June 6th. Prof. W. A. Herdman, Vice-President, took
the chair at the business meeting held subsequently, when
on the motion of the Chairman, seconded by Mr. I. C.
Thompson, Mr. T. J. Moore was re-elected President for
the ensuing session.

|

i el eee

LAWS of the LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.

I.—The name of the Society shall be the ‘‘ LivERPOoL
BioLocicaL Society,” and its object the advancement of
Biological Science.

I1.—The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be held
at University College, at Seven o'clock, during the six
Winter months, on the second Friday evening in every
month, or at such other place or time as the Council may
appoint.

I1].—The busmess of the Society shall be conducted by
a President, two Vice-Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary,
a Librarian, and twelve other Members, who shall form a
Council; four to constitute a quorum.

TVY.—The President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secre-
tary, Librarian, and Council shall be elected annually, by
ballot, in the manner hereinafter mentioned.

V.—The President shall be elected by the Council
(subject to the approval of the Society) at the last Meeting
of the Session, and take office at the ensuing Annual
Meeting. |

Vi—The mode of election of the Vice-Presidents,
Treasurer, Secretary, Librarian, and Council shall be in
form and manner following :—It shall be the duty of the
retiring Council at their final meeting to suggest the names
of Members to fill the offices of Vice-Presidents, Treasurer,
Secretary, Librarian, and of four Members who were not

XVl. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

on the last Council to be on the Council for the ensuing
session, and formally to submit to the Society, for election
at the Annual Meeting, the names so suggested. The
Secretary shall make out and send to each Member of the
Society, with the circular convening the Annual Meeting,
a printed list of the retirmg Council, stating the date of
the election of each Member, and the number of his atten- -
dances at the Council Meetings during the past session ;
and another containing the names of the Members sug-
gested for election, by which lists, and no others, the votes
shall be taken. It shall, however, be open to any Member
to substitute any other names in place of those upon the
lists, sufficient space being left for that purpose. Should
any lst when delivered to the President contain other
than the proper number of names, that list and the votes
thereby given shall be absolutely void. Every list must
be handed in personally by the Member at the time of
voting. Vacancies occurring otherwise than by regular
annual retirement shall be filled by the Council.

VII.—Every Candidate for Membership shall be pro-
posed by three or more Members, one of the proposers
from personal knowledge. ‘lhe nomination shall be read
from the Chair at any Ordinary Meeting, and the Candi-
date therein recommended shall be balloted for at the
succeeding Ordinary Meeting. Ten black balls shall ex-
clude.

VIII.—When a person has been elected a Member, the
Secretary shall inform him thereof, by letter, and shall at
the same time forward him a copy of the Laws of the
Society.

TX.—Every person so elected shall within one calendar
month atter the date of such election pay an Hntrance Fee
of Half a Guinea and an Annual Subscription of One

LAWS. . ‘XVil.

Guinea (except in the case of Student Members); but the
Council shall have the power in exceptional cases, of
extending the period for such payment. No Entrance
Fee shall be paid on re-election by any Member who has
paid such fee.

X.—The Subscription (except in the case of Student
Members) shall be One Guinea per annum, payable in
advance, on the day of the Annual Meeting in October.

XI.—Members may compound for their Annual Sub-
scriptions by a single payment of Ten Guineas.

XI1.—There shall also be a class of Student Members,
paying an Entrance fee of Two Shillings and Sixpence,
and a Subscription of Five Shillings per annum.

XIIJ.—AIl nominations of Student Members shall be
passed by the Council previous to nomination at an Ordin-
ary Meeting. When elected, Student Members shall be
entitled to all the privileges of Ordinary Members, except
that they shall not receive the publications of the Society,
nor vote at the Meetings, nor serve on the Council.

XIV.—Resignation of Membership shall be signified in
writing to the Secretary, but the Member so resigning shall
be lable for the payment of his Annual Subscription, and
all arrears up to the date of his resignation.

XV.—The Annual Meeting shall be held on the second
Friday in October, or such other convenient day in the
month as the Council may appoint, when a Report of the
Council on the affairs of the Society, and a Balance Sheet,
duly signed by the Auditors previously appointed by the
Council, shall be read.

XVI.—Any person (not resident within ten miles of
Liverpool) eminent in Biological Science, or who may have
rendered valuable services to the Society, shall be eligible

XVIil. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

as an Honorary Member; but the number of such Members
shall not exceed fifteen at any one time.

XVII.—Captains of vessels and others contributing
objects of interest shall be admissible as Associates for
a period of three years, subject to re-election at the end of
that time.

XVIII.—Such Honorary Members and Associates shall
be nominated by the Council, elected by a majority at an
Ordinary Meeting, and have the privilege of attending and
taking part in the Meetings of the Society, but not voting.

XIX.—Should there appear cause in the opinion of the
Council for the expulsion from the Society of any Member,
a Special General Meeting of the Society shall be called
by the Council for that purpose; and if two-thirds of those
voting agree that such Member be expelled, the Chairman
shall declare this decision, and the name of such Member
shall be erased from the books.

XX.—EHvery Member shall have the privilege of intro-
ducing one visitor at each Ordinary Meeting. The same
person shall not be admissible more than twice during the
same session.

XXI.—Notices of all Ordinary or Special Meetings shall
be issued to each Member by the Secretary, at least three
days before such Meeting.

XXII.—The President, Council, or any ten Members
can convene a Special General Meeting, to be called within
fourteen days, by giving notice in writing to the Secretary,
and Stating the object of the desired Meeting. The Circu-
lar convening the Meeting must state the purpose thereof.

XXIII.—Votes in all elections shall be taken by ballot,
and in other cases by show of hands, unless a ballot be
first demanded.

LAWS. X1X

XXIV.—No alteration shall be made in these Laws,
except at an Annual Meeting, or a Special Meeting called
for that purpose; and notice in writing of any proposed
alteration shall be given to the Council, and read at the
Ordinary Meeting, at least a month previous to the meet-
ing at which such alteration is to be considered, and the
proposed alteration shall also be printed in the Circular
convening such meeting: but the council shall have the
power of enacting such Bye-laws as may be deemed neces-
sary, which Bye-laws shall have the full power of Laws
until the ensuing Annual Meeting, or a Special Meeting
convened for their consideration.

BYE-LAW.

Student Members of the Society may be admitted as
Ordinary Members without re-election upon payment of
the Ordinary Member’s Subscription; and they shall be
exempt from the Ordinary Member’s entrance fee.

LIST of MEMBERS of the LIVERPOOL

ELECTED.

1890
1890
1888

1886
1890
1886

1888
1889
1889

1887
1886
1886
1890
1891

1890
1890

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

SIS SILOM L8OO0+O 1.

A. ORDINARY MEMBERS.

(Life Members are marked with an asterick. )

Archer, F., B.A., 21, Mulgrave-street

Assheton, R., M.A., Owens College, Manchester

Atkin, Hope T., Egerton House, Egerton Park,
Rock Ferry

Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, M.D., F.R.C.S., 28)
Rodney-street

Batters, EH. A. L., BA, LLB. eisai
Laurels, Wormley, Herts

Barron, Prof. Alexander, M.B., M.R.C.S., 31,
Rodney-street

Beasley, Henry C., Prince Albert-road, Wavertree

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, 27, Abercromby-square

Buchanan, J. R. M., M.D., 23, St. Albans-road,
Bootle

Caine, Nathaniel, 10, Orange-court, Castle-street

Caton, R., M.D., F.R.C.P., Lea Hall, Gateacre

Chisholm, J. M., M.D., White House, Woolton

Clubb, J. A., University College

Coombe, Miss L. M., Blackburn House, Hope-
street

Davies, D., 55, Berkley-street

Davies, T. H., F.I.C., 85, Chestnut-grove, Marsh-
lane

4
il
L
:
q
4
I

1890
1886
1886

1889
1886
1886

1890
1886

1886
1886

1886
1887

ie KoloY/

1886

1887
1890
1888
1886

1886
1886
1890
1886

1888
1886
1886

LIST OF MEMBERS. XXi.

Dawson, R. A., Glengarry, Lytham

Dillcock, T., 8, Church-street, Egremont

Drysdale, John, M.D., VICE-PRESIDENT, 364,
Rodney-street

Dwerryhouse, A. R., Church-end Farm, Hale

Edmonds, William, 69, Albany, Oldhall-street

Ellis, J. W., M.B. (Vic.), F.E.S., Howard Place,
Stoke-on-Trent

Ewart, A. J., University College, Liverpool

Giyon> Profi. h., M.D., W.R.C.P., 62, Rodney-
street

Gibson, R. J. Harvey, M.A., F.L.8., SECRETARY,
University College

Halhed, W. B., Sunnyside, Prince’s Park

Halls, W. J., 35, Lord-street

Hanitsch, R., Ph.D., Zoological Laboratory, Uni-
versity College

Healey, George F., Oakfield, Gateacre

iWVerdman, Prof W. Aj. D:Sc., Es EK IR.SE.,
VicE-PRESIDENT, University College

Higgin, T., F.L.5., Ethersall, Mossley Hill

Hornell, J., 27, Church-street, Egremont

Hurst, C. H., Ph.D., Owens College, Manchester

Jones, Charles W., Field House, Prince Alfred-
road, Wavertree

Larkin, F. C., F.R.C.S., 54, Rodney-street

Leicester, Alfred, Priory Gardens, Birkdale

Lowndes, W., 173, Lodge-lane

Lomas, J., Assoc.N.8.8., 23, Avondale-street,
Smithdown-road

Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street

McMillan, William 8., F.L.5., Brook-road, Machull

McClelland, Joseph, M.D., 7, Sefton-drive, Sefton
Park

XX11.
1886

1886
1886
1887
1888
1889
1888

1890
1886
1890
1890
1887

1887
1887
1886

1889
1886
1886

1889
1889

1888
1886
1886
1889
1889

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Moore, Thomas J., C.M.Z.8., PRESIDENT, Free
Museum
Moore, G. F., 15, Kremlin-drive, Tuebrook
Morton, G. H., F.G.8., 209, Edge-lane, E.
Narramore, W., F..5., 5, Geneva-road, Hlm Park
Newton, John, M.R.C.8., 44, Rodney-street
Ogle, John J., Museum, Bootle
Phillips, Prof. Reg. W., M.A., University College,
Bangor ary a!
Phillips, T. R., 7, Wright Street, Keremont
*Poole, Sir James, J.P., Abercromby Square
Rathbone, Miss May, Backwood, Neston
Roberts, Leshe, M.B., 31, Rodney-street
Robertson, Helenus R., Glendaragh, Livingstone-
drive
Rowlands, W. Ellison, 28, Green-lane, Stoneycroft
Ryley, Thomas C., 10, Waverley-road
Smith, Andrew T., Jun., 18, Bentley-road, Prince’s
Park
Stewart, W. J., B.A., 26, Lord-street
Tate, A. Norman, F'.1.C., 9, Hackins-hey
Thompson, Isaac C.,F.L.8.,F.R.M.S., TREASURER,
Woodstock, Waverley-road
Thornely, Miss L. R., Baycliff, Woolton Hill
Thurston, Edgar, Gov. Central Museum, Hemont,
Madras, India
Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road
Vicars, John, 8, St. Albans-square, Bootle .
Walker, Alfred O., J.P., F..8., Colwyn Bay ™
White, P. H., M.B., University College, Bangor
Williams, Miss Leonora, 55, Rocky-lane

£t
ee

LIST OF MEMBERS. XXlil.

B. StuDENT MEMBERS.

Armstrong Miss A., 26, Trinity-road, Bootle
Armstrong, H., Stainsland, Spital, Cheshire
Bell, R. G., 121, Kirkdale Road
Buckley, Miss L., B.Sc., University College, Liverpool
Christophers, S. R., 10, Lily-road, Fairfield
Dickinson, T., 3, Clark-street, Prince’s Park
Dumergue, A. F., 79, Salisbury-road, Wavertree
Harnshaw, W. H., Leavy Greave, Rudgrave-place, Egre-

mont
Fowler, Miss C., High School, Belvidere-road
Gould, Joseph, Littledale-road, Egremont
Hannah, J. H. W., 4, Adderley-street, Edge-lane
Harding, Miss M., Kremlin-drive, West Derby
Henderson, W. S., 2, Holly-road, Fairfield
McMillan, R., 20, Aubrey-street
Nixon, H. T., 27, Anfield-road
Nixon, J. P:, 27, Anfield-road
Paden, R., Free Museum
Palethorpe, Miss F., 14, Sandon-street
Palmer, C. J. Li., 24, Rock.Park, Rock Ferry
Ross, 8. J., 18, Liawrence-road, Wavertree
Quinn, J. C., Gateacre House, Gateacre
Waterhouse, W. J., 269, Lord-street, Southport
Warham, Miss A., B.Sc., Girls’ High School, Pendleton
Williams, Henry, Jun., 57, Balliol-road, Bootle
Wilmer, Miss, Fernleigh, Westbourne-road, Birkenhead

C. Honorary MEMBERS.
H.H. Albert I., Prince of Monaco
Claus, Prof. Carl, University, Vienna
Fritsch, Prof. Anton, Prague, Bohemia
~ Gard, Prof. Alfred, Sorbonne, Paris
Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes, D.Sc., M.D., F.R.S., Owens
College, Manchest er

REPORT of the LIBRARIAN.

Our Society has arranged an exchange of publications
with seven additional Societies since the last Report,
making in all fifty-eight Societies. In July, 1890, the
Library contained 828 volumes and pamphlets. It now
numbers 1194, an increase of 366 in the year. The
following list gives the titles of the exchanges and dona-
tions received during this session :—

1. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles. Tome xxiv.,
Nos. 4—5, xxv., No. 1.

2. The Australian Museum, Sydney. Report of the Trustees for 1889.
Records, Vol. i, Nos. 4—6. Catalogue of the Australian Birds,
Part iii., Psittaci.

3. Berichte iiber die Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft in
Frankfurt a. M. 1890. Katalog der Vogelsammlung im Sencken-
bergischen Museum, Frankfurt a. M., 1891.

4, Berichte der Konigl. Sachs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig.
1890. 1891, i.

5. Bulletin de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. 1890.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard sie
Wall, Ab IOs O, sea, 2, 8, B88 som, U4.

7. Bulletin of the United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries.
Vol. viii. (1888).

8. Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. Tome xxii.;
DM ssa, My ‘

9. Fishery Board for Scotland. Eighth Annual Report. 3 parts.

10. Journal of the Marine Biological Association. N.S. Voli., No. 4, Vol.
ith, INO) the ,

11. Math. u. naturw. Mittheilungen aus d. Sitzungsber. d. kénigl. preuss.
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Mai, 1890—April, 1891.

lla. Sitzungsberichte d. kénigl. preuss. Akademie etc., 1891, Nos. i—xxiy.

12. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Genéve.
Tome xxxi., 1" partie.

13. Mémoires de i Société Zoologique de France. Tome iii., Nos. 2—4 ;
Bulletins: Tome xv., 3—6.

14,
15.

16.

27.
28.

29.
30.

31.
32.

LIBRARIAN'S REPORT. XXV..

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1889,
part 4; 1890; 1891, part 1.

Proceedings of the Birmingham Philosophical Society. Vol. vii.,
part 1.

Proceedings of the Canadian Institute. Ser 3, Vol. vii., No.2. Fourth

Annual Report. Transactions, Vol. i., Nos. land 2. Time Reckon-
ing for the Twentieth Century. By S. Fleming.

Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh. Session 1889-90.

Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society, Vol. vi. (N.S.),
Nos. 7—9-

Transactions and Annual Report of the Manchester Microscopical
Society, 1890.

Verhandlungen der k.k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien.
Jahrgang, 1889 (xl), Nos. 3 and 4.

Verhandlungen des naturhist. Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande.
Jahrgang xlvi., 2. Halfte.

Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening i Kjoben-
havn. 1890. :

Det Videnskabelige Udbytte of Kanonbaaden ‘‘ Hauchs” Togter. No,
‘iii.: Crustacea Malacostraca. And: No. iii., Atlas.

Rendiconto dell’ Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche.
Napoli. Vol. iv., Nos. 6—12; Vol. v., Nos. 1—5.

Studies from the Biological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore. Vol. iv., No. 7; Vol. v., No.1. Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity Circulars, Vol. x., No. 88.

Forhandlinger i Videnskabs—Selbskabet i Christiania. 1889, Nos.
1—12.

Studies from the Biological Laboratories of the Owens College. Vol. ii.

(a) Annual Reports of the Smithsonian Institution. 1888.

(b) Proceedings of the United States National Museum. Nos. 782, 794,

799—809, 811—830.
(e) Bulletin of the United States National Museum. No. 38.
(d) Annual Report of the United States National Museum. 1888.

- Procés—Verbaux de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux. Vol. xliii.

1889.
Bulletin des Séances de la Société des Sciences de Nancy. 1889, 1890,
Nos. 1—5.
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch—Indié. Deel xlix, 1890. |
(a) Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selskabs Skrifter, 6 te Raekke, naturvid-
enskabelig og mathematisk Afd. V, 3. .
(b) Oversigt over det Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandlinger. 1890, No. 2.

XXVI. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

33. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. xxiii,
parts 1—4; Vol. xxiv, parts 3 and 4.

34. Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria. Vol. i.—Proceedings,
Vol. ii, (N.S.).

35. Berichte d. Kommission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchung d. deut-
schen Meere in Kiel. Vols. i—vi.—Ergebnisse d. Beobachtungssta-
tionen an d. deutschen Kiisten. 1873—89.—Atlas der Meeresalgen.—

. Fische der Ostsee.—Mittheilungen.

36. Annual Reports of the Fishery Board for Scotland. Vols. i—v.

37. Bergens Museum, Aarsberetning, 1886—89.—Turbellarier ved Norges
Vestkyst.—Nye Alcyonider, Gorgonider og Pennatulider.—Myzosto-
mernes anatomi og histologi.

38. Laboratory Reports of the a College of Physicians, Edinburgh.
Vols. i, ii and iii.

39. Archives du Musée Teyler, Haarlem. Sér, 2, Vols. i—iii.—Catalogue
de la Bibliotheque. Tom. 1 et 2.

40. Annalen des k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Wien. Band i.—yv.

Studies from the Morphological Laboratory in the University of

Cambridge. Vol, i, part 2. Vols. ii, iii, iv. Vol. v, part 1.

42. Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg,
44, Jahr. (1890.) Beilage zum Archiv: Die landeskundliche Literatur
uber die Grossherzogthiimer Mecklenburg. Von Fr. Bachmann.

43. Bolletino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Uni-
versita di Torino. Vols. i.—v. Vol. vi, Nos. 94—103.

44, Nachrichten von der konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu G6t-
tingen. 1889. 1890.

45. On Pherusa fucicolu, L. By Alfred O. Walker, F.L.S. Presented by
the author.

46. On the development of the Sporangia in Rhodochorton rothui, N., and
R, floridulum, N., and on a new species of that genus. By R. J.
Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.L.S. Presented by the author.

Asan increase of the book-case accommodation could not
be postponed any longer and as there were no special
funds available, it was suggested that the members might
be asked for a voluntary subscription of five shillings
each towards the purchase of a book case, the cost of
which was estimated at about £14. Circulars were sent
out, and the Librarian wishes to express his thanks to
those members who have answered. The donations

oe Tersiy Steep >, eT

LIBRARIAN’S RFPORT. XXVII.

already received amount to £11, and it is hoped that the
balance will be subscribed in the near future. Special
thanks are due to Dr. Drysdale who generously subscribed
the sum of £5 for this purpose.

List of Subscribers of 5/- each :—

Mr. Archer; Miss Armstrong; Mr. Assheton; Prof.
Campbell Brown; Mr. Dawson; Mr. Dwerry-
house; Mr. Ewart; Mr. Harvey Gibson; Mr.
Falls Dre Elanitsch Prot. Herdmane. Nir
Fioneclll Dry hunt Ma 'C. We Jones. Mir
Leicester; Mr. Lomas; Mr. Melly; Mr. T. J.
Moore; Mr. Morton; Miss Rathbone; Mr. Ryley;
Mr. 1I.C. Thompson; Mr. Toll; Mr. A. O. Walker.

UALSHOIdT CHa TV “ACTOASVELT, “NOW ;
ETE DOL EOS ET ea ‘NOSdNOHL “0 OVVSI

CM Gace tee eee eoeree' TalUsvad], JO spuey ut souvpeg Aq
ZL O08F 0 2 08F
(). Sitpeeee eae psec cence SOOO nICOOOOO GUC OOOaoD SSUTPEd00LJ jo ares G 1 @ FEE ogoveceen00 Sonoud 6000 1681 ‘oun W108 ‘purty ul doURleg, 66
0 9 DODDGODOOOU -/G qe suondriosqng (S10 WT qyuepnys VG 6c p G eg pene cece eee eeeeeeee eevee eeeeeees etme cere eese serene ee eeee aoeysog (3
COTO Sees wus oo weaet WoTdLosqng JlepT Stoquieyy T ‘* te Glaze ee Soave peers Sere sjlodey pue syoog jo esvieg “
BE TG eererseadacosos BooodG -/1 7e suoydriosqug SLOG UIa 66 6c 9 9L 0 BOOOOOOOOOOOOOmCnonnn SNOLLE A ‘od
OL 0 Do0OnGeo00000000G0 9/6 ‘op Syuepnyg P ce 0 0 $S OOOO OIOO OGG 09 R qqod “L ‘K19to1ye4G pue SUTJULI 6é
CEG aepeaiecn eo Se 9/OT 7R Seay couRyUG slequieyy TT ‘‘ OSC Pee et ore seers SOTITIQATT 7B ooURpueyyy pure voy, ‘*
Clee ies SE cr sce O6ST ‘oun YIOg ‘oourpeg Aq On0ne ee Sas: eases aso][0Q AjIstoATUy) ‘02 ‘SULOOY JO OS() OT,
SG “T68T p Ss #F “T681
“1p ‘UGUASVELT “NOH ‘NOSATNOHL (O OVVSI HLIM INQODI0V NI IG

“ALAIOOS TVOIOOTOI€A TOOdHHAIT AHL

“TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

IVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOUIKTY.

OPENING ADDRESS
4 ON THE

HISTORY OF THE LIVING COLLECTIONS
AT KNOWSLEY.

By T. J. Moornr, Corr. M.Z.S. Lond., President.
IPATga IL.

WHEN the Society did me the honour to elect me to the
office of President, and I was asked what subject I would
take for my Presidential address, I suggested the History
of the Living Collections formerly existing at Knowsley,
and known far and wide for many years, but now a mat-
ter of memory only to a few people well on in life. The
suggestion having been favourably received, I now proceed
to redeem my promise.

The collection was a notable one, formed for a very
worthy object, very successfully carried out, and the only
records ever made are now quite unattainable, viz., the
‘Catalogue of the Menagerie and Aviary at Knowsley
formed by the 13th Earl of Derby, K.G., President of the
Zoological Society of London, August, 1851 (Liverpool:
published by Joshua Walmsley, 50 Lord Street).”” The
catalogue was the only one ever prepared, and was
written by myself for the purely business purpose of sell-
ing the living collection by auction on the premises by
Mr. J. C. Stevens, of King Street, Covent Garden,
London, the old-established natural history auctioneer.
This was speedily out of print. The other record was
prepared for private circulation and presentation by the

Earl of Derby, edited by Dr. John Edward Gray, of the
1

e

2 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

British Museum, printed in folio in 1850, and illustrated
by 59 chromolithographs of hoofed quadrupeds from draw-
ings made from the living objects by Mr. B. Waterhouse
Hawkins, the well-known zoological artist, who sub-
sequently modelled the restorations in the grounds of the
Crystal Palace, Sydenham, of the huge Saurian and other
extinct animals, which models are still to be seen there.
A preliminary volume contains similar illustrations of
animals and birds, by Edward Lear.

Edward Geoffrey Smith Stanley, thirteenth Earl of
Derby, succeeded to the title and estates of his father, the
twelfth Earl, in 1834, whose taste for side issues of
natural history was devoted for many years to the breed-
ing and training of fighting cocks, long since dropped by
the world of fashion, and to the training of racehorses and
the founding of the Derby and Oaks races at Epsom, to
which he annually migrated with a large retinue, and
which still maintain their hold in undiminished force
upon all classes of the British public. The thirteenth
Earl’s tastes were of a different kind: though still bent
upon natural and living objects, they were quiet and un-
obtrusive, being devoted to the study of birds and beasts
preserved in his museum at Knowsley Hall, and be-
queathed at his decease to the borough of Liverpool, and
to the collecting and breeding of such beasts as would be
likely to be ornamental or useful if successfully natural-
ized in this country. In the pursuit of this object,
unselfish and patriotic in the extreme, he spared neither
time, labour, nor expense. Restrained, however, during
the lifetime of his father, when he came into power he
threw himself heart and soul into improving his estate
and the laying out of roads extending far and wide; and
whereas his previous efforts in relation to his living col-
lections were limited to the modifying and adapting of

OPENING ADDRESS. 3

grounds and structures already to hand, he now planned
and erected a grand “‘ New Aviary”’ of large extent and
laid out for great distances all around it large fenced pad-
docks and rustic sheds for deer and cattle, and extensive
accommodation for water-fowl. His tastes were inborn,
and his devotion thereto culminated in his election to the
Presidency of the Linnean Society, and subsequently to
that of its offshoot, the Zoological Society of London,
originated in 1824 under the auspices of Sir Thomas
Stamford Raffles, late Governor of Sumatra. The Society
began with unlimited aims, as regarded its living collec-
tion, in the Regent’s Park, and shortly after established
a farm at Kingston in the hope that its larger space and
ereater privacy might prove more suitable for objects akin
to Lord Derby’s—that of breeding creatures useful or or-
namental. However, after a few years (in 1834), while
Lord Derby was extending his labours, the Society con-
tracted theirs by giving up the farm on account of expense.

The accommodation devoted to the living collection at
Knowsley was roughly estimated at 100 acres for all pur-
poses, including old and new aviaries, paddocks, planta-
tions, coppices, &c., the general term ‘‘ Aviary” finding
acceptance and use with the inhabitants and people
generally, but a lime was drawn at Menagerie as being
unmanageable and altogether foreign. Some thirty names
of attendants were down on the pay lists. The Superin-
tendent and ruling spirit in all things was Mr. John
Thompson, a man of suitable genius and of great vigour
and energy, selected from the staff of the Zoological
Society.

My own appearance at Knowsley, from the staff of the
Zoological Society, i May, 1843, as his assistant and
amanuensis, was due to his kindly recommendation to the
Earl, and continued to the close in 1851, when the four-

4 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

teenth Earl recommended me and Mr. Dyson (a Con-
chologist, &c., who had collected in Central America), to
the Town Council, who appointed me in January, 1852,
Keeper of the Derby Museum, on its removal to Liverpool.

Lord Derby was not the only great landed proprietor
with zoological proclivities. Harl Fitzwilliam, of Went-
worth House, Yorkshire, had the next largest collecton
to that at Knowsley; and Sir Robert Heron, of Stubton,
a Lincolnshire Baronet, ranked next. At Windsor, under
George IV., and at Buckingham Palace, under the Queen,
similar tastes were indulged. George IV. received from
the Pasha of Egypt the first living Giraffe imported into
England, and this brought John Gould to hght. The son
of a gardener, he had acquired sufficient skill to be en-
trusted with the stuffing of this giraffe, which was so
meritoriously done that both he and the giraffe were
transferred to the Zoological Society's Museum, where
the genius of Gould (a great and not even yet fully appre-
ciated genius), discovered itself to the Society and to the
Ornithological world.

The Queen had a small aviary at Buckingham Palace,
and sent some living Angora goats from Windsor to
Knowsley, and other interchanges of living specimens
likewise took place. Finally Lord Derby, in his will,
gave directions that the Queen first and the Zoological
Society next, should each have the choice of all the speci-
mens from any one species from Knowsley that might be
living at his death. The Queen chose the Impeyan
pheasants, being the first pair imported into Kurope, and
three young birds bred from them at Knowsley, which,
by the way, were reared by myself. The Zoological
Society chose the Hland antelopes, five in number, and
valued at £1000. These also were the first imported to
Europe and bred at Knowsley.

OPENING ADDRESS. 5

| The living collection was never in a more flourishing
condition than at its dispersion: long cherished plans
were yielding their result, and the extension of steam to
mercantile shipping was beginning greatly to facilitate the
transport of living specimens from India and the Cape,
and would in a very few years have greatly added to the
collections. As it was it seemed a pity to disperse what
had been gathered together at so much labour and cost.
But it was the wisest course; to let it droop and gradually
die away would have been melancholy in the extreme,
whereas the living collection, then in its prime, was a
memory to all who were familiar with it. Alas! now
but few.

Its richness may be gathered from the following sum-
mary appended to the Catalogue, which will be given more
in detail further on after some particulars as to how the
Collection had been got together.

Of which are
Knowsley-Bred.

Species. Individuals. Species. Individuals.
Total number of Mammalia as alle Gul 845 | 39 207
Total number of Birds, exclusive of Poultry! 318 1272 45 549
Total .. -- ff 412 | 1617 | 84 | 756

At the time of his death, Lord Derby was in correspon-
dence with some 30 agents in the Old World and the
New.

He had sent out an Expedition consisting of Mr. Burke
and two other men from Knowsley Gardens to South
Africa. and supported them there for three years collecting
plants and animals. He sent Mr. Whitfield, a retired
Surgeon, annually for many years in succession to the

6 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

West Coast of Africa for Antelopes, Ostriches, &. He
sent Mr. Bates on two expeditions to Honduras for Ocel-
lated Turkeys, also Mr. David Dyson. He sent Mr.
Burke to collect in the Hudson Bay Territories; and
sent his Superintendent for several years in succession
for Bustards specially reared for him in Germany, and
more than once to Norway and Sweden for Reindeer and
Capercaillie.

All this activity resulted in the acquisition of many
museum specimens, the British Museum and Zoological
Society receiving all the larger objects, as Giraffes, Rhinos-
ceroses and other large game to the ultimate loss of Liver-
pool. Over and above all this resulted the discovery of some
important beasts and birds altogether new to science, e.g.,
the Striped Eland or Jing-e-Jonga, Oreas Derbianus, from
West Africa ; the Water Musk Antelope, Hyomoschus aqua-
ticus, from Sierra Leone, Gambia, and Senegal, remark-
able for being the only ruminant having the third and
fourth metacarpals distinct through hfe, so that the manus
scarcely differs from that of the Boars; the Derbian
Screamer, Chauna Derbiana, Gray, from the northern coast
of Columbia; the Derby Mountain-Pheasant, Oveophasis
Derbianus, G. R. Gray, from the Forests of the Mountain
Volcan de Fuego, or Volcano of fire, Guatemala original or
type specimen. This last remarkable bird, the first speci-
men of its kind ever taken, was presented by C. Klee, Hisq.,
of Guatemala, and brought to England in 1843 by Mr. Bates,
a collector sent to that country by his Lordship expressly
to procure Natural History specimens. Very few specimens
have since been obtained. The bird being confined, so far as
is yet known, to a single mountain, 1s exceedingly rare, and
very difficult to procure. Mr. O. Salvin, whose hunter
had brought him three specimens, made three or four expe-
ditions without seeing more than traces of it. He states

OPENING ADDRESS. iff

that they feed on the fruit of the Palo careta, a forest tree
itself rare, of the genus Prunus, that in the morning they
frequent its upper branches, they then descend to the under-
wood where they remain all day basking and scratching
among the leaves, and that it is known to the Indians as
the Khannandy, and to the half breeds as Faisan. Mr.
Bates called it Gallina de Monte. The remarkable protu-
berance on the head is attached to the skull and is very
hollow, being filled with a kind of cellular tissue as.in the
bill of the Toucan, and is very fragile. The female differs
from the male only by being smaller, and having a shorter
and more tapering horn. The habits of this species, and the
form of the horn show its affinity to the Curassows. (See
O. Salvin, in the ‘ Ibis” for 1860, p. 248.)

In person Lord Derby was tall and of very active habits,
fond of walking and of his gun, but very deaf. He became
paralized on his left side soon after attaining his title.
He took daily carriage exercise, and took great interest in
laying out the new roads through the park. Those across
the moss presented many difficulties. He commenced
and carried on to completion a high and well built stone
wall round the whole of the park, measuring 10 or 12 miles
in length with numerous tastefully built stone lodges.

The old Aviary measured some 380 feet by 385 feet, was
walled in, and comprised an ornamental piece of water
with an island and breeding boxes on poles for British and
foreign water fowl, of which Hider Ducks with their
musical morning call, and Whistling Ducks with. their
cheerful cry of ‘‘ Veakettle-tea kettle-tea”’ at all times of the
day; the songs of Virginian Nightingales, Cardinals and
other Grosbeaks, various tuneful Finches, in aviaries close
by, and gently cooing Doves did indeed so merrily pass the
day ; the cries of the Whistling Hagles, Caracara Vultures
and other numerous Birds of Prey; the shrill clarion of

8 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cranes, on the lawn, the ventriloquistic double notes of
Trumpeters and the call of Cariama perched on the tall
posterns of the gates, made life lively and cheerful. I at
least enjoyed it vastly, as did those few individuals
who were so fortunate as to obtain orders of admission,
strictly limited to two parties of half a dozen a day, under
special guide and guard. The Stanley Cranes were often
allowed to disport themselves here, dancing in stately
minuet fashion, dignified, yes, very dignified, and slyly
watching the movements of every visitor withal, and pec-
king a sharp and forcible peck on the hands and knuckles
in spite of the vigilance of the attendant.

The Birds of Prey, over 50 in number, were kept in
wire or net enclosures near by, and to prevent undue obe-
sity and sluggishness, were condemned to two involuntary
fasting days in each week; yet notwithstanding this
limitation, and without the help of any, or scarcely any
carnivorous mammals, a contract for a dead horse or dead
cow was a weekly necessity. On one occasion an injured
carriage horse, fat and in tempting condition, and killed on
the premises, caused just a little surreptitious experiment-
ing on the qualities of rump steaks from a horse by the
boldest and youngest hands on the staff: the examples of
Parisians being at that time much discussed in the papers
and therefore having some degree of responsibility: the
verdict was not unfavourable though I was not myself a
juror.

Besides Cranes other creatures were turned out on
the old aviary lawn for exercise: notably some newly im-
ported Ostriches, immature but full sized; and such is the
power of these birds that one of the biggest men about the
establishment, a blacksmith full six feet high, was twice
felled to the ground by one of these birds before he could
beat a safe retreat; the upward lifting of the foot, the rear-

’
7]
\

at

OPENING ADDRESS. g

ing of the bird to an alarming height, and the sudden
descent of the foot, two-toed and ‘‘nothing more,” on the
man’s breast is a sufficient explanation of the fall of the
poor blacksmith, for the Ostrich was privileged but the
blacksmith was not: give and take being necessarily pro-
hibited among the living specimens. Some time before
this the adult male Ostrich in our museum (the finest
. stuffed one I have ever seen) came to an untimely end
at Knowsley, suspicion supposing he had not had the
full benefit of his privileges. This happened more than
forty years ago, but only came to my knowledge a
few days since, when comparing notes with Hdward
Prescott, one of the staff, and who alone beside myself
now lives to bear personal testimony respecting the Aviary
at Knowsley. This bird was seemingly all right when
shut up at night and was found dead in the morning, but
without external injury.

The new Aviary was directly planned and constructed for
its special purpose. It occupied a plot of ground protected
by a wall and embankment all round it, thickly plan-
ted with shrubs and trees, and bearing a girdle of stout
hurdles to prevent the intrusion of strangers. A carriage
drive passed through this, and the ground was divided into
spacious hurdle paddocks, with substantial buildings an-
nexed, in which the Ostriches, Zebras, Antelopes and
other precious denizens were housed. The most notable
feature however was a huge wire Aviary in several
compartments, masking the dwelling house of the Super-
intendent, in the rear of which were a series of houses
with glass roofs and fronts protected with wirework, in
which were kept in great freedom, amid dwarf shrubs
and trees, the Impeyan and Argus Pheasants, the first ever
umported, and other choice birds, such as Curassows,
Crowned Pigeons, and other smaller and rare species.

10 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

My own sleeping room looked directly into this arrange-
ment, and through my window I witnessed, at five o’clock
on spring and summer mornings, the first imported Argus
Pheasant display himself by curving his huge wings over
his head hke a triumphal arch, as he would have done had
he had a mate, which unfortunately was not the case.

Here also I witnessed the superb Impeyan Pheasant
court his mate and display his gorgeous metallic tints
with staid but grotesque demeanour. These also were the
first pair seen alive, and they and their progeny were sub-
sequently housed in Royal accommodation, as they ulti-
mately went to the Queen. In a neighbouring compart-
ment lived a bachelor Brush Turkey, Yallegalla Lathami
or Mound Bird from Australia. His occupation for several
weeks was to scrape together, all the leaves and loose
vegetation I could supply him with, scraping doubtless
in fond anticipation of the dawn of some Queen Tale-
galla upon his solitude: unhappily it was a case of ‘ love’s
labour lost,” although the scene has been faithfully set
forth by the skilled hands of Mr. Henry Reynolds, the
lamented Taxidermist, to the Museum, lately deceased,
where other examples may be seen, of how various
mound making birds prepare for the hatching of their
egos by the heat evolved from the decomposition of vege-
table matter.

Time fails me to dwell upon other inmates of this
Aviary: of Tree Pigeons which refused the most enticing
dove-like food, when it was placed before them on the
eround where all the other species condescended to feed,
and lke spoiled children would not eat till placed accord-
ing to their accustomed habits, viz., on a level with the
tree boughs several feet from the ground: of the beautiful
Australian Pigeon, Ocyphaps lophotes, or the corpulent
Wonga-wonga and Nicobar, or the bronze wings, with

Po i a a

Opin esc,

OPENING ADDRESS. 11

beautiful metallic reflections; all Ground Pigeons, and
all from Australia; as also the Crowned Pigeons of
the Nicobars.

Beyond these, and domiciled in one of the houses were
African Ostriches, the finest in the country, the accommo-
dation being unequalled elsewhere. Here the Ostriches
-were let out for air and exercise daily in spacious pad-
docks, with choice herbage; here they had space to
indulge to some extent in their very erratic style of
running ; somewhat in the manner of their relations
the Rheas, or so-called American Ostriches, the strong
point of which is their frequent and sudden turning at
right angles when at full speed, thus out-manceuvering a
horse, which necessarily shoots on ahead. The African
Ostrich does this in a fashion, but he has a habit peculiar
to himself: he sits down upon his haunches, draws his
neck in and downwards, and blushes till his neck looks
like a huge and limp German sausage. This he sways
from side to side of his body, with heavy blows and gro-
tesque noises. I have seen at Antwerp Gardens a living
male Somali Ostrich not long known, having a well
coloured neck and steel-blue leggings, who gave his mind
during our interview wholly and solely to ‘‘ going in” for
me any way whatever, though fortunately perhaps for me,
no way could he discover.

The following notes on the Llama tribe, the Red Deer
or Stag, and the Stanley Crag, by Lord Derby, are ex-
tracted from the ‘‘ Gleanings” already referred to.

“Specimens of the four kinds of the Llamu tribe of
animals, namely, the Llama, Alpaca, Guanaco, and Vicuna,
have for several years been kept in life at Knowsley.

“Of the four kinds the Aipaca is the most important, at

12 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

bearing the wool now so extensively used for articles of ©
dress, on which account numerous attempts have been
made to naturalize the species in Great Britain, which its
reputed hardihood seemed to point out as an easy achieve-
ment, but which attempts have not hitherto been attended —
with as much success as was anticipated. Thelength of the —

voyage, added to unskilful treatment, so much impairs

the health of those that survive, that they seldom live for
any length of time after their arrival; otherwise they
could, with judicious treatment, in all probability be
naturalised, and after a few generations would, as in the
case of some other exotics, become perfectly inured to our
climate. The four kinds are perfectly distinct, yet have such
a general appearance, that one kind may easily be mistaken
for another: the distinctions however are very evident to
a practised eye, and are as follows :—

“The Guanaco approaches the Llama very nearly, both
in its size and the texture of its wool, but is a much
stronger and more vigorous animal. It is clean and well-
made, light and active, and always of a light buff or fawn
colour on the upper surface, and white beneath and on the
inner side of the hmbs; the face is greyish-black. There
is less wool on the head, neck and upper part of the limbs,
and that on the body is shorter and more sparingly fur-—
nished than in the Llama, and is mixed with coarse hair
of greater length than the wool. The male is vicious, ac-
tive, watchful and restless, and nearly or quite untame-
able; this is the invariable character of the species.
In confinement it is constantly trying to seize any
person that approaches it: it endeavours to throw down
its opponent by springing against him with all its force,
and then bites viciously. The spirit of the adult animal
is such, that it will never allow itself to be conquered
otherwise than by sheer strength. The female, though

OPENING ADDRESS. 13

milder and of more quiet habits, is of a fiery disposition
and ready to avenge any affront.

“The Vicuna is the smallest of the four kinds, measur-
ing 2 feet 10 inches at the withers. The neck is long, the
ears moderately so. The wool is shortest on the neck and
limbs: on the body it is three inches in leneth; and along
the lower part of the sides numerous hairs of double that
length are intermixed with the wool, and wave lghtly
over the undercovering, to which they, form a sort of
fringe. The colour is always buff or fawn and, as in the
Guanaco, never varies. The Vicuna is a very timid
animal, always wandering to the furthest limits of its
enclosure, seeking further liberty: it is very nimble, light
and active, fond of solitude, and perfectly harmless. The
wool is of the finest texture, greatly surpassing even that
of the Alpaca, and has lately been used as a substitute
for the fur of the beaver.

“The Llama is the largest and strongest built of the four
kinds, standing about 3 feet 9 inches high at the shoulder.
The colour varies so considerably in different individuals,
that the five living examples now at Knowsley are each of
a different colour; but the variations, though so great, are
generally merely variations of one colour, brown; 1 some
specimens there is more or less of pure white on different
parts of the animal. The wool is coarse, unfit for finer
fabrics, and seldom more than 12 inches long: it covers
the lower part of the neck and the whole of the body,
leaving the head and legs clothed with only a short fur.
The ears are longer in proportion than those of the Alpaca,
and rather more curved towards each other. Its temper
is always mild and gentle.

“The Alpaca is much smaller than the Liama, and more
slenderly built, standing about 3 feet 2 inches high at the
shoulder, The colour varies, but not so much as in the

14 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Llama: some are pure white, with one or two patches of

black: some are entirely black: while others are dark
brown; but black is the predominant colour. The wool
is thick-set and extremely fine and soft, and covers
the whole head, neck, body and legs, leaving only the
face bare. The wool reaches in some instances to 17
inches in Jength, and sometimes exceeds even that, which .
is perhaps rather more than the average, which is attained
in about two years after shearing. The full-fleeced Alpaca
is so thickly clothed with wool from head to foot, that he
may at once be known from the rest of the group; his
long neck appears of great bulk from the quantity of its
clothing; indeed, no animal could be provided with a
warmer dress, which in some cases almost touches the
eround. ‘The Alpaca is perfectly harmless and inoffensive.

‘“‘ As the question of the age of the Stag or Red Deer
(Cerus elaphus) has been very much questio verata, and
there are but few instances in which it can be spoken of
with any degree of accuracy, I am inclined to think it
might be of some use to state what is known here relative
to one of our Stags, and who has latterly been honoured
with a place in the National collection at the British
Museum. ‘ Old Billy,’ by which name he was well-known
to all in this neighbourhood, was bred in the park at
Knowsley in 1819, and at the usual age of three years was
caught and sent up (1822) for the supply of the hunting
paddocks kept by my late father for that sport at the
Oaks, Surrey, and after being regularly hunted during
some years without any injury being sustained by him,
had the singular good fortune of returning to his native
haunts in this park, where for many seasons he continued
the acknowledged head of all the Deer, though he was not
without a frequent struggle for the dominion with some of

OPENING ADDRESS. eae 5)

his aspiring younger rivals. In one of these combats it is
supposed that he received a wound which made him foy
a time rather lame; in consequence of which the keeper,
he thinks in 1830, enticed him into the yard behind
his house, and there doctored him until his recovery, upon
which in a few months he was restored again to the full
range of the park. From that period, however, he never
forgot the benefits he had received in the keeper’s yard,
and in subsequent severe seasons would often make his
way into it and go to the bin from which the keeper had
been accustomed to give acorns, &c., during his illness;
and if he could contrive to open, would proceed to help
himself. Even at other times, if the keeper met him in
the park and called to him by his name, he would stop
and stand still, look round him, and on recognising his
friend would leave his hairy comrades and meet the
caresses of his benefactor. On the keeper naming this
once to Lord Stanley while walking in the park, and Billy
in sight, the keeper called to him, and Lord Stanley, in
the man’s company, went up to him, spoke to, and patted
him. From that time Lord Stanley shared also in the
influence the keeper had over him, so as even to be able
to introduce other persons to Builly’s acquaintance,—
among them myself; but I have never ventured to exer-
cise the same familiarity with him as my son or the
keeper, though whenever I have met him in the park, and
called him by name, he would stop, recognise it, and ad-
vance towards me, even if I was in a carriage, though he
would not then come very near up to it. He did not seem
to care even if his friends had a gun in their hands; but a
dog, especially a strange one, he had a great dislike to.
Some dogs that the keeper kept in his back yard, Billy
was very good friends with there, but if he met them
loose in the park they were as strangers to him,

16 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

“Thinking, both as a fine animal, and also on account of
the singular circumstances attending him that it would be
worth while to retain a picture of him, Billy, in the year
1842, stood for his portrait to a well-known talented artist
of Liverpool in the line of animals, Mr. Richard Ansdell,
who was at that time taking likenesses of several of the
animals then in the Menagerie here, which picture now
hangs opposite to the entrance door in the hall at Knows-
ley. For the two or three last years of his life poor Billy
had become very infirm, and so evidently declining, that
it was clear he could not longer resist his competitors
unaided. The keeper therefore adopted the plan of plac-
ing him in a small clump of oldish trees, fenced in from
the general park during the winter months, and in that
shelter he died in March, 1845, having evinced for some
time the infirmities of his advanced age. I do not how-
ever, think that there had been much alteration in his
horns for the last few years, though what alteration there
was, was for the worse; and at the last his horns were so
very indifferent, that when Thompson sent up the body to
the British Museum, he did not send the last horns with
which he died, but a somewhat earlier and rather better
pair, as the last were injured and broken in the animal’s
last struggles. Shaw tells me it was the last three
winters that he was kept up in the plantation, from
whence he would often lead him across the frout green
into his old quarters in the yard, and when there, if he
could find an opportunity by the door being open, he
would often enter the kitchen and lie down lke a dog
before the fire.”

Lord Dervy, in his Notes on Stanley Cranes (Scops
Paradisea.), observes in his ‘‘ Gleanings from the Menagerie
and Aviary” :—

‘‘T possessed for some years several individuals of that

OPENING ADDRESS. 17

species of the genus Anthropoides which my late friend
Dr. Latham had done me the honour to distinguish by
my name, in consequence of my having the good fortune
first to draw his attention to the bird, which I had seen
in the Tower of London, then under the care of Mr. Cops;
but not one of them had ever shewn any chance of a sign
of breeding, until, in the year 1843, my Superintendent,
Thompson, thought he saw in two of them an inclination
to pair, and he immediately determined to separate them
from all others of the same kind, in a small paddock
behind his own house, in which were the Elands and
some large fowls. The plan succeeded, for in the next
year, (1844) the hen had seven eggs, but scattered about
in different parts of the paddock, without any appearance
of anest. From this circumstance I entertained little, if
any, expectation of any good being derived from them,
but we decided to put them into the hatching-machine,
and the result was, that while six out.of the seven proved
barren, the seventh produced a chicken, which however
was always delicate and lived but a very short time, not
above two or three days.

“The system of seclusion was continued, and in the
spring of 1845 she laid five eggs, which Thompson placed
at first under a turkey, but not considering her a suffici-
ently good nurse, when the period of hatching drew near,
he took them from her and put them under a large hen,
of a somewhat Indian breed. ‘Two of the five proved
addled; the other three had birds in them, of which
the third died in the shell; but two were hatched, and
far from shewing any disposition to remain in the nest
and be fed, they from the first took to their legs, and
followed the example of so many chickens or partridges,
actively running about and picking up the food thrown

to them, and even taking from the hand. They ap-
2

18 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

peared to go on very well for some short time; but
in about. a week or ten days, I think, one of them was
found one morning to be suffering apparently from cramp,
for'it could not stand on its legs, though it fed very well ;
but though every attention was paid to it, it never recov-
ered its powers. . . . The other continued strong and
healthy, and grew very rapidly in size, and I trusted we
might have succeeded in finally rearing that one; but at
last, a short time before its companion’s death, it also be-
came ill, and survived its fellow but very little. I had
them both preserved, and all three now form portions of
my Museum. The same attempt will be continued with
the same pair next season, and a second pair are already
separated after the same plan, when I trust, with one or the
other, we may be more fortunate than we have yet been,
especially if the next season should be more favourable
than the two last have been.”

Ultimately one bird when arrived nearly at maturity
soared to a considerable height from the paddock, but in
descending snapped its legs in a hurdle. and died in conse-
quence; so serious and unexpected are the risks and
accidents to which animal life is subject in confinement.

Norr.—A further paper dealing with some of the more interesting animals
kept at Knowsley will be laid before the Society later in the Session,
and printed in due course.

19

FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT of the LIVERPOOL
MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION on
PUFFIN ISLAND.

By W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE,
LIVERPOOL; CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY
COMMITTEE, AND DIRECTOR OF THE STATION.

[Read 14th November, 1890.]

THE YEAR.
THE past year, although rather an uneventful one, can
show its fair share of work done both at Puffin Island and
also by means of dredging expeditions in Liverpool Bay.
In accordance with the decision of the Committee ex-
pressed at the end of last year’s report, the Puffin Island
Biological Station was closed from the beginning of
November till the middle of March, but although it
seemed best to do this under the special circumstances of
the time, the Committee hope that they may never require
to close the station again. ‘The interruption to work and
the disorganization of arrangements was considerable, extra
trouble and fresh expense were caused at the re-opening
in spring; and although the former keeper, who had ob-
tained a temporary situation in Liverpool during the
winter, came back to the Station and was in charge
most of the summer, he had evidently become unsettled
and no longer displayed that single-minded devotion to
Biology which is essential in such a situation. Later in
the summer he became engrossed in other matters which
occupied his time and energies to an extent quite incom-
patible with any further tenure of the Puffin Island post,

20 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY.

and consequently he had to leave the employ of the Com-
mittee. He has been succeeded as keeper by Thomas
Jarrett, who was at one time an assistant at the Biologi-
cal Station and left, of his own accord, for the purpose of
getting married—after which he went to sea. __

Jarrett and his wife have now been in charge of the
Station for some weeks, and are carrying on the work of
taking observations and making collections very satis-
factorily. Only a few days ago, by taking a tow-netting off
Puffin Island in the very early morning before it was hight,
he obtained a number of specimens of the interesting
phosphorescent Schizopod Nyctiphanes norvegica, which had
never been found before in our district.

.

STATION RECORD.

The following Naturalists have been working at the
Biological Station for longer or shorter periods during the
present summer :—

DATE. NAME. WORK.
1890.
Apri]. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool ..._... Copepoda.
— R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S., University
Colles, IinemjN@oll o50. con cba on0 coe AAIN@ee.
— G. A. Burrow, Botanical Assistant, Liverpool Alge.
May. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S.... ... ... ... ... Copepoda.
— George Brook, F.L.S., University of Edin-
burbs een ee ... ... ... Embryos of Molluses.
= W. A. Herdman, Uneesiey Callan, Liverpool Nudibranchs and
Tunicata.
— Red) Es Gaibson, WeuaSiv..- ens) pees | eee enone oes
_— Nath. Caine, Liverpool ... ... ... . General.
— A. J. Ewart, University College, Liverpool Alge.
— J. Hornell) diverpool 7-2. :.:.0 ...)) eee eb olyjeletem
— Jeplaomasselaverpool skeen enn ene Polyzoa.
— Perey F. Kendall, Manchester ... ... ... Mollusca.

[A number of others forming the dr odoin
party on the ‘‘ Hyena” expedition of May
23rd paid a passing visit to the Station.]

|
|

nl of

se

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 21

ese) J. Hornell, Giverpool’ ... ... ... ... -.. Polycheta.
— R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S.... ... ... ... Alge.
— George Murray, F.L.S., British Museum ... Alge.
— L. N. Boodle, R. Coll. of Sci., London... ... Alge.
= EH. A. L. Batters, F.L.S., London... ... ... Alge.
— H. C. Chadwick, Manchester... ... ... ... Echinoderms,
Aujust. J. Vicars, Bootle ... ... ... ... .. «.. Land Plants.
— J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool... Nudibranchs.
— HapiniscoesMiverpool Vis 2.) ea. os pa-e General.
— AeebuLCharty liverpool. <2; ... © -.5, 10. 6 General.
= A. T. Watson, Sheffield ... ... ... ... ... General.
Sept. Miss L. R. Thornely, Liverpool ... ... ... Hydroida.
— Miss J. H. Willmer, Birkenhead ... ... ... Polyzoa.
— Miss M. Beaumont, Liverpool ...’ ... ... General.
— Wekhornelyseliverpoolie os cs) 14 <1 General.
Meroe © ihompson, Ee isS: .. sy! ess. eq . -« Copepoda.
— R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S.... ... ..._... Alge.
— Vee Aen Elercmanteier a aessneeea eee peeo) y eea Lumicatayand Nida
branchs.
— Alfred Leicester, Southport .......... ... Land Mollusca.

This list happens to contain exactly the same number of
entries as the corresponding one for 1889, but in the present
year the Station was not open for work until April. The
absence of any workers during July may be partly accoun-
ted for by the general bad weather during that month,
and by the specially bad weather on July 12th when
several of the Committee who intended to work for some
time at the Station started with a dredging expedition in
the steamer “‘ Spindrift” but could not be landed at
Puffin Island and were brought back in the evening to
Liverpool. .

The sailing boat ‘Bonnie Doon”’, the black rowing
boat ‘‘ Ascidian’’ and the small blue punt are still in ser-
viceable condition and have been in constant use during
the season. The fixed work-table and shelving in front of
the window in the room opening off the kitchen, and the
sleeping bunks in the inner room, were put up early in the

22 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

year and have proved useful additions to the Somer
meagre accommodation at the Station.

PUBLICATIONS.

Since the last Report no new volume of the ‘‘ Fauna’’*
has been issued, but several L.M.B.C. papers have been
communicated in the usual way to the Biological Society
and published in the Transactions. Extra copies of these
in sheets have been printed off for the purpose of being
included in the third volume of the “‘ Fauna” which will
probably be ready some time in 1892. These papers
are:—(1.) a third report by Dr. R. Hanitsch, on the
Sponges of the district, a lengthy paper illustrated by six
plates, adding twelve species to our record and three
species new to science, containing a re-description of the
remarkable Seriola compacta from the caves on Puffin
Island, and giving an account of the enormous masses of
Cliona celata obtained off Rhoscolyn, on the west coast of
Anglesey, during the ‘“‘ Hyena’ cruise of May, 1890;
(2.) a list of the land Mollusca of Puffin Island, by Mr.
Alfred Leicester; (3) a report (one plate) by Mr. Alfred
O. Walker on the Higher Crustacea collected during
1889, containing some notes on Cumacea, and a descrip-
tion for the first time of the adult male of the Amphipod
Podocerus isopus; (4) a paper by Mr. I. C. Thompson, on
the remarkable Copepod genus Monstrilla and the family
Cymbasomatide; and (5) the third report on the Nudi-
branchiata, by Professor Herdman and Mr. J. A. Clubb,
with four plates, and containing some further investiga-

* Volume I. of the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, price 8/6, was published in
1886. It contains 372 pp. and 12 plates. Vol. II., price 7/6, and containing
240 pp. and 12 plates, was issued in July, 1889. Copies of these may be

obtained on application to the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, Univer-
sity College, Liverpool.

.
-
}
¢

eee eee

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 23

tions into the structure and functions of the cerata or
dorsal papillee, a discussion of the condition of the epipodia
in various genera, and an account of some experiments
made at the Liverpool Aquarium in feeding fishes with
certain Nudibranchs.

A number of additional L.M.B.C. reports are
well advanced and will be laid before the Biological
Society in the course of the present session. Amongst
these may be mentioned,—an extensive report by Mr.
Harvey Gibson on the Alge, in the preparation of which
Mr. Gibson has been fortunate enough to secure the
assistance of Mr. H. A. Li. Batters, Mr. George Murray
and other celebrated algologists; and a report upon the
Polycheeta, on which Mr. J. Hornell has been engaged for
a couple of years, and in which upwards of 70 species will
be discussed, at least half of which are additions tothe
Fauna. The long expected report upon the Fishes of the
district, by Mr. Moore, will, it is hoped, be soon completed ;
and we welcome as new recruits Dr. C. Herbert Hurst, of
Owens College, who has taken charge of the Pycnogonida,
and Mr. F. Archer, who has been a valued friend and
critic and a member of our Committee from the beginning,
and who is now responsible for the Testaceous Mollusca
and has already added considerably to the records pub-
lished by Mr. Darbishire in our first volume of ‘The
Fauna.”

SURFACE ORGANISMS.

The weekly records filled up by the keeper show that
the gelatinous surface Alge referred to in last year’s report
have again been present in abundance. This condition of
the sea was first noticed on June 6th, and continued with
intermissions until September 6th, when it finally disap-
peared. Accordingto Mr. A.W. Bennett, to whomit has been

24 .TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

submitted, the brown gelatinous matter is a Diatom allied
to Rhizosolenia, but in a peculiar condition being without
its siliceous covering. Mr. Thompson noticed the abundance
of small drum-shaped greenish-brown Algzein the tow-net-
tings which he examined from June 7th onwards. Cteno-
phora have been present in profusion on the’ surface
throughout the summer. Mr. T. Comber, F.L.8., has
examined some ofthis year’s surface gatherings for Diatoms,
and finds by far the most prevalent form in the samples he
received 1s Beddulphia bayli (96 per cent. in gatherings
taken in May). However, his further observations are
reserved until more material has passed through his hands.
The surface Dinoflagellata (Ceratiwm trzpos and allied forms)
which are sometimes present in great abundance are now
being investigated by Mr. I. C. Thompson.

The Puffins (Fratercula arctica) are stillabundant. They
came to the island this year in the last week of April, and
left about the middle of August.

THE SEA-WEEDS OF THE DISTRICT.

Investigations on the Alge of Puffin Island and the
neighbourhood are now being carried on very actively by
Mr. Harvey Gibson, who tells me that he has on
record 275 species in all, of which 70 are additional to his
former report. Early in April Mr. Thompson, Mr.
Gibson and the Botanical Laboratory Assistant, Geo.
Burrow, went to the Island for the Kaster holidays. Mr.
Thompson worked the surface successfully, taking
gatherings by moonlight round the Island (when Zaus
spinatus and other forms were taken), and also leaving a
tow-net out all night attached by a rope 20 feet long to
the ‘‘D. B.” or Dinmor buoy, about one mile out to sea
from Dinmor Point, Anglesey. This net was found when
examined 24 hours after to have caught an enormous

pe (oman ~

Doiron

a

q
. i
-_

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 25

quantity of surface organisms, the greater number being
Copepoda, and these chiefly Temora longicornis, Centropages
hamatus, Pseudocalanus elongatus and Calanus jfinmarchicus ;
with these were a quantity of Peltidiwm depressum, a littoral
species usually found attached to L omnia, but apparently
swimming on the surface during the early morning hours.
A large number of Cumacea (3 species) were also in the
tow-net and several Schizopoda, Amphipoda (5 species)
and some Sagitta. The net, although kept extended near
the surface by the strong tide, probably sank at the slack
tide near to the bottom so as to have taken Cumacea and
such a feebly-swimming Amphipod as Dulichia porrecta.

Mr. Gibson occupied himself with the Algze, examining
especially the Beacon rocks, the Sponge caves and shelving
rocks on the north side of the Island, the caves at Dinmor
Point and the D. B. buoy, where he was fortunate enough
to find, along with many common forms, over 20 of the
rarer species, including Lyngbya gracilis, Dermocarpa prasina,
Entocladia wittrocki, Epicladia flustre, Pringsheimia scutata,
Calliblepharis jubata, and Ahnfeltia plicata, new to our dis-
trict, and one, Lthodochorton seiriolanum, new to science.
Mr. Gibson again visited the Island towards the end of
May along with Mr. Ewart, and made further collections
of Algze from the rocks, chiefly of the North side and N.E.
Spit, including Callithamnion corymbosum, Ceramium acan-
thonotum, Grifithsia setacea, Ralfsia verrucosa, Hildenbrandtia
rosea, and Polyides rotundus.

Later on (June 21st), an important party of Botanists,
consisting of Mr. George Murray, F.L.S., of the British
Museum; Mr. Ll. N. Boodle, Demonstrator of Botany at
the Royal College of Science, London; Mr. E. A. Batters,
F.L.S.; and Mr. Harvey Gibson, visited the station with the
object of prosecuting further researches on the Algal flora
of the Island. As this was the first occasion on which the

26 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

marine plants had received the attention of an algologist
so skilled as Mr. Batters, it was to be expected that many
rarities would be collected and many additions made to
the preliminary list already published. The party utilised
every low tide occurring during their stay, and although
the tides were by no means very favourable, yet at least
150 species were collected, including :—Ascocyclus repians,
Isthmoplea spherophora, Symploca harveyi, Ectocarpus termin-
alis, Laminaria hyperborea, Lithophyllum lenormandi, Punctaria
tenuissima Chantransia secundata, Phyllophora trail, Calh-
thamnion gracilimum and Dictyota dichotoma, var. intricata.
A form hitherto undescribed and forming the type of a
new genus was discovered by Mr. Batters encrusting the
stems of Cladophora pellucida, and will be described by
Bornet and Batters under the name of Schmitziella endop-
lea, n.sp. and n. gen. One of the richest localities on
the island is undoubtedly the deep gully on the north-
east side, and there, and in the deep rock pools on
the east Spit, the best finds were made. Altogether the
two days’ work was productive of no less than 27 species
new to the district, of which one is new to science.
Mr. Gibson and Mr. Batters visited Hilbre Island in
July and examined the rocky parts of the Island. Their
chief finds were :—Sphacelaria radicans, Litosiphon pusillus,
Prasiola stipitata, and several species of Cyanophycee.

Mr. J. Vicars visited Puffin Island again this year for the
purpose of collecting land plants (see Appendix A. to last
year’s report, p. 43). He chose his time so as to be a
couple of months later in the year than on his previous
visit, but was not able to make any additions to the list.

In a final visit to Puffin Island at the end of October, Mr.
Gibson found on the 8.W. Spit, Rhodochorton membrana-
ceum, Rhodymenia palmata, Prasiola stipitata, and many
species already noted from Hilbre Island, and elsewhere,

4 a Seieliaal
a a ee ——

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 27

but new to this locality. On this occasion also the cysto-
carps of Catenella opuntia, which have been seldom seen
before, were found in abundance.

ZOOPHYTES, ANNELIDS, &C.

Before the ‘‘ Hyena” dredging expedition in May, a
party of eight members of the Committee and others, in-
eluding Mr. George Brook, F.U.8., Lecturer on Embry-
ology in the University of Edinburgh, worked at the
station; and a week later Mr. J. Hornell, who had been
on the “‘Hyzena”’ trip, left the rest of the party at
Bangor and then devoted some time to the investigation
of the Annelids firsé of the mud flats about Garth, where
he found several species new to the district, and secondly
at Puffin Island. Amongst the most notable forms col-
lected on this occasion by Mr. Hornell were Dasychone
lucullana, Serpula reversa, Sigalion boa, Trophonia plumosa,
Phyllodoce laminosa, Flabelligera affinis, Scoloplos armiger..
and a specimen of the curious and aberrant Spherodorum —
flavum. The most abundant Polychzta on the shore at
Puffin are Hulalia viridis, Nereis pelagica, Polynoe lagisca,
and a Crrratulus. The Gephyrean worm Phascolosoma
vulgare also occurs in mud under stones on the south Spit
(October 26th, 1890).

Mr. Chadwick collected at Beaumaris and at Puffin
Island towards the end of June, and had a couple of days
dredging from the Turbot Hole upwards to the straits;
and Mr. J. A. Clubb and others did some work at the
station in August. Mr. Chadwick dredged a fine Chudina
oculata, eight inches in height, four examples of Pilumnus
hirtellus each ensconced within a separate whelk shell,
many Clavelina lepadiformis, which is very abundant near
Beaumaris, and some Cucwmaria planci which have since
reproduced by transverse fission in captivity, three of them

28 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

having now become seven in number (see Trans. L’pool
Biol. Soe., vol. V., 1890-91).

Early in September, three lady students of University
College, Liverpool, Miss L. R. Thornely, Miss J. H.
Willmer, and Miss M. Beaumont, accompanied by Mr.
W. Thornely, spent a week at the Station chiefly in collect-
ing and preserving material and in examining the Hydroids
and the Polyzoa, at which Miss Thornely and Miss
Willmer had been working for some time previously.

Miss 'Thornely has examined and identified nearly all
the collections of Hydroid Zoophytes and Polyzoa made
in the various expeditions during the year, and reports to
me that we have now found 71 species of Hydroids in the
L.M.B.C. district, and of these 34 have been found on the
shores of Puffin Island. Among the rarer forms found
recently may be mentioned: Hydranthea margarica, Sertu-
larella tenella, Campanularia hincksi’, Gonothyrea gracilis,
Agluophenia tubulifera, and Plumularia echinulata. During
her work at Puffin Island Miss Thornely found
the following four species of Polyzoa which had not been
previously recorded, viz., Lepralia pallasiana, Cellepora
avicularts, Pedicellina cernua, and P. gracilis. Miss
Thornely has also identified 25 species of Polyzoa found
by Mr. F. Archer at Bull Bay.

In April, Dr. Hanitsch, Mr. Hornell, and Mr. C. H. H.
Walker spent some time in collecting at Port Erin, Isle of
Man, where they succeeded in getting some remarkably
fine specimens of Puchymatisma johnstoni and other species
of sponges, including two new to the district, viz., Reniera
ingall?, B., and Chalina montagui, J., the latter an extremely
fine specimen, equal to if not surpassing in size any speci-
men of the species ever recorded. In fact Dr. Hanitsch
considers that in sponges this year has been remarkable
rather for the number of fine specimens obtained than for

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 29

additions to the list of species. Those collected during
the ‘‘ Hyena’ expedition will be referred to further on.

PROTECTIVE COLOURING.

The important and now popular subject of the relations
existing between the forms and colours of animals and
their environment has received a good deal of attention
at Puffin Island, and various instances of protective and
warning colours have been noted in the reports. There
are two additional cases of “‘procryptic’’ colouring (according
to Poulton’s excellent system of nomenclature) which
seem worthy of record, viz., the small flat-clawed crab
Porcellana platycheles and the Annelid Hulalia viridis.

P. platycheles is very common on the shores of Puffin
Island and is generally found on the under surfaces of
irregular fragments of carboniferous limestone. A dozen
or more specimens may be exposed on turning over a large
stone, but until one is aware of the concealment, the crabs
are so inconspicuous that they usually escape notice. They
place their flat bodies in slight depressions on the stone,
and the dirty greyish-brown colour of the carapace cor-
responds exactly with the muddy surface of the decay-
ing limestone, while to still further aid this protective
resemblance, the strong hairs with which the limbs are
fringed entangle mud particles and other foreign bodies
and so help in grading off the body of the crab into the
surrounding stone. And then the habits of the animal
come in: P. platycheles is a peculiarly sluggish crab, and
certainly in many cases its salvation must depend upon
lying quiet. When the stone is turned over the crabs
usually ‘‘sham dead” or rather, in this case, ‘‘ sham rock,”’
and so long as they remain motionless are very incon-
spicuous indeed. It is obvious that in such a case the
more sluggish the animai is in time of danger the greater

30 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

is its chance of escape, and very probably the habit of
lying quiet has been acquired for this purpose by the action
of natural selection. The ventral surface of the crab is
white, in marked contrast to the dark coloured back, and
this I believe is also protective. When stones are turned
over or shaken a certain number of crabs lose their hold
and fall on their backs. They then lie still with the white
ventral surface exposed and are readily mistaken for the white
worn fragments of shells and chips of rock found im-
bedded in the mud under such stones.

Hulalka viridis is a Phyllodocean worm of a brilliant
green colour which is very common on the shore at
Puffin Island in the crevices of rocks and in the holes made
by Saxicava rugosa, and is often seen hanging in a loose coil
or festoon from an overhanging ledge or from the under
surface of a stone. It is of course, when seen by itself
or when attention has been drawn to it, a conspicuous
object on account of its colour, but when lying upon green
seaweeds it is very effectually concealed. Very frequently,
however, the worm occurs amongst red and reddish-brown
seaweeds where it naturally forms a contrast with its
surroundings. In such cases it bears considerable resem-
blance to the tufts of the green filamentous Alea Cladophora
rupestris which are seen scattered about amongst the red
seaweeds. You may look at a tangled green bunch which
seems to be an Alga and wonder what it is that is slightly
unusual it its appearance, when perhaps one of the coils
will slowly move and the apparent seaweed resolves itself
before your eyes into a specimen of Hulalza. It is won-
derful how easily even the practised eye of a naturalist
may be deceived by these resemblances, and I have no
doubt it is the same with the eye of the careless fish or
other passing enemy.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 381

NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Mr. Clubb and I have been carrying on our observations
on Nudibranchs during the last year whenever opportunity
offered. We went to Hilbre Island on February 20th, to
attend the 20-foot tide. Although low water was not till
6 p.m. when it was rather cold and dark, we succeeded in
finding the following species :—-Holis papillosa (spawning),
Acanthopsole coronata, Coryphella rujfibranchialis, Cuthona
nuna (2), Galvina picta (two distinct colours), Dendronotus
arborescens (many of all sizes), Ancula cristata (very abun-
dant, and spawning) and Doris bilamellata (spawning).

In regard to the other animals noticed on this occasion it
may be mentioned that the spawn masses of Arenicola and
of Scoloplos were abundant in pools on the sand. The
Hydroid Zoophyte Garvera nutans was also abundant.
This form is certainly spreading in the district and has
been found twice this year at Puffin Island, by Mr.
Thompson on April 4th, and by myself on October 26th.
The masses of Sabellariza alveolata at Hilbre were found to
be spreading and to cover a large area. Mauy young
colonies of Alcyonium digitatum were observed, and many
small specimens of Sabella. The starfishes which are
usually so very abundant were almost entirely absent on
this occasion. No young mussels, and no specimens
of Hydrobia were found.

A month later, in March, we made a second trip to
Hilbre at a very low ebb, accompanied by Dr. Hanitsch,
and again succeeded in obtaining a number of Nudi-
branchs. Wefound several specimens of the rare Coryphella
landsburgi. Thisis apparently the first time this species has
been found in our district since the two original specimens
recorded by Dr. Byerley in 1849 and 1853. These new
specimens afforded us the opportunity of re-describing the

32 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

living animal and of observing the condition of the cnida
or stinging cells. We also found Galvina picta again, and
Mr. Walker has sent us specimens dredged at Colwyn Bay
during the same month. There can be no doubt that
this species is becoming more abundant in the neighbour-
hood. |
We were much impressed on both the February
and March visits to Hilbre with the effective protection
afforded to Doris bilamellata by its rich yellow and brown
tints which, although rendering it conspicuous in a
white dish or a vessel of clear water, harmonize com-
pletely with the animal’s natural surroundings, the dark
purple-brown rocks spotted with patches of adhering
mud, sand, small Algze and Zoophytes. A reef of rock
which we were exploring on the March visit had a num-
ber of specimens of this Nudibranch scattered over it which
were not at first noticed because of the perfect manner jn
which their colours blended with those of the environment.
Ancula cristata was again present in extraordinary pro-
fusion at Hilbrein March. On one reef of rocks a little
way above low water mark, there must have been many
thousands of specimens present. For yards it was im-
possible to walk without treading on them, and handfuls
were readily collected by scraping the specimens together
from the mud-covered rocks. Many of these we brought
to Liverpool alive and used for the experiments with fishes
in the Museum Aquarium, which were described in our
Third Report on the Nudibranchiata, and in “‘ Nature” for
26th June, 1890. This Nudibranch anchors itself to the rock
by a string of mucus attached to its tapering tail, and this
habit enables it to live as it does on exposed rocks in the

wash of the tide. Ihave several times watched specimens

of Ancula in a few inches of water when there was a strong
tide running past the rocks and waves dashing on them,

herd
sii ont sao de laa

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 33

and noticed that they were swayed backwards and for-
wards in the water, but remained securely anchored by
their tails.

Ancula is not protectively coloured; and as it has
no cnidophorous sacs with stinging cells, like those of
Eolis, its bright white and yellow colouring and con-
spicuous appearance on dark rocks seems at first in-
explicable. From experiments made at the Aquarium
last spring I came to the conclusion that it is distasteful
to fishes, and possibly it is the secretion of certain large
compound glands at the apices of the cerata or dorsal
processes which is of an offensive nature.

Doto coronata, when it is found at Hilbre Island, gene-
rally occurs on colonies of the Zoophyte Clava multicornis ;
but Dr. Sibley Hicks tells me that he has found it in our
district, on the sides of the body of the sea-anemone
Anthea cereus, lying in cavities which it had apparently
eaten out for itself. Another rare Nudibranch which we
found at Hilbre in March was Cratena viridis, of which only
two specimens had been found before in our district, one at
the Isle of Man and the other at Puffin Island. A fourth
was dredged later in the summer in Rhoscolyn Bay, Angle-
sea, during the cruise of the ‘‘ Hyena.”

Altogether we have now recorded forty-three species
of Nudibranchs in our district, of which thirty-one have
been found at Hilbre Island and seventeen at Puffin
Island. Besides affording opportunities for investigations
into the condition of the stinging organs in various species
of Kolids, and into the relation of the colouring to the
euvironment in other forms of Nudibranchs, these speci-
mens have enabled us to make a comparison of the epi-
podial structures throughout a series of genera, from
which we have arrived at the conclusion that all the dorso-

lateral projections, or cerata, of Nudibranchs, often the
3

34 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

most conspicuous and brightly coloured parts of the body,
are to be regarded as outgrowths of an epipodial ridge.
The experiments with fishes referred to above, and
which I announced my intention of undertaking in last
year’s L.M.B.C. report, have been fully described since
in the third report on the Nudibranchiata. They showed
that the order of edibility of the forms which were offered
to the fishes was :—Dendronotus, Doris, Ancula, and Folis ;
Holis being the most distasteful form, Ancula next, Doris
less so, and Dendronotus edible, but from its size offering
difficulties to the rather small fishes which we tried.*
These results are of importance in connection with the
explanation of the colours of the various Nudibranchs.
It is obvious that if an animal is not thoroughly objec-
tionable, from taste or otherwise, and has not yet become
conspicuous with warning colours, it will be an advantage
for it to be protectively coloured. Holis is a most dis-
tasteful form, and has conspicuous colours of a warning
nature. Ancula is also distasteful and is conspicuously
coloured. Joris is less distasteful and is still protectively
coloured ; while Dendronotus, which I regard as edible, is
very effectually concealed amongst the seaweeds it lives
on, by its large branched cerata and red-brown colours.

THe “ Hyana” EXPEDITION.
The Liverpool Salvage Association having once more

kindly placed their s.s. ‘‘ Hyena” at the disposal of the |

L.M.B.C., a four days’ dredging cruise was arranged and
successfully carried out at Whitsuntide. The old gunboat
left the Mersey on Friday, May 28rd, and steamed to the
Menai Straits. Some of the party spent the afternoon
and evening collecting on the shore at Puffin Island, near
which the “‘ Hyena’ was anchored for the night. On the

* For further details see Trans, Biol. Soc., Liverpool, Vol, IV., p. 150,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 35

}) following morning (after landing some beds, chairs, dredges, -
and other supplies for the Biological Station), the various
sections of the party were gathered from Puffin Island,:
Beaumaris, and Bangor in time for breakfast on board the
steamer. There were nearly thirty biologists in all (the
largest number we have yet had on one of these cruises),
including Mr. N. Rundell, Secretary of the Salvage As-
sociation, Captain Young, who had been with us on seve-»
ral previous ‘“‘ Hyena’”’ trips, representatives from Owens’
College, Manchester; University College, Liverpool ; the
Manchester Museum; Edinburgh University ; University
College, Bangor; Firth College, Sheffield; and other

naturalists from Liverpool, Manchester, Chester, Sheffield,
and Southport.

It had been proposed to explore the northern coast
of Anglesea, but the weather was so bad and the
sea so rough in the direction of Point Lynas that, after
a few hauls of the dredge off the north side of the
South Spit, Puffin Island, the plans were altered and a

_ start was made in the opposite direction. In passing up
the Straits some dredging was done off Lleiniog, between
Penmon Point and Beaumaris, depth six fathoms, where
several specimens of the rare Nudibranch Cratena con-
cinna were obtained, along with a single very small speci-
men (2°5 mm. long) of Dendronotus arborescens. The latter
is interesting in connection with our attempt (see the second
of these Reports, p. 7) to introduce this species at Puffin
Island. We cannot of course be sure that this small
Specimen is the offspring of any of the Dendronotus which
we set free in September, 1888, only about a mile away,
but, at any rate, this is the first specimen of this species
which we have found in that neighbourhood.

The next haul was off Port Dinorwic, where the dredge
came up filled with sand, stones, and broken shells, on.

386 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

which many animals were attached, including large num-
bers of the small red Ascidian Styela grossularia. The
“* Hyena’’ then passed on into Carnarvon Bay and com-
menced working along the southern coast of Anglesea.
The dredges and various kinds of tow-nets, surface and
bottom, were used at intervals. A very large midwater
net, attached to a triangular wooden frame was used for
the first time and worked satisfactorily, but did not catch
much, probably on account of the large size of mesh of the
strong material of which it was made.

Mr. W. E. Hoyle’s deep-water closing net has now
been modified in the direction indicated in last year’s
report, so that it can be opened and closed not by the
agency of sliding weights, but by an electric current.
The “ Hyena,” with its powerful dynamo, affords special
facilities for experiment with this novel form of tow-net,
which was used frequently during the cruise, not so much
with the object of collecting specimens as for the purpose
of detecting and remedying any possible defects in the con-
struction, and of guarding against conditions which might
interfere with the proper action of the apparatus. On the
whole the net worked satisfactorily, the causes of occasional
failures were discovered, and when an improved form of
frame, made according to the design advocated by Pro-
fessor Hensen, of Kiel, has been incorporated, the appara-
tus will, no doubt, be a most useful addition to the imple-
ments of the marine biologist. The mechanical details
for working this tow-net may be described as follows : *—-

The mode of opening and closing the net by the suc-
cessive detachment of two cords, or links, has been re-
tained ; but these are now looped round the shorter arms
of two bell-crank levers, the longer extremities of which

* See Report of Committee on this Tow-net, laid before Section D of the
British Association, at the Leeds Meeting in September, 1890.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 37

rest upon two studs projecting laterally from the sector of
an escapement wheel near its circumference. The lengths
of the levers are so adjusted that when the first tooth of
the escapement is liberated one of them falls, whilst the
second is retained until the third tooth has been liberated.
The escapement sector is actuated by a spring, and its
movements are controlled by an electro-magnet, whose
armature is attached to, or rather made solid with, the
escapement itself. The current passes to the magnet
down a wire in the rope by which the net is towed, and
when the net is let down closed the circuit 1s open. As
soon as the desired depth has been reached contact is made,
the movement of the armature releases the first tooth of
the escapement, and the net opens. When the circuit is
broken the second tooth of the sector is caught by the
escapement, and held until a second contact sets free the
other lever and closes the net.

A further contemplated improvement is the combina-
tion of this electric opening and closing tow-net with the
electric illuminated tow-net which we have now used dur-
ing several successive cruises of the ‘‘ Hyena.’ A small
incandescent lamp will be placed in the mouth of the net,
and the same current will be used for causing the move-
ments of the net and for supplying the light.

Several hauls of the dredge were taken during the after-
noon in Carnarvon Bay on a sandy bottom, at depths of
12 to 20 fms., in which, amongst other things, Ascidia
plebeia, a Holothurian, Leda pernula, Astarte sulcata, Acmea
testudinalis, and Pandora inequivalvis were obtained. The
“‘ Hyena’”’ anchored for the second night in a small rocky
bay, Porth Dafarch, on the south side of Holyhead Island
(close to where the s.s. ‘‘ Missouri’ was wrecked a few
years ago), and about half the party were landed to sleep
on shore. After dark, those who remained on board com-

38 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

menced tow-netting by electric light, and repeated, with

some modifications, the experiments which had been made

during the last two cruises of the “‘ Hyzna” at the Isle of

Man in 1888 and 1889, and which were fully described in
the L.M.B.C. reports for these years.

.

Fig. 1.—Tow-net with electric light.

$

On the present occasion the large arc lamp was hoisted
_ over the side of the ship so as to throw a strong glare on
the water, and Hdison-Swan incandescent lamps were sent
down to the bottom in tow-nets, which were hauled up at
intervals. Comparatively few Cumacea, Amphipoda and
Schizopoda were obtained this time, but shrimps and young

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 39

fishes were, for the first time in our experience, attracted
by the light to the surface, and some of them were caught
and preserved. The fishes proved to be young of Ammo-
dytes lancea and Gadus virens.

One of the ship’s boats was kept in the area illuminated by
the arc lamp, and by leaning over her side the small objects
in the surface-layer of water could be most distinctly seen,
and particular animals picked out and captured with a
hand-net as they darted about in the neighbourhood of
the light. Mr. Leicester and Mr. Hornell were indefatig-
able in this work and rendered good service. Dr. Hurst
and I arranged to be awakened by the sailor on watch at
three a.m., when we got up and tooka surface tow-netting
about dawn, which was afterwards found by Mr. Thomp-
son to contain a much greater number of Copepoda, and
more variety than any of the other tow-nettings, either
day or electric-light, surface or bottom. Amongst other
interesting things it contained a large number of specimens
of Peltidium depressum which had not been taken at all dur-
ing the day, and only in very small numbers with the
electric-ight bottom-net. This same species was taken
shortly before near Puffin Island by Mr. Thompson in the
tow-net which he left out all night attached to the Dinmor
buoy. This Copepod is usually found sticking on Laminaria
in the day-time, but evidently comes to the surface in
abundance late at night or early in the morning. It is
evident that this plan of taking surface gatherings at 2 or
3 a.m. will have to be further developed in our future
cruises. Probably the best way will be for the biologists
to keep watches like the sailors and have the tow-nets
going all night long.

The following day was spent in steaming slowly about
off the southern coast of Anglesea, dredging and tow-netting
at frequent intervals. The surface hfe was found to be

40 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

very poor, comparatively few Copepodaand almost no repre-
sentatives of other free-swimming groups being obtained ;
‘but Mr. Thompson noticed the relative abundance in all
the tow-nettings, both surface and bottom, during the day,
and also with the electric light at night and at dawn, of
unusually large specimens of Dias longiremis, and also the
prevalence of the somewhat uncommon Jszas clavipes im all
the surface gatherings, though none were taken in the
bottom ones.

Mr. Walker reports that as regards the higher Crustacea
the results were rather poor. A few novelties, however,
were the Cumacean HMudorella truncatula, Bate, taken close
to Puffin Island with a small canvas dredge on the
previous day, a new species of Podocerus from near
Lleiniog, and Leptocherus hirsutimanus, Bate, taken in
the Straits, and also off Towyn.

The dredging results during this day were good. The
following localities were explored:—(1) Porth Dafarch,
(2) Penrhos Bay, (8) two miles off Towyn Lodge, (4) be-
tween Towyn and Rhoscolyn Head, and (5) off Rhoscolyn
Beacon, where we had six hauls. Some very fine Sponges
were obtained, and Ascidians (six species) were plentiful.
One patch of rich ground was discovered near Rhoscolyn
Beacon, where Antedon rosacea, in the “ pentacrinoid”’
and also in the adult state, was brought up in abun-
dance, along with various Tunicata (Ascidia virginea, and
A. venosa), Holothurians, Nudibranchs (Cratena viridis and
Doto fragilis), Zoophytes, Polyzoa, and especially large
Sponges. Altogether this expedition was, probably, more
prolific in regard to Sponges than in any other group.

Dr. Hanitsch tells me that, in addition to a number of
commoner species, we obtained in that one day (May 25th),
in the dredgings in Penrhos Bay, off Towyn, and off Rhos-
colyn Beacon, specimens of Raspailia ventilabrum, Poly-

—
Ls

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 41

mastia mammillaris, P. robusta, Tethya lyncurium (budding),
and magnificent examples of the massive form of Cliona
celata, the largest specimen, from near Rhoscolyn Beacon,
measuring 31 cm. by 20 cm. horizontally, and 12 cm.
vertically, and being probably not exceeded in size by any
sponge ever collected on the British coasts.

Miss Ll. R. Thornely, who has carefully examined all
the material we brought back from this expedition, in-
forms me that we obtained 26 species of Hydroid
Zoophytes, including Halectum tenellum, Diphasia atten-
uata, Plumularia echinulata, Hudendrium capillare, and
Garveia nutans. Miss Thornely has also given me a list of
the Polyzoa which she has identified from this cruise,
comprising 38 species, six of which have not previously
been recorded from that region (Anglesea) of our district,
viz., Scrupocellaria scrupea, Membranipora pilosa form
dentata, Smittia reticulata, Cellepora avicularis, Bowerbankia
caudata, and Pedicellina cernua form glabra. In a collection
made by Mr. F’. Archer at Bull Bay, on the north coast
of Anglesea, later in the summer, Miss 'Thornely finds 25
species, including several of the rarer ones mentioned
above, and Cellepora ramulosa.

Mr. Hornell tells me that this cruise gave for the first
time to our local fauna the Annelids Spinther oniscoides,
Micomache lumbricalis, Sabellaria spinulosa, large numbers
of Polynoe scolopendrina, and one example of Nychia cirrosa,
which, curiously, was first described as British by the
Swedish naturalist, Malmgren, from a wrongly named
specimen of Polynoe in the British Museum, labelled as
hailing from Beaumaris.

On the third night we again anchored in Porth Dafarch,
and after dark the electric lights were again used for a
couple of hours. This time the large arc lamp was taken
to the stern and suspended close to the surface of the

42 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

water, but as it was not working steadily one of the incan-
descent submarine lamps was lowered over the side and
kept a few inches under water, and this proved most effec-
tive in attracting animals to a stationary tow-net or a hand
net beside it.

Some samples of the mud and other deposits brought up
by the dredge from several localities during this cruise,
and that of the ‘‘ Spindrift’ on September 27th, have been
carefully examined by Mr. F’. G. Pearcey, of the Manchester
Museum, for Foraminifera. Mr. Pearcey has kindly sup-
plied me with a list of the 71 species found, which I append
to this Report (see Appendix A, p. 58). It will be noticed
that this list of Foraminifera adds 8 species to those pre-
viously recorded in our district, and of these one, Ammo-
discus spectabilis, 1s new to British seas. Mr. H.
Halkyard, F.R.M.S., informs me that he has found
at Southport the two unrecorded species Polymorphina
sororia and P. myristiformis; while further additions
to our list have been made from material collected by Mr.
Thompson from the Mersey at Aigburth, and examined
by Mr. E. Burgess, and which will form the subject of a
separate paper in the Transactions of the Liverpool Bio-
logical Society, Vol. V., p. 73.

On the fourth day the ‘‘ Hyzna”’ returned through the
Menai Straits to Liverpool. As usual the specimens col-
lected were distributed to our specialists, and are now in
process of being worked out. I have only been able to
give a meagre preliminary account of the results, and I
have no doubt we shall hear more in future L.M.B.C.
Reports of the ‘“‘ Hyzna’’ expedition of 1890.

OTHER DREDGING EXPEDITIONS.
Through the kindness of Mr. J. Herbert Juewis a small
tug, the “‘ Albert,”’ belonging to Messrs. Coppach, Carter
and Co., of Connah’s Quay, was lent to the Committee for

&

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 43

an afternoon’s dredging at the mouth of the Dee, on July
5th. Mr. Carter accompanied the vessel from Mostyn,
and picked up the party from Liverpool at Hoylake about
one p.m. Unfortunately the sea was rough, and although
a number of hauls of the dredge were taken, both in
Hilbre Swash and in the Welshman Gut, they were rather
unproductive. Late in the afternoon the beam trawl was
tried with more success, bringing up quantities of Zoo-
phytes, Sponges, &c., along with some fish. The dredging
party landed on Hilbre Island in the evening for the low
tide, and were joined there by some of the other members
of the Liverpool Biological Society, it being the occasion
of the annual field meeting for the presidential election.

The tow-nets had been worked as usual with great success
during the afternoon, and Mr. Thompson has furnished
me with a list of Copepoda, &c., from Hilbre Swash, in
which the following occur, besides many of the usual com-
moner forms :—Dvzas discaudatus, Cyclopina gracilis, Lao-
phonte lamellifera, Lichomolgus (?), and Euterpe gracilis,
along, with several Cumacea, Appendicularia and the
Cladoceran Podon intermedius which, although not un-
common,appears not to have been before recorded from

British seas. Some good Copepoda were taken in the

tow-net at Puffin Island on August 27th, including one
specimen of Monstrilla rigida, and a larval Lernea.

A most welcome grant of £50 from the Government
Grant Committee of the Royal Society, to be applied to
the further exploration of Liverpool Bay, has enabled us
to hire seaworthy tugs on a couple of occasions for single

day trips to the “‘ central area’ of Liverpool Bay. This

region, which lies N.W. and W. of the bar lightship and
onwards towards the Isle of Man, we regard as being still
comparatively virgin ground, and as on each occasion
when we have visited any part of it, notwithstanding very

44 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

adverse weather and want of sufficient time, we have been
encouraged by finds which gave promise of rich ground

\\
\\
)

il

Co

(

é

and abundant spoil, we feel that more of our efforts in the
future must be directed towards the exploration of this
region outside the bar.

On July 12th we hired the tug ‘‘ Spindrift,” belonging
to the Liverpool Steam Tug Company, for a day’s work,
and a party of fourteen of us started from the Landing
Stage for a long day at sea. Westeamed to a point about
25 miles N.W. of the bar lightship, where, at depths of
about twenty fathoms, we had a dozen hauls of large and
small dredges, besides tow-netting work. The bottom, as
a rule, was composed of sand and broken shells, covered
in places with enormous quantities of Ophiuroids—mostly
Ophiothriz pentaphyllum. Spatangus purpureus was also
obtained in abundance and of large size. Mr. Walker
tells me that a very large [phimedia obesa and two Huonyx

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 45

chelata were picked off an Echinus. During the ‘‘ Hyzena”’
expedition another similar case of Amphipoda living on an
Echinoderm had been met with when a number of females
and young males of Melita obtusata were found on Asterias
rubens.

The following Annelids were obtained in this ‘‘ Spindrift”
expedition :—Lumbrinereis fragilis, Sthenelais limicola, Malm-
grema castanea, Syllis tubifex, Spherodorum flavum, Eunice
sp., Hermadion pellucidum, and H. assimile. It is worthy
of remark that the two species of Hermadzon were in all
cases discovered as commensals with Echinoderms. One
specimen of H. pellucidum was picked off a Solaster, another
off an Astropecten, and a third off an Ophiurid, while H.
assimile was taken from Kchinus sphera.

On September 12th, Mr. Walker saw two very fine
living specimens of Palinurus vulgaris, the spiny lobster,
which had been caught at Valley in Anglesea. This is
believed to be the first record of its occurrence in Wales.

Another expedition to the ‘‘ central area’ in the ‘‘ Spin-
drift” took place on September 27th. We hoped on this
occasion to be able to reach the ground where the very
large specimens of Fusus antiquus, brought into market by
the Fleetwood trawlers, live, and for that purpose Mr. R.
D. Darbishire brought with him a Fleetwood trawler as
a guide; but some time was spent in dredging on the way,
and although we eventually reached the proper region, we
were evidently not on the exact ground, as our dredges
and trawl failed to bring up any of the desired whelks.

We tried on this occasion anew trawl, made on the pat-
tern of those recommended by Prof. A. Agassiz and by the
Prince of Monaco. The runners are double, and both
sides of the net are weighted, so that it is a matter of in-
difference which side the instrument falls on, and the
wooden beam is repiaced by two iron bars, which can be

46 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

unshipped so as to allow of easy transport. This instru- -
ment worked well on every occasion on which it has been
tried.

We obtained, at about 15 miles N.W. of the bar,
a number of specimens of Philine aperta, several of the
beautiful large Nudibranch, Molis tricolor, some Holothuri-
ans (Cucumaria hyndmanni) and Ascidians, and also dozens
‘of the strange scabbard-like tubes of Onwphis conchylega.
Amongst the other worms obtained and since identified
by Mr. Hornell, are :—Owenia jiliformis, Nicolea venustula,
Lumbrinereis fragilis, Serpula reversa, Thelepus cincinnatus, -
Sthenelais limicola, Malmgrenia castanea (on every specimen
of Spatangus purpureus) and Hermadion pellucidum.

On this expedition, and on the previous “‘ Spindrift” trip
in July to the same region, Mr. F. Archer took special charge
of the testaceous Mollusca, and passed large quantities of
the sand and gravel brought up by the dredges through
his sieves, in search of the more minute forms. He has
now found ten species which were not recorded in the Report
on the Mollusca in the first volume of our Fauna, includ-
ing :—Pandora imequivalvis, Venus chione, Funciurella
noachina, and Adeorbis subcarinatus.

The mud dredged on this trip has been examined for
Foraminifera by Mr. F.G. Pearcey and Mr. G. W. Chaster,
and has yielded 63 species (see Appendix A, p. 58.) The
Zoophytes of this expedition, and of the “‘ Albert” trip on
July 5th, have been examined partly by Miss Thornely and
partly in the Zoological Laboratory of University College
by Mr. W. J. Halls. The “‘ Spindrift’ forms include the
following additions to our list :—Hydrunthea margarica,
Bimeria vestita, Campanularia hincksii, Gonothyrea gracilis
and Aglaophena tubulifera. The surface life on this occa-
sion (Sept. 27th) was very abundant, the tow-nets bring-
ing up great quantities of Copepoda, &c. Amongst these

“rae

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 47

Mr. Thompson has found several of the rarer forms, ¢.g.,
Huterpe gracilis, Pontella wollastoni, and Parapontella brevi-
cornis.

Mr. A. Chopin, of Manchester, spent a week at the end
of August in collecting Invertebrata round the southern
end of the Isle of Man, and was singularly successful in
some groups. He has kindly submitted all his lists, and
some of the specimens, to me, and I note that he ob-
tained :—

SPONGES, eight species.

Hyproipa, twenty-seven species, including Syncoryne
eximia (dredged off Spanish Head), and Lufvea fruticosa
(on Sertularia abietina), not previously found in our district.
Some members of the Manchester Microscopical Society
also obtained in June, Corymorpha nutans, (near Shagg
Rock, 12 fathoms), and Coryne pusilla (Fleshwick Bay),
both rare species.

ACTINIARIA, eighteen species and recognised varieties,
including Sagartea nivea and its variety immuculata, not
previously recorded.

ECHINODERMATA, eight species.

PoLYcHTA, five species.

RotiFeRA, Syncheta baltica, Khr., not previously recor-
ded.

ARACHNIDA, Halacarus rhodostigma, Gosse (always on
Bowerbankia imbricata), not previously recorded.

PoLyzoa, twenty species.

CRUSTACEA, twenty species, including Portunus corruga-
tus, not previously recorded.

Mouuusca, thirteen species, including Chiton discrepans,
new to the district.

Mr. Chopin collected at Hilbre Island, in September,
the following Sea-Anemones :—Sagartia viduata, varieties

48 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

elurops and melanops, and Sagartia troglodytes, varieties
scolopacina and candida.

THE SHRIMP HNQUIRY.

At the February Meeting of the Biological Society, last
Session (see “‘ Proceedings,”’ p. xiv.), [announced my inten-
tion of trying to collect statistics during the coming year
that would aid in giving us more exact knowledge of the
life-history and habits of the common shrimp (Crangon
vulgaris) in this neighbourhood. It is well known that we
are here in the centre of a considerable shrimping industry,
and large numbers of shrimps come into the Liverpool
market from various points on the adjacent coasts of
Lancashire and Cheshire, both in the fresh condition and
also potted in butter.

I prepared a circular, asking a few simple questions,
such as a fisherman or shrimper would be perfectly well
able to answer, and despatched a set of questions with
blank spaces for answers, one for each month of the year,
to five centres in the district, where I was fortunate
enough to find gentlemen who kindly undertook to get
the forms filled up by fishermen and returned to me. Mr.
T. Comber, F.L.8., undertook Parkgate; Mr. Re du:
Ascroft, Lytham; Mr. A. Leicester, Southport; Mr. A.
G. Haywood, Crosby; and Mr. Henry Isaacs, Hoylake.
Unfortunately I have not received anything like complete
returns for the year from all of these fishing centres, but |
two of them, Lytham and Parkgate, have continued to
send me reports during the whole year with the greatest
regularity. I have now reduced these reports to a tabular
form, which is annexed. I have also received some inter-
esting information from Mr. W. B. Halhed, obtained from
Parkgate fishermen. I wish to express my acknowledg-
ments toall these gentlemen for their hearty co-operation,

J tyes

ee ee eo oes cae
a v ~) !

FEBRUARY.
QUESTIONS. -
Puke’ Lytham Crosby P'gatolLh'm S’port|Crosby|H lake} Parkg’te
; 1.—Have Shrimps been plentiful | No, a No, very |No, very No,
| ao No, | No No
th, and what was | few qts. p > | very )
a eatch 2 loceas’n’ ly 15 gts.|12 qts.| 2 qts.| once 4 qts.
; Half | Me-
2,—Were they of large size ? Yes. Yes. ie x fate ; Yes.

a a me | | |. |)

3,—Wereanyyoung orimmature} yy)

ones seen ?
ee
4,—Had any of them eggs ? Yes.

——

Off Point!
5.—In what locality were they | of Ayr

an
Hilbre.

caught ?

6.—In what depth of water, an
on what bottom ?

it

Small,
7.—What were the Shrimps feed- | thin
ing on? lug
worms

8.—Did you see anything eat- God pad

ing the Shrimps ?

9.—What has been the general

Ver

weather and state of the y

sea this month ? JOH
Tn cold
110.— Have you any other remarks Beatles
to make ? Shrimps
bury in

sand.

SHRIMP a

Black- | Formby
pool Pierjto end of

Whit-

= in ralcedl
sand in | out of

0

Iwiys 4

“syeULOs Sosy ot}

UI punoj iS}

Yes.

As

Don't | Dead
know.| crabs.

and | Ood-
young] ling,
Cod-

Very
Cold. | oy gh. Rough

ator Dearer

March in Small
and |L pool Shrimps

7 | mar- in

eae ket “ \outters,’
5 than in 2 feet

many eee: water.

young.

Yes. | Yes. [Yes, full. Yes, all. /Yes, full.

Out-
As side Off Point

S
.|before. |before.|before.| the } of Ayr.

Banks.

Lytham Crosby | Parkg’te eet

Yes, full.| A few.

pool Pier

ae 3 fms.

ms.. i
Do. | sand cogerd
and Pi eg ”

mud. pes:
Small

lug

Do. ane worms
: in sand

whit

Do. | jn4 | Codling.

Fogs |Rough} Fine
and | and and
cold. | fine. | rough.

+
+

“pyyonugounard 4.
“‘YSy IoAeo MA

[emojsuay snaghjog

As
before.

Cedlings

ee |: ets

ie i |
| bO-
Ais. |

ee ns

to
Southport.| banks.

No, rt \ Yes,

. (B4 gts. No, fairly,

| 12 qts.
Yes. Yes.’ Yes
No. No. | Yes
Yes, full} Few.. Yes.

Blackpool | On the

sand

J—4 15
fms. fms
mud, - sand.
Don’t
know,
Marble
blebs,
white Yes,
crabs. crabs.
and ray
| patehest.
Very rough
for ;
Mai
te '
rd
| but
g | shrimps,
a! salmon
a very
@ scarce.
——

| ig Parkg’te| Lytham | Parkg’te| Lytham Parkg’te

Yes. No,
20 qts. |not very.
Some. | Mixed.
Yes

and fry. Some.
A few

Not | still in
y- spawn.

Near
As N.W.
before. Light
Ship.
8—10
Do. fms.
sand,
Don’t
know.
Marble
blebs,
white
crabs,
and ray
patches.
Fine ia

ee settled.

rough.

Nothing) Some
covered | Not as

with {plentiful

“weeds’’ jas usual
(Zoo- jin July.
phytes).

AUGUST.

Not " i le
Good. Fone | Fai. then some

ham | Parkg’te

Yes,

: Yes
—100] 30—50
qt qts.

Fairly
large ; No.
mixture.

Many
young
Some. and
imma-
ture.

No
spawn E e
at all. y:

Lytham

Pier to JOff Hpoint 1
buoy 2 | of Ry, at
in Gut.

Off Point} As
of Ayr. | before.

10 me | 8—i0
3—8 fms, 2h fms.
feet, | sluty) Do. slutch Do.
sand. all > and
: stones.

Don’t Can’t | Don't
know. _ say. know.

No.

Fine Fair,

rough. | gales.

, Very bad
spring
* tut good
autumn
for
shrimps.

Lytham | Parkg’te

100 qts.} 30 qts.

NOVEMBER.

Lytham |Parkg’te

Yes, No,
80—100] almost
qts. :

Not
very
large.

Many
young
and
imma-
ture,

A good
many.

As

before.

1—5
fms.

Shrimps
buried in

Cae ea

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 49

I have in many cases simplified the wording of the
answers, and have left out some irrelevant remarks. The
Crosby fishermen complain bitterly of the prejudicial effect
of the Liverpool refuse boats upon their industry, and
declare that these boats discharge their rubbish much
nearer the shore than they are permitted by law.

It will be noticed from the answers* to the first question
that the shrimps are more plentiful on the fisbing grounds
in summer and autumn than in winter and spring, and
there seems to be abundance of evidence that they are
directly affected by the weather. In cold or very stormy
weather they are said to bury themselves deep in the sand,
and several of my correspondents mention having disin-
terred them when raking for cockles at a depth of more
than a foot in the sand. The prawns also disappear in
cold weather, but whether they burrow is doubtful as they
live on “‘ hard” ground.

There seems to be a general belief that shrimps spawn
all the year round, and I have no doubt that out of a great
many shrimps some few may be found with spawn at any
time, but from the answers to question 4 in the table it
is evident that late winter and spring are the spawning
times in this neighbourhood. ‘Then nearly all the speci-
mens taken are large and full of spawn, while in summer
and autumn ‘‘ fry” and immature forms make their ap-
pearance in quantity, and indivicuals with spawn are few
or absent.

Many of the answers in regard to the food and the
enemies of the shrimp were ‘‘ don’t know” and ‘‘ cannot
tell.” The greater part of the positive evidence is that
they feed upon “shore worms” in ‘‘sand pipes”’ (or their
~The standard of a good catch appears to vary somewhat with the locality

and the time. What is considered ‘‘ plentiful” at one time is returned as
scarcity in another month.

4

50 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

excreta ?), which I take to mean Sabellaria alveolata; while
their enemies are generally said to be cod, whiting, flukes,
small thornbacks, weevers, and crabs (especially ‘“‘ white
crabs,” Polybius henslowi). Pleurobrachia (‘‘marble blebs’),
which is sometimes put down as an enemy, would be very
unlikely to be able to injure a shrimp.

It may be of interest perhaps to record a typical week-
end visit to Puffin Island in rather wintry weather. Near
the end of October four of us (Mr. Thompson, Mr. Gibson,
Mr. Leicester, and myself) arrived at the Island on a Satur-
day, after a spinning sail down from Garth, in the ‘‘ Bonnie
Doon,” and found that the new keeper, Thomas
Jarrett and his wife, had been busy for some days white-
washing and cleaning the station within and without, and
had introduced several much-needed improvements in the
household arrangements. :

This particular expedition to the Island was made
partly for the purpose of collecting certain special
animals and sea-weeds, and partly in order to estab-
lish the new keeper in his place, and give him full
directions for making collections and taking observations
during the winter. Certainly the biologists have never
before been so comfortably housed at Puffin. The ar-
rangements in regard to board and lodging were as
satisfactory as could well be in such a delightfully iso-
lated spot, where everything, from a sack of coals to
a pat of butter, has to be brought from Bangor, if not
further, landed when possible on the rocks or the shingle,
and conveyed on one’s own back, or the donkey’s—usually
the former—up a cliff, and over half a mile of island top,
consisting chiefly of long grass, limestone rocks, and awk-
wardly placed rabbit holes, before it reaches the biological
station. The new sleeping bunks, fixed in three tiers of

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 51

two each against the wall of one of the rooms, (II. in fig.
3) are found to be a great improvement on the camp beds,
especially in cold weather; and a long fixed work-table,
with some shelving, has converted another room (III.)
into a most useful indoors laboratory, where work can be
carried on at night and on very cold days, when the out-
side laboratory, with its stone floor and many windows,
is too uncomfortable, even for the enthusiast.

Fig. 3.—Plan of the Biological Station. W.W., windows ; C, chimney.

Saturday was bright but showery all day. The after-
noon was spent by the whole party on the long south spit
at low tide, and the animals and plants collected were
arranged, identified, and preserved in the laboratory dur-
ing the evening. At night the wind rose and blew with
great force against the north side of the house, and squalls
of hail rattled against the windows at intervals. In the
morning we were up at half-past seven, and found a heavy
sea rolling in, a keen north wind blowing, and the moun-
tains behind Penmaenmawr and Lilanfairfechan white
with snow. Mr. I. C. Thompson, with characteristic
enerey, at once conveyed me off to the cliffs for a morning
plunge in the breakers in the middle of a shower of mingled
sleet and driven sea foam; while our more sensible com-

52 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

panions superintended Mrs. Jarrett’s efforts to fry our
ham and eggs in the station fryimg pan, which was found
to have a considerable perforation in its centre.
Immediately after eight o’clock breakfast the biological
work began, and lasted till dark. Mr. Alfred Leicester ex-
plored the Island, high and low, for land mollusca, and suc-
ceeded in finding three snails (Zonites alliarius, Z. nitidulus,
and Helix virgata) previously unrecorded. Mr. Harvey
Gibson followed the retreating tide downwards foot
by foot as he searched the shore for Algze. Mr.
Thompson and I initiated the keeper into the mysteries
of tow-netting for the purpose of making collections of
surface life. We went out in the punt with our nets and
bottles, and coasted as far as we dared venture in that frail
craft along the lee side of the Island, gettmg abundant
gatherings as we went, and storing up the Copepoda and
Diatoms in tubes (duly labelled), which will give many an
hour of hard work at the microscope to our specialists
before the results are known, and the lists printed in our
reports. Later on we all assembled on the reefs opposite

se — = =.
— - -—— Ssn

> p
—— mmardlzey
= SSS

Fig. 4.—View of Puffin Island from the end of the South Spit at low
tide. The best collecting ground is amongst the Laminaria and boulders

shown in the front of the figure.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 53

the Beacon rocks for the last of the ebb, and worked
downwards with the tide, trying literally to leave not a
stone unturned, for in such a spot the biologist finds his
choicest specimens in the sheltered nooks and crevices
underneath the boulders and ledges of rock, which have
to be turned over—sometimes by the united strength of
the party—in order that the treasures beneath may be re-
vealed.

Under one such stone as it rolled back I caught
sight of a large cuttlefish, Eledone cirrhosa, closely related to
the octopus. There it sat in a shallow pool, something
like a large yellowish toad, blinking its brilliant eyes,
changing, chameleon-like, the colour of its skin, puffing
out its fat round body, and squirting water at me with its
funnel. I carried it home from Puffin Island next day in
a large jar of sea-water, and it was before me on my study
table as I wrote these lines, chmbing about the jar by
means of its eight long tapering arms provided with
powerful sucking discs, stretching itself up to the surface
of the water, and extending its arms out in all directions
like radii—suggesting the appearance of some monstrous
spider in which the web is part of the animal’s body—and
then suddenly collapsing and dropping all in a heap to the
bottom.

We found besides many Ascidians, and a few Nudi-
bianchs; Sponges, Zoophytes, and Polyzoa, were in
profusion, and of the new Algz, which fell to Mr. Gibson’s
share, there was almost no end. Altogether we were in
luck, and when we had followed the tide down to its
lowest, and a little beyond, and were driven up the shore
by the advancing waves and the approaching darkness,
saturated to our knees and elbows, and ordinarily wet over
most of the remainder of our bodies, but laden with spoil,
we tramped across the Island to our snug little station,

54 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

where Mrs. Jarrett was boiling the kettle and frying the
fresh herrings for tea, agreeing as we went that there was
no place like Puffin, and no pursuit so delightful as marine
biology. It is not, as some think, only in the height of
summer that the biologist can carry on his field work.

We brought back collections of various groups which
have been distributed to our specialists. A small bag of
matted alez and mud from low-water mark has yielded
Mr. Archer 16 species of the smaller mollusca, including
Pecten similis, Rissoa parva var. tinterruptu, Lissoa semi-
striata (new to the district), Chemnitzia elegantissima, Jeff-
reysia opalina, and Phasianella pullus.

It is perhaps worthy of record here that we have found,
half hidden in the soil on the 8. W. corner of the Island, a
slab of stone marking the grave of a sailor who was buried
there a century and a quarter ago. The inscription 1s now
only partially legible, but Mr. Thompson found in the
Linnean Society’s Library a copy of an old work giving an
account of excursions 1n this part of Wales, made in 1798
and 1801 by the Rev. W. Bingley, F.U.S., in which occur
the following passages about Puffin Island :—‘‘ Tradition
respecting Priestholme says that when the now Lavan
Sands formed a habitable part of Carnarvonshire a bridge
communicated across the channel, and they yet pretend
to show the remains of an ancient causeway from there to
Penmaenbach, near Conway, for convenience of devotees
who made pilgrimages to the Island;” and “On the
Island I found an upright stone with the inscription—

Bare. Stout,

belonging to the

Salley, died in

the small pox

Nov. ye 3rd, 1767.

N.B.—The ship was cast
away here.”

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 55

The present condition of the inscription is this :—

IBN oe Coe

WelOws us

Salen
Waa:

We are to have neighbours on Puffin Island in future.
The rabbitting, &c., on the Island has been let by Sir
Richard Bulkeley to Jeremiah Griffiths, from Bangor—
the use of the house, &c., for scientific purposes, being
reserved as before for our Committee, as I am courteously
informed by Mr. Preston, the agent for the estate.
The ruined cottage at St. Seiriol’s old church on the top
of the Island 1s now being repaired as a habitation for
Jeremiah Griffiths, and as he and his sons propose to
carry on fishing operations of various kinds all the year
round in the neighbourhood of the Island, the biologists
may regard this industrial invasion with equanimity, and
even satisfaction. I am sure that the scientific and the
economic exploration of the ‘‘ Turbot Hole” will go on
peacefully side by side, and prove mutually beneficial.

Fig. 5.—St. Seiriol’s Church tower and old cottage on Puffin Island,
(From a ‘‘ Kodak” photograph),

56 . TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Appended to this report will be found :—

(A.) A list of the Foraminifera identified by Mr. Pearcey
from the deposits obtained Tune the “‘ Hyena’’ and
“‘ Spindrift ’’ expeditions.

(B.) A list of the papers on the Fauna and Flora of Liver-

pool Bay, published since 1886, as the result of the
L.M.B.C. investigations.

(C.) The Hon. Treasurer’s usual statement, containing
the list of Subscriptions and Donations tothe L.M.B.C.
funds, and the Balance Sheet for the year.

Fig. 6.—Puffin Island from the north.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 57

Applications to be allowed to work at the Biological Station,
or for specimens (living or preserved ) for Museums, Laboratory
work, and Aquaria should be addressed to Professor Herdman,

University College, Liverpool.

Subscriptions and Donations should be sent to Mr. I. C.
Thompson, F.L.8., 19, Waverley Road, Liverpool.

Fig. 7.—The Naturalist’s Dredge.

58 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

APPENDIX A.

NOTES on the FORAMINIFERA dredged by the
L.M.B.C. n LIVERPOOL BAY during 1890.

By F. G. Prearcry, Manchester.

In June of this year Professor Herdman was good enough to leave with
me to examine for Foraminifera four samples of the residues from bottles
containing animals which had been collected from various localities-in Liver-
pool Bay during the cruise of the ‘‘ Hyena” in May ; and since that I have
received through Mr. Standen a further supply of deposit dredged during the
‘«Spindrift ” excursion on the 27th of September in the same district. Mr.
G. W. Chaster also preserved some samples of deposits from the ‘‘ Spindrift”
expedition, and picked out and identified the Foraminifera. He has, on
Professor Herdman’s suggestion, submitted the rarer and more critical species
to me for confirmation, and his results are now included in my lists.
This last is the richest sample I have yet had an opportunity of examining from
Liverpool Bay. It is not to be expected that with such a small supply
from so large an area, anything very remarkable would be made out;
especially after the long continued researches on this particular group of
organisms in the same district by Mr. J. D. Siddall of Chester, whose
admirable report on the Foraminifera of Liverpool Bay was published in the
first volume of reports of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee in 1886.
In that report several representative deep-sea forms are recorded, and there-
fore I was anxious to have the opportunity of examining some of the deposits
from this district.

In accordance with Professor Herdman’s request I herewith append the
result of my investigation, which although small is sufficient to show that
there are a number of interesting forms to be found in the district marked out
for exploration by the L.M.B. Committee ; and I venture to point out to any
Rhizopodists resident in the locality, who may have time to spare, that,
from the nature of the deposits which have so far come under my observation,
they should search well for the following forms, which I believe may yet be
taken, viz., Astrorhiza limicola, Pelvsina variabilis, Hyperammina arbores-
cens and Hyperammina vagans, more especially if carefully looked for along
the seaward boundary. Perhaps a word or two here on the method of
collecting may not be out of place. Whenever an opportunity occurs a good
quantity of the deposit should be carefully washed through sieves in a tub of

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 59

sea-water on the spot, especially in cases where a muddy deposit is found.

The siftings so collected should be carefully preserved in bottles with spirit,
and labelled (inside) with a good B.B. pencil, while a part should be kept as
long as possible in sea-water and examined in the fresh state. The water
remaining in the tub in which the material has been washed, should be
poured through a fine muslin bag or net, made for the purpose, and the
contents of this net should also be carefully preserved for future examination,
as in this way some of the rarer forms are often taken.

Notwithstanding the small amount of material examined by me, I have
been able to add eight new species to the locality, one of which is new to

British seas ; these are as follows :—Miliolina pulchella, d Orb. ; Haplophra-
gmium agglutinans, d’Orb.; Ammodiscus spectabilis, Brady; Teztularia
trochus, d’Orb. ; Lagena globosa, Mont. ; L. clava‘a, d’Orb.; L. levigata,
Reuss ; and Globigerina bulloides, var. triloba, Reuss. Two of these are
worthy of further note, viz.,

Miliolina pulchella, d’Orb. (sp).

Mr. H. B. Brady, in his Challenger Report, pl. iii, figs. 10—13, and M.
Terquem in his memoir on the Foraminifera of the Upper Pliocene beds of
the island of Rhodes, figure this form. Mr. Brady says, Miliolina pulchella
is not uncommon amongst the larger Miliole of comparatively shallow water
at depths of less than 100 fathoms. It occurs on the northern portion of our
own coast, and occasionally elsewhere in the North Atlantic, in the
Mediterranean, and more rarely amongst the Hast Indian Islands. It is
therefore of considerable interest to have met with it in Liverpool Bay.
Ammodiscus spectabilis, Brady.

One perfect and one broken specimen of this species were obtained amongst
the material dredged off Penrhos, which answer in detail to those described
and figured by Mr. Brady (Report on the Challenger Foraminifera, vol ix.,
pl. xxxviii., figs. 20—22) with the exception merely that those taken off
Penrhos are much smaller. This form is only known to have been taken from
two other localities, viz., North Atlantic, and off the East Coast of Buenos
Ayres in 1900 fathoms. It is therefore now added for the first time to the
British Fauna.

It is interesting to find that many of the Foraminifera which we know as
inhabitants of the great ocean basins, also occur in the shallow seas round
our own coast; and this is of great importance in discussing the Geo-
graphical and Bathymetrical distribution of these forms.

I now give a list of the species found in 1890, with the localities, No. 5 being
the only one from which what could be calied a good sample of a rich deposit
was obtained,

60 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

mo
|
is
3
re

|
oF

1. 2. 3.
Wi). rORAMINIERRASL (om TaRE gra | oor | con
Straits. | wic. Bay.
Biloculina depressa, d’Oxbs......---
B. ringens, Maulk...........
B. Aonqnid, Cl QE D.a0000000
Spiroloculina eacavata, d’Orb .........
So Vannlotiiti, C\ORDcccosccs con
S. planulata, d’Orb......... oie |e ie
Miliolina subrotunda, Mont. ..... x | ee
M. eons, Io C6 do cccose ee
M. seminulum, Linn. ...... aaihues<
M. agglutinans, d’Orb...... x
eV, fouling, CV OND.<40.05300° Sud
M. oblonga, Mont............ x
M. trigonula, Lamk.........
Ophthalmidium inconstans, Brady...... caeal eee
Cornuspira mvolvens, Reuss......... x ox
Dendrophrya erecta, Str. Wright..... XilexX
Psammosphera fusca, Schulze .......... cael ae
Haliphysema — tumanowiczir, Bow...... n+ | ele
Reophax difiugiformis, Brady...| X sag
Ii. scoopiurus, Mont. ...... x
ap jomsajonmeus, Whee oases
R. moniliforme, (2) Siddall ee
elaplapen agmium canariense, d’Orb. ... Se SK
Jal, agglutinans, d’Orb...... oe oe
Placopsilina _—_ bulla, Brady... .......... <i) Ss
P. warions, (GANREEIE 356668 ove x
*Ammodiscus spectabilis, Brady ......
Trochammina inflata, Mont............
Tevtularia sagittula, Defrance ...
ad 0 Gs UPROC MIS, GUO osoccoecc0e
UB nariaviles, Nall ...2 23.8 ee
Verneudlina polystropha, Reuss...... x
Bulimina Clongatamde Ol -repree ee
B. Agyemis, GOD, esac as
Bolwina jommeret@, Cl QHD cnasacenc
Cassidulina levigata, dcOrb eeete. ne
* Lagena globosa, Montagu ......
ob, Clavaid WadOn ben eeeeeee
ee De levigata, Reuss .........

5. ,
20 Miles
. of

Bar
Penrhos Light

oe Oe:

ook SOK UG?

OS ok ONS owes

Ship.

KK KOK RK XK

x:

KEG HG

XK KKK KK KKK XK:

_Nonionina
NV.
Polystomella

P.

iL, Suullkamindt, NINE 0%: Ines coado:
ii. sulcata, var. interrupta, Will.
1K COSEWEQRONN UN ee hee

ol). willtamsoni, Alcock.....
i; squamosa, Mont.........

ely: Wes NEOMGEN 92) 2 415507.
1 semistriata, Will. ......
i, tcerany onan Nailer cece e-

odosaria communis, d’Orb. ......

=. Mumia nds OF oy. ase mens.
Cristellaria rotulata, Lamk .........
nC. crepidulu, EF. & M......
imommorphina gibba, d’Orb..:...........
lag compressa, d’Orb. ......

RP. Concanan Nall eerie:

mo Weve, SINE as dooes seca
Globigerina Guilordessa Oven... --
G. bulloides ,var.triloba, Reuss
ascorbina rOsmega, CLOW OS baackeoce
DD: globulares, d’Orb. ......
ID) orbicularis, Terq. ......

mediterranensis, d’Orb.
lobatula, W. & J. ......
refulgens, Mont.........
ungeriana, d’Orb. ......
beccarn, Linn.
poaioala, NN illlle “ceesecoouss
inherens, Schultze ...
depressula, W. & J. ...
Soajolie, Ii. (5 WE noece Be
OPIS/NG, WTO, coctna-es6o8
striatopunctata, F.& M.

x xX X

x
x

x xX

x
x

x xX

S68

x

YS OSS OS OS OS OS NN ONS NOS ONS ON OS 0% 0% OS 0% O% OS OR OK OK OK OK 2 OS OK OK

Those marked with an * are additions to the former lists of Foraminifera
found in the L.M.B.C. district.

62

TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

APPENDIX B.

LIST of PAPERS on the FAUNA and FLORA Oi

OV

“Ir

10.

it,

12.

13.

14.

LIVERPOOL BAY published since 1886 as a
result of the L.M.B.C. investigations.

1886.

Introduction to Vol. I. of “‘ Fauna,” by Professor W. A. Herdman
D.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. (Fauna of Liverpool Bay, vol. i., 1886, pp.
1—15, and chart.)

Pioneers in local Biology, by Rev. H. H. Higgins, M.A. (Fauna, vol.
i., pp. 16—31.)

On Shallow-water Faunas, by Professor A. Milnes Marshall, M.A.,
M.D., D.Se., F.R.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 32—41.)

Report upon the Foraminifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by John D.
Siddall, Chester. (Fauna, vol. i1., pp. 42—71, and pl. 1.)

Report upon the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by Thos. Higgin, ©
F.L.S. ; with description of a new species of Aphroceras, byH J. _

Carter, F.R.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 72—94.)

Report on the Hydroida of the L.M.B.C. district, by W. R. Melly,
J. Sibley Hicks, L.R.C.P., F.L.S., and Prof. Herdman, D.Se.
(Fauna, vol. i., pp. 95—113.)

List of the Medusze and Ctenophora of the L.M.B.C. district, by J. A.
Clubb. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 114—119.)

Report on the Alcyonaria of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof. Herdman,
D.Sc. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 120—122, and pl. ii.)

Report on the Actiniaria of the L.M.B.C. district, by John W. Ellis,
L.R.C.P., F.E.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 123—130, and pl. i.)

Report upon the Crinoidea, Asteroidea, Echinoidea, and Holothuroidea
of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (Fauna,
vol. i., pp. 131—139.)

Report on the Ophiuroidea of the L.M.B.C. district, by Herbert C.
Chadwick, Manchester. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 140—143.)

Report on the Vermes of the L.M.B.C. district, by R. J. Harvey Gibson,
M.A., F.R.S.E., F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 144—160.)

Report on the Polyzoa of the L.M.B.C. district, by Joseph Lomas,
Assoc. N.S.Se. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 161—200, and pl. i.)

Report on the Copepoda of the L.M.B.C. district, by Isaac C,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 63

Thompson, F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 201—208, and pl. iv.)

Notes on the Cirripedia of the L.M.B.C. district, by F. P. Marrat,
Liverpool Museum. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 209—211.)

. List of the Amphipoda of the L.M.B.C. district, by G. Herbert Fowler,
B.A., Owens College; with list of the recorded Isopoda, compiled

_ by Prof. Herdman. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 212—220, and pl. iv.)

Report on the Podophthalmata of the L.M.B.C. district, by Alfred O.
Walker, F.L.S., Chester. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 221—226.)

Report on the Pyenogonida of the L.M.B.C. district, by W. B. Halhed,
Liverpool. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 227—231.)

Report on the Testaceous Mollusca of the L.M.B.C. district, by R. D.
Darbishire, Manchester. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 232—266.)

Report on the Nudibranchiata of the_L.M.B C. district, by Prof. W. A.
Herdman, D.Se., F.L.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 267—277.)

Notes on the Cephalopoda collected by the L:M.B.C. during the sum-
mer of 1885, by W. EH. Hoyle, M.A., M.R.C.S., F.R.S.E. (Fauna,
vol. 1., pp. 278—280.) :

Report on the Tunicata of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof. W. A.
Herdman, D.Sc., F.L.S8. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 281—811, and pls. v., vi.)

Preliminary list of the Alge of the L.M.B.C. district, by Alfred
Leicester, Southport. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 312—314.)

First Report on the Marine Fauna in the neighbourhood of Penmaen-

_ mawr, by Isaac C. Thompson, F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol i., pp. 315—317.)

Notes on the Marine Invertebrata of the South End of the Isle of Man,
by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 318—341, chart.)

Notes on some of the Polycheta collected by the L.M.B.C., by R. J.
Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 342
—353, and pls. vii. and viii.)

Notes on Variation in the Tunicata, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc.,
F.L.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 354—364,°and pl. ix.)

On a new species of Sycandra, by R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.R.S.E.,
F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 365—367, and pl. x.)

Note on the possible naturalization of the American Clam, Venus mer-
cenaria, on the coasts of Lancashire and Cheshire, by Thomas J.
Moore, Liverpool Museum. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 368—370.)

_ [The preceding papers, 1—29, form Volume I. of the Reports on the Fauna of
Liverpool Bay, published by the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee. ]

1887.

_ 30. The Liverpool Marine Biology Station on Puffin Island, by Prof. W. A.
Herdman. (Nature, vol. xxxvi., pp. 275—277, with cuts, July
21st ,1887.)

64

ol.
32.
33.

4,

35.

36.

3/7.

38.

39.

43.

44,
45.

46,

TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

On Ascopodaria nodosa, n.sp., by Joseph Lomas, Assoc. N.S.S. (Proc.
Lit. and Phil. Soc., L’pool, vol. xli., p. xlvi.)

Notes on the Myside of Liverpool Bay, by A. O. Walker, F.L.S.
(Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. i., pp. 26—28, with cuts.)

Notes on the structure of Aleyonidium gelatinosum, by Joseph Lomas,
Assoc. N.S.S. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. i., pp. 29—33, and pl. iii.)

On some Copepoda, new to Britain, found in Liverpool Bay, by Isaac
C. Thompson, F.L.S. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. 1., pp. 34—89,
and pls. iv.—vi.) i

The Exploration of Liverpool Bay and the neighbouring parts of the
Irish Sea by the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, by Prof. W. A.
Herdman, D.Sc., F.L.S. (British Association Report, Manchester,
1887, p. 733.)

On some Copepoda, new to Britain, found in Liverpool Bay, by Isaac
C. Thompson, F.R.M.S. (British Association Report, Manchester,
1887, p. 734.)

The Reproductive Organs of Alcyonidiuwm gelatinosum, by Prof. W. A.
Herdman. (Nature, vol. xxxvii., p. 213, Dec. 29th, 1887.)

1888.

The Foundation and First Season’s Work of the Liverpool Marine
Biological Station on Puffin Island, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc.
(Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 38—62, with cuts.)

Second Report on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay, by I. C. Thompson,
F.L.S. (Proce. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 63—71, and pls. i and ii.)

Cyclista coccinea, Mill., an Actiniarian new to Liverpool Bay, by John
W. Ellis, L.R.C.P., &c. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 72—73.)

Report on the Polyzoa of Puffin Island, by Joseph Lomas, Assoc. N.S S.
(Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 74—77.)

The Geology of Puffin Island, by J. W. Gregory, F.G.S., British
Museum. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 78—94.)

Contributions to the Anatomy and Histology of Limam agrestis, by
Richard Hanitsch, Ph.D. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 152—
170, and pls. x—xii.)

Report on the Crustacea of Liverpool Bay 1886-87, by A. O. Walker,
F.L.S. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 171—181, and pl. xiii.)

Marine Biology and the Electric Light, by Prof. W. A. Herdman.
(Nature, vol. xxxvill., pp. 130—131, June 7th, 1888.)

The Utility of Specific Characters, by Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Nature,
vol. xxxix., pp. 200—201, Dec. 27th, 1888.)

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 65

1889.

47. Second Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine Biological Station
on Puffin Island, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (Proc. L’pool
Biol. Soc., vol. iii., pp. 23—45, with chart and cuts.)
48. Report on the Marine Diatomacee of the L.M.B.C. district, by Dr.
H. Stolterfoth, M.A., Chester. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iii.,
pp. 117—127.)
49, Report on the Marine Alge of the L.M.B.C. district, by R. J. Harvey
Gibson, M.A., F.L.S. (Proce. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iii., pp. 128—154.)
50. Second Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by Richard
Hanitsch, Ph.D. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iii., pp. 155—173,
and pls. v.—vii.)
51. Second Report on the Echinodermata of the L.M.B.C. district, by
Herbert C. Chadwick. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iii., pp. 174—180.)
52. Third Report on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay (L.M.B.C. district), by
Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol.
iii., pp. 181—191, and pl. viii.)
53. Appendix to Third Report on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay (L.M.B.C.
district), by ;Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. (Proc. L’pool
Biol. Soc., vol. iii., pp. 192—194, and pl. ix.)
54. Third Report on the Higher Crustacea of the L.M.B.G district, by
Alfred O. Walker, F.L.S. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol, iii., pp. 195
—213, and pls. x. and xi.)
55. Second Report on the Polyzoa of the L.M.B.C. district, by Joseph
Lomas, Assoc. N.S.S. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 214—
224, with cuts.)
56. Second Report on the Nudibranchiata of the L.M.B.C. district, by
Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sec., F.L.S., F.R.S.E., and J. A. Clubb.
(Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iii., pp. 225—239, and pl. xii.)
57. Second Report on the Tunicata of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof.
W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S.E. (Proc. L’pool Biol. Soc.,
vol. ili., pp- 240—260, and pl. xiii.)
58. Report on the Seals and Whales (Pinnipedia and Cetacea) of the
L.M.B.C. district, by Thomas J. Moore, Corr. Memb. Zool. Soe.
Lond, (Proce. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iii., pp. 261—278.)
59. Introduction to Vol. II. of Fauna of Liverpool Bay, by Prof, W. A.
Herdman (pp. v—viii, and cut, 1889).
[Papers 38, 39, 44, and 47—59 form Volume II. of Reports on the Fauna of
Liverpool Bay, published by the L.M.B.C. in 1889.]
60, The Liverpool Marine Biology Committee’s Easter Dredging Cruise, by
Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Nature, vol. xl, p. 47, May 9th, 1889.)

5

66 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

68.

69.

71.

On the Structure and Function of the Dorsal Papille in Nudibranchiata,
by Prof. W, A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.L.S. (British Association Report
Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1889, pp. 630—633.)

On some new and rare Copepoda recently found in Liverpool Bay, by
Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S. (British Association Report, Neweastle-
upon-Tyne, 1889, p. 638.)

On the Electric Light as a means of attracting Marine Animals, by
Prof, W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (British Association Report, Newcastle-
upon-Tyne, 1889, pp. 633—635.)

Report of the Committee, consisting of Professors E. A. Schafer and
W. A. Herdman and Mr. W. E. Hoyle (Secretary), appointed to im-
prove and experiment with a deep-sea Tow-net for opening and closing
under water. (British Association Report, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1889,
pp. 111—112.)

1890.

Third Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine Biological Station on
Puffin Island, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., &c.; with first list of
the Plants of Puffin Island. (Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iv., pp.
36—83, with cuts and chart.)

Note on some habits of Crustacea, by A. O. Walker, F.L.S. (Trans.
L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iv., pp. 84—86.)

Report on the Land Mollusca of Puffin Island, by Alfred Leicester,
Southport. (Trans. L’pool Biol. Soe., vol. iv., pp. 87—90.)

On the Structure and Functions of the Cerata or Dorsal Papille in some
Nudibranchiate Mollusca, by Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Quarterly Jour-
nal of Microscopical Science, vol. xxxi., pp. 41—63, pls. vi.—x., 1890.)

Monstrilla and the Cymbasomatide, by I. C. Thompson, F.L.S.
(Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iv., pp. 115—124, and pl. iv.)

Third Reportupon the Nudibranchiata of the L.M.B.C. district, by
Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., and J. A. Clubb. (Trans. L’pool Biol.
Soc., vol. iv., pp. 131—169., and pls. vi.—ix.)

The Sixth Scientific Cruise of the Steamer ‘‘ Hyena” with the Liver-
pool Marine Biology Committee, by Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Nature,
vol. xlii., p. 1382, June 5, 1890.)

Some Experiments on Feeding Fishes with Nudibranchs, by Prof,
W.A. Herdman. (Nature, vol. xlii., pp. 201—203, June 26th, 1890.)

Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor Haddon, Mr. W. E.
Hoyle (Secretary) and Professor W. A. Herdman, appointed for
improving and experimenting with a Deep-sea Tow-net for opening
and closing under water. (Report of British Association, Leeds, 1890.)

#
4

cana

At aes 7 “0 oe

is ea ;
| aliens ; > ¢
‘4 ele

on

<M
eS 4

- MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 67

74. Third Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by Richard
7 Hanitsch, Ph.D. (Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iv., pp. 192—238,
and pls. x—xv.)

75. Report on the Higher Crustacea of Liverpool Bay taken in 1889,
iby A. O. Walker, F.L.S. (Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iv., pp.
_ 239251, and pl. xvi.)

76. Fourth Annual Report on the Puffin Island Biological Station, by
. Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. ; with list of the Foraminifera dredged
ie during 1890. (Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. v., pp. 19-72, with cuts).

68 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

APPENDIX C.

SUBSCRIPTIONS and DONATIONS.

Subscriptions.

£ “isside
A Friend (per I. C. Thompson) Si —

Archer, Francis, B.A., 21, Mulgrave-st. 1 1 0
Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Rodney-
street : ee (0)
Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Radneyeetrest eee 0)
Boodle, L. N., 116, St. Martin’s-lane,
London, W.C. __.. : —
Brook, George, 19, Greenhill Gardéne

Edinburgh ... AS 1 ee
Brown, Prof. J. Campbell University

College, Liverpool ba ot Bie
Brown, J. Harvie, Dunipace Hone

Larbert, N.B. = aA . OOM,
Burton, Major, Fryars, Beaumaris ... 2 2 0
Caine, Nath., 10, vata Castle

street cee mre LO

Caton Dr., 31, Boditey:cirenie. ts —

Comber, Thomas, Leighton, Parksuie imei
Davidson, Dr., 2, Gambier-terrace ibeil (0)
Denny, Prof., Firth College, Sheffield 1 1 0
Derby, Earl of, Knowsley 5 2OmaO
Drysdale, Dr., 8364, Rodney-street 1 ao
Dumergue, A. F., 79 Salisbury-road,
Wavertree .. 2 . O ORG

Gair, H. W., Sndideeme tal aware
tree... nee bis act. es

Donations.

£- sh wide

ye) 20)

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 69.

Subscriptions. Donations.

6 8 Gh 2 & Gb
Gamble, Col. David, C.B., Windlehurst,

St. Helens.. Ag » 4 © —
Gaskell, EFolhrook, J. PS euoolton

Wood, Much Nipoltoni = Fe LY Meet --
Gibson, R. J. Harvey, 41 Sydenham

avenue re oa ae ag —
Gifford, J., Til hemes ae. Dike

burgh sie dO? 30 —
Glynn, Dr., 62, ReAaaasine Sopra allows () =
Halhed, W. B., etanyelen) Prince’s

a Park ae weve tile. 40) —
Halls, W. J., 35, end: aioe: solely 0 —
Henderson, W. G., eae ates

Bank aa pled 0 —
Herdman, Prof., Universi College,

Liverpool . oc vs YO) -—
Higgin, Thos., Ethereall, Sole ok Te Osi
Holder, Thos., 1, ee

Tithebarn-street ... eel Al 0) —

Holland, Walter, Mossley Hill- Hoa. ON) —
Holt, George, J.P., sa Mio asleg

Hill.. _ $3 weil 10” 20 —
Hornell, is eT oont a so eho) —
Hurst, Dr. C. H., Owens College,

Manchester ee : se —- 2 2 0
“ Hyena’’—collected on board bes — $3138 8
Johnstone, Rev. Geo., M.A., 41,

Bentley-road 50 as + Oa oO, —
Jones, Chas. W., Field House, Wake

tree .. zs - 5 O90 —
Jones, J. Peal 10, St. Gébiige! S

erescent .., a ace ve A a Oo eee

70 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Subscriptions. Donations.
£ sy ids “Lemisummae
Leicester, Alfred, 24, Aughton-road,

Birkdale ; Rae PO) —-
Macfie, Robert, Airds ... A sa ORG —
Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes, Owens

College, Manchester Pie 0) (0) =
McMillan, W. 8., 17, Temple- cree » ot S20 =
Meade-King, R. R., 4, Oldhall- spe deal Or LOO _—-
Meade-King, H. W., Sandfield Park,

West Derby OO —
Melly, George, 90 Chatham- street - L gOngO =
Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street Rein, (0) (0) —-
Miall, Prof., Yorkshire College, Leeds 1 1 0O —
Monks, F. W., Brooklands, Warring-

toners ae as an > LOR —
Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall 5 O00 a
Nicol, W., St. Michael’s Mount, St.

Michael’s a eee —
Oelrichs, W., 3, Weert font Sion t ao —
Phillips, Prof. R. W., Univ. ae

Bangor . lh ehieagg —
Poole, Sir James, mower ialdines Pr 4 () —
Rathbone, R. R., Beechwood House,

Grassendale aoe oo 2 eo —
Rathbone, Theo., the late, Backwood,

Neston . 2 ae —
Rathbone, W., M.P. Geeta Altes

HOE 550 ser Bs te os) 2 eee aa
Rendall, Principal, University College,

Liverpool .. 2 Ae —
Roberts, Isaac .. . 1 sOre —
Samuelson, Edward, J. Pz, “‘Trefriv,

North Wales . LO a

r

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 71

Subscriptions.
gS Gk

Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge,Chester 1 1 0
Smart, Rev. EH. H., Kirby-in-Cleveland,

Northallerton ... pee =O
Southport Society of Sethe Semnce —
Tate, A. Norman, 9, Hackin’s-hey ... 2
Thompson, Isaac C., Woodstock,

Waverley-road_ ... 506 oo HO
Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton... 1 1 0
Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, “Waele

ton ... ik be ae jal Oe'@
Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road 1 1 O
Vicars, John, 8, St. Alban’s-square,

bo
)

Bootle ee 4 0)
Walker, Alfred O. vere aeglva: Coleen

IBEN oe Som bes Fas 7-8 8 @
Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Sineels

Park 6 5 z, Sliver Ie.
Watson, A. T., one

Sheffield... as le AE AO

Westminster, Duke of, Baton ail. -) O
Willmer, Miss J. H., Fernleigh, “ee

bourne-road, Birkenhead... 6 O 10 0
WOO eG
Royal Society Grant, per Professor
Herdman nd ee a Si esis

Donations,
CuSecds

13 OE 4s)

50 0 O

0 0 08

“UHLSHOINT GAYALTV
“oauuo0o punof pun peyipny

‘O68 ‘Kaquesag asTg “looauMATT

‘UMUASVAUT, “NOP
‘NOSdNOHL ‘0 OVVSI

SaIBYG §,°0D aSuOF{ [Qu s,WeUly1O \\ Qh MEM ge ep heme aee: te ceeeecesesecessees TONSIL], OUP souRleg Ag
Ysilig “{ueu4seau, puny JuoWMopuy
- G OGIF v G 9ale
et GP Qh ees CWanGsuvsuacsutsntiatse seasee SeTTOUMNR “e
sy fait fe 068T Te 20, ‘ToINSBOL], onp soured 66 1 3 ye BD oougaonstb gua soo a eeeiie Heese "+ KT9MOT}RIG pue Suuig 6c
9 ILG Poo TTT, [THE Te POA MEREOMe Ke, WO Ges FP ncaa ag ode obonon 900000000080000
0 0 09 rrseeereserees Kagioog pedo Ulogy queLy SNL iy ; eee pue TIO ouyyereg “
z 4169 —— 4 0 g§ ‘oR ‘suouttoedg ‘snyeirddy jo oseitieg pur soseysog ‘
0 g VV sar i tote tethers hg Ne” stake Go ene ese) 21888 pany 6 g 8B Pee meee e ween eens eee ener beeen eee Suispoiq IOF ssn, uree}19 (14
miowengomasse Mie, COM), yoresany(al, jgyems) Aiewevogt fp ‘KB ce
-MOPUT, LOF ST ‘po “se PVF Yor M JO 9 9T 0 OR “ #0[007, oUILe 9 §,9880f)
Z 0 FIL de afc eae cer Gn icogueerauea75 hy. ‘s10UL-MOJ, ‘snqereddy oyIyUeLNg cc
DO ean ° ¢ ¢ a ¢ i 66
8 eto dosdedocnons qstj dod se ‘suoyeuog * 6 &I 8- ow ‘sureyd ‘sedoy ‘speog 09 suredoy
9 8 I0L ’ : OnMOR See es WOIYLIG PURIST Ung ye suooy surystumy ‘
wae ees Tan core “il ace 0 OL eP Fete e eee eee e ees wee “-TUeISISSV pue ledooy jo SOLIRTVG G
. : ae Sas idilemachas aaa ae FeO AOOSOTE kg Fiore} es fate ioe “6881 ‘Ioquieoeq 4STg ‘toInsvery, onp sourled og,
1D Eee 0681 EpE 8 ‘0681
ID ‘ATUASVANT, “NOH ‘NOSAWOHL “O OVVSI HIIM INQODDV NJ ‘UR

HHLLTWINOO ADOTOIA ANIDVN TOOdUHAIT

73

NOTES on some FORAMINIFERA from the RIVER
MERSEY.

By E. Burcess.

[Read November 14th, 1890.]

Last year Mr. I. C. Thompson gave me a bottle full of a
black mud to examine for Foraminifera. The mud had
been collected at low-water in the Mersey, near Aigburth,
on the Lancashire side, where the exposed part is all soft
mud. Itis of importance with gatherings of Foraminifera
to give the local conditions, and to determine, if possible,
which of the forms are associated together in a living state
and which have been washed from greater distances and
depths. Both J. D. Siddall (‘‘ Foraminifera of the River
Dee,” Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., part II., 1878) and
H. B. Brady (in Brady, Robertson and Brady on
*“ Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers,” Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. vi., 1870, pp. 273—306, pls.
X1., x11.) have given us information of the greatest impor-
tance on the brackish water Foraminifera. The wonder-
ful variety of texture, size, and form that is to be found
is surprising. The tests or shells are formed both from
the lime to be extracted from the water (where the water
seems to contain but very little lime, the envelope becomes
of a chitinous character), and also from lime in the shape
of minute grains cemented together, along with spicules,
grains of sand, and at times smaller foraminiferous shells
also agglutinated together, each species having its own
peculiar form of shell.

74. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

NOTES ON SOME OF THE FoRMs.*

Biloculina elongata, only a few found. There being no
other forms would lead one to think that elongata under
such conditions was a starved variety.

Spiroloculina, d’Orb. The few examples of planulata,
consisting of from three to five or six chambers, would
lead one to think them starved also. But when one finds
S. acutimargo comparatively frequent, having been only
found as a great rarity before, it would seem as if it were
more at home in brackish water. J. Wright gives as
habitat 45, 50 and 25 fathoms; J. D. Siddall, one from
estuary of the Dee; H. B. Brady gives from 15 to 1425
fathoms, also shore sand, Madagascar. The Mersey
specimens are smaller and not so robust as the
‘“‘ Challenger” specimens.

Miliolina, Will. The species MZ. seminulum and MM.
subrotunda are the only ones common in this district, and
the latter are principally chitinous examples of Miliolina ;
one example might perhaps have been classed as JW.
tricarinata, but under such altered conditions it was
thought better not to include it in the list of species.
The M. sclerotica was compared with Karrer’s plate before
naming.

Adelosina, d’Orb. A. bicornis, the earlier chamber of
which is rather rare in this gathering. Mr. C. D. Sherborn
has kindly given me a translation of the description of
this form from ‘‘ Note sur le Genre Adelosina,”’ Charles
Schlumberger, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xi., 1886,
p. 546.

‘* Adelosina, shell free, inzequilateral when adult, angu-
lar, commencing with a compressed chamber, suborbicular,

* See list given below, p. 77.

FORAMINIFERA FROM RIVER MERSEY. 75

provided with a prolongation; the chambers being placed
in a winding series on five opposing faces. The first,
circular and compressed, forms a complete whorl; the
others occupy a portion of the whorl, rolling themselves
round with age, so that it appears that there are five cham-
bers with a simple cavity. Mouth armed with teeth, as
in other Agathistéques, and in adults alternately at one or
the other extremity of the longitudinal axis.”’

Ophthalmidium inconstans, Br. Here again it would seem
as if the ground was adapted for the growth of this species,
many having been found here.

Haplophragmium canariense, 7 Orb. Found in abundance
in this mud.

Ammodiscus gordialis, J. and P. Of this only one speci-
men was found. In appearance it is flattened, and like
an unwound T’rochammina squamata, without septation.
On the suggestion of Mr. J. D. Siddall I have placed it
under the above heading.

Trochammina, P. and J. Of this four forms were found,
and though marked rather rare, compared with many
gatherings, the rather rare might be called frequent in the
amount of material to be examined; several of the variety
macrescens consisted of but very few chambers.

Teatularia, Defrance. The few specimens found here
named 1’. agglutinans are very small, and might, in some
gatherings, but for the earlier chambers, have been mis-
taken for T. filiformis.

Bulimina, d’Orb. Of the five species of the above that
were found, B. elegantissima was the most frequent, except
the ever present B. pupoides.

Lagena, Walker and Boys. Seventeen species or
varieties of this genus would seem to show that this

76 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

locality was favourable to their existence. And, indeed,
of all the Foraminifera these were found in greatest
abundance.

Nodosaria, Lamarck. Both N. communis and N. scalaris
were found of but from two to three chambers, and in
ereat rarity.

Polymorphina, d’Orb. P. lactea was frequent, but only
one specimen of P. concava was found, which is not sur-
prising, as it is very small and of great rarity.

Uvigerina, d Orb. U. angulosa were frequent, but no
other variety found.

Patellina, W., P. corrugata, are small but of great dis-
tinctness in their spiral formation, a form almost peculiar
to muddy bottoms.

Discorbina, P. and G. The form recently described as
D. ochracea, both figured and described by Prof. Williamson
(Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., 1858, p. 112; pl. v., fig. 113), has
been removed to T’rochammina ochracea. Of the three forms,
D. globularis and D. rosacea are frequent, but of D. parisiensis
only two were found.

Pulvinulina, Parker and Jones. PP. repanda, variety
concamerata, Mont. is figured as a Rotaline shell, both faces
convex. But the British forms figured by Williamson
(1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., pl. iv., figs. 101—108), are
concave on the inferior side. H. B. Brady (Syn. Brit.
Rec. Foram., 1887, p. 921), speaks of there being no record
of the above form either on the east coast of England or
Scotland, nor in the Irish sea; if the last is correct, this
form is new to the latter neighbourhood.

Nonionina, d’Orb. N. depressula is common, and shows
such variety of form and marking that at times it 1s puzzl-
ing to identify it, as it runs so close to other varieties.

FORAMINIFERA FROM RIVER MERSEY. 77

N. scapha is very rare, and so also is NV. pauperata, which
H. B. Brady describes as ‘‘ Possibly only the starved
condition of JV. scapha.”’

Polystomella, Lamarck. P. striato-punctata is ever pres-
ent, but P. crispa is rather rare.

List oF THE AIGBURTH (R. MERSEY) FORAMINIFERA.

Family I1.—Mzin1oLipz.

Biloculina elongata, d’Orb., rare, an elongated variety of
B. ringens.

Spiroloculina planulata, d’Orb., rare, and consisting of only
a few chambers.

S. acutimargo, Brady, comparatively common, frequent.

Milolina oblonga, Mont., rare.

M. seminulum, Linn., common.

*M. auberiana, VOrb., very rare.

*M. sclerotica, Karrer, very rare.

M. subrotunda, Mont., very common.

M. fusca, Brady, rare.

Adelosina licornis, W. and G., rare.

Ophthalmidium inconstans, Brady, comparatively common.

Cornuspira involvens, Rss., common.

Family [V.—LirvoLip2.

Reophax nodulosa, Brady, rare.

Haplophragmium canariense, d’Orb., common.
Ammodiscus gordialis, J. and P., specimen doubtful.
* Trochammina squamata, J. and P., rare.

*T. ochracea, Will., rather rare.

* Those species marked with a star are new to the L.M.B.C. district.

78° TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

T. inflata, Mont., rather rare.
do., var. macrescens, Brady, rather rare.

Family V.—TEXTULARIDA.

Textularia agglutinans, d’Orb., very rare.
Bigenerina digitata, d’Orb., very rare.
Verneuilina polystropha, Rss., frequent.
Bulimina pupoides, d’Orb., frequent.
B. ovata, d’Orb., rare.

*B. fusiformis, Will., frequent.

B. marginata, d’Orb., rare.

B. elegantissima, dV’ Orb., frequent.
Virgulina schreibersiana, Csjzek., rare.
Bolivina punctata, d’Orb., frequent.

B. plicata, VOrb., frequent.

B. difformis, Will., very rare.

B. dilatata, Rss., very rare.
Cassidulina crassa, d’Orb., very rare.

Family VII.—LAGENIDz.

Lagena globosa, Mont., rare.
L. levis, Mont., very rare.
do., var. clavata, d’Orb., common.
*I. lineata, Will., rare.
sulcata, W. & G., frequent.
. williamsoni, Aleock, common.
. costata, Will., very rare.
. striata, d’Orb., common.
. gracilis, Will., very rare.
. semistriata, Will., common.
. sguamosa, Mont., frequent.
. hexagona, Will., rare.
. melo, d’Orb., rare.

SESE SESESE SESE Sis:

FORAMINIFERA FROM RIVER MERSEY. a

L. marginata, W. & B., frequent.

| L. lucida, Will., frequent.

L. orbignyana, Seg., very rare.

L. ornata, Will., very rare.

Nodosaria pyrula, d’Orb., very rare.

NV. communis, d’Orb., very rare.

F NV. scalaris, Batsch., very rare, two to three chambers.
; Marginulina glabra, d’Orb., very rare.

Cristellaria creprdula, F. and M., rare.

C. rotulata, Lamk., rare

*C. variabilis, Rss., very rare.
Polymorphina lactea, W. and J., frequent.
P. concava, Will., very rare.

Uvigerina angulosa, Will., frequent.

Family VIII.—GuLoBIGERINID&.

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb., rare.
Orbulina universa, d’Orb., rare, and of a brown colour.
Spheroidina dehiscens, P. and J., very rare.

Family [X.—Roraip2.

Spirillina vivipara, Khrenb., very rare.

Patellina corrugata, Will., frequent.

Discorbina globularis, d’Orb., frequent.

D. rosacea, var. mammilla, Will., frequent.

*D. parisiensis, d’Orb., very rare.

Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orb., frequent.

Truncatulina lobulata, W. and J., frequent.

T’. haadingeri, d’ Orb., very rare.

*Pulvinulina repanda var. concamerata, Mont., very rare,
concave on inferior side.

Rotalia becearv, Linn., frequent.

R. nitida, Will., frequent.

80 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family X.—-NUMMULINID2.

Nonionina depressula, W. and J., common.
*N. pauperata, B. and W., very rare,

NV. scapha, F. & M., very rare.
Polystomella crispa, Linn., rare.

P. striato-punctata, F. and M., common.

NOTE.—The previously published lists of the Foramin-
ifera of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee’s District
are :—Report on the Foraminifera by J. D. Siddall, in
“Fauna of Liverpool Bay” vol. I., 1886; and List of
Foraminifera dredged during 1890, in Fourth L.M.B.C.
Puffin Island Report, App. A., Trans. Biol. Soc., L’pool,

WHOL, Who 155 Sk
: [Editor L.M.B.C. Reports].

;
J
4

= Aa A

naa < T-

81

[From Trans. Biol. Soc., L’pool. Vol. V.]

NOTES on CUCUMARIA PLANCI.
By Herpert C. CHapDwick.
With Plate I.

[Read December 12th, 1890.]

On June 26th last, while dredging in the Turbot Hole, off
Puffin Island, I obtained about twenty specimens of the
Holothurian Cucumaria planci. The majority of these
were of small size, not more than five or six exceeding an
inch in length. Selecting three of the largest and most
vigorous looking, I placed them in a glass jar holding about
a pint of water, in order to watch their habits. Two days
later one of the specimens discharged about fifty ova.
These were rather less than j, of an inch in diameter, pale
cream in colour and quite opaque. Hach ovum had a
mucilaginous investment which, after some hours contact
with the surrounding water became distinctly thicker.
During the following two or three days I had a number
of ova under observation, but beyond the extrusion in one
instance of two polar bodies, I saw no signs of develop-
ment.

On July 6th one of the adult specimcns assumed the
condition represented in fig. 1, and remained almost
motionless until early on the morning of the 8th. The
middle portion of the body then became much more at-
tenuated, and a slowly elongating rupture, of which an
enlarged representation is given in fig. 2, brought the
tightly stretched intestine into view. Then the two ends
snapped asunder, and the anterior slowly crawled onward,

5A

82 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

leaving the posterior motionless. Fig. 3 represents the
condition of things at noon, and immediately afterwards
the intestine was detached at its junction with the cloaca
in the posterior end p, and during the next two or three
days was trailed about by the anterior portion a. Even-
tually it decomposed and disappeared in fragments. At
no time during the process of division were the tentacles
visible. On July 21st I noticed that the posterior end had
developed a new mouth and a circlet of minute tentacles.
The latter slowly increased in size, but were seldom pro-
truded except after aeration of the water.

On July 26th another specimen repeated the above
process of spontaneous division in much the same way
and in about the same time, the only variation being that
the anterior portion took possession of the whole of the
intestine soon after its detachment from the cloaca. This
specimen had previously discharged a large number of ova,
assisting their dispersion by active play of the tentacles.
The process of division was again repeated at the middle
of August by the third specimen, and a fortnight later the
posterior end of this divided, so that at the end of the
month I had seven specimens. Cucumaria planci appears
to be a hardy species, and well adapted for marine aquaria.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Figs. 1 and 3, show stages in the fission of Cucumaria
planci, natural size.
Fig. 2, shows rupture of middle of body, enlarged.

83

A REVISED LIST of the MARINE ALGA® of the
L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

By R. J. Harvey Gipson, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

LECTURER ON BOTANY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

Nvatheelates ll itl IVE. Ve
[Read December 12th, 1890, and January 28rd, 1891.]

THE present Report on the Marine Alege of the district
mapped out by the Liverpool Marine Biological Com-
mittee as the area of their explorations is a revision and
extension of the First Report on the same _ subject
presented to this Society in 1889.* In that paper I
incorporated the observations of previous investigators
so far as these seemed of value for the purposes of the
Report, and recorded all the species noted by them
whether I had myself observed them or not. The list so
compiled was necessarily incomplete and faulty—incom-
plete, seeing that a more careful examination of our coast,
keeping in view the very numerous additions to the list of
British Marine Alge since the days of Harvey and
Greville, could not but result in a substantial increase to
a local list such as the present,—faulty, because many
species have been recorded as occurring on our shores
almost certainly through mistaken identification, although
I was not able at the time to express an opinion on the sub-
ject. After consulting algologists hike Mr. E. A. L. Batters,
Mr. A. W. Bennett and others who have carefully studied
the British Marine Flora, I have decided to exclude all such

* Proc. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, vol. iii., pp. 128—154.
6

84 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

doubtful forms from my list, although I have added an
appendix (I) in which these are enumerated, together with
the reasons which lead me to suppose that they are very
doutfully natives to our area.

The rapid development of our knowledge of the mor-
phology and life history of Marine Algee renders necessary
many alterations in classification and nomenclature. I
have followed the nomenclature and classification used in
Messrs. Holmes and Batters’ recently Bee list of the
Marine Algee of Britain.*

At first I fancied that an appendix containing records of
new species and localities, together with abstracts of any
observations I had been able to make on certain forms,
would meet the present case, but I soon found that
scarcely a single line of my former and provisional list
expressed precisely what I wished to say with regard to
the species therein enumerated, and, moreover, that the
additional notes which I desired to insert were so numer-
ous that I felt that it would be much the better way to
reprint the entire list, introducing these alterations and
additions in their proper places. Where I have altered
the name of a species in accordance with more recent
views as to its affinities, | have given as well the name
(within brackets) by which I designated it in my previous
paper. Save in these and other special cases I have not
given synonyms nor references to literature. It seemed
to me unnecessary to do so, seeing that these are given in
full in such easily accessible works as Hauck’s Meeres-
algen, Kjellman’s Alg@e of the Arctic Sea, Farlow’s New
England Alga, &c.

I have added, with certain necessary modifications, the
artificial key to the genera of Marine Algw, appended to

* Annals of Botany, vol. v., p. 63.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 85

Prof. Farlow’s List of New England Alga, and I have to
record my best thanks, not only to Dr. Farlow for his kind
permission to use his tables, but also to my friend Mr. E.
A. L. Batters, LL.B., F..S., for his kindness in adapt-
ing the tables to suit our local Marine Flora. I must also
express my great indebtness to Mr. Batters for constant
help and advice freely given me during the compilation of
this list. My thanks are also due to Mr. George Murray,
F.L.S., Mr. A. W. Bennett, F.L.8., and Dr. Edouard
Bornet for help in indentification of specimens, &c.

My attention has been drawn to certain additional
works in which references are made to the Marine Algee
of our district. These are as follows :—

(1) Welsh Botanology (1813) by Rev. H. Davies, F.L.S.

Tt am indebted to Prof. Philips of Bangor for a
~ copy of this work ;

(2) Marine Alge@ of the I. of Man, (Ann. Nat. Hist.,
vol. vu.) by Dr. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S. to whom I
beg to return my best thanks for the use of his
MS. notes on an interleaved copy of his paper ;

(3) Marine Alge of Douglas Bay, I. of Man, (Proc.
I. of Man Nat. Hist. Soc., 1890) by Rev. T.
Talbot.

(4) Marine Alge of the I. of Man, (Wesley Naturalist,
1889) by Mr. King.

My own work, since the publication of my former report,
has consisted of investigations on the Alge of Puffin
Island during a number of visits to the Biological Sta-
tion there. On one of these occasions I had the advantage
of the company of Mr. Batters and Mr. Murray, when
many additional forms new to our list were observed.
Mr. Batters and I also paid a visit to Hilbre Island and
were successful in making further records. During the
Xmas vacation (1890), I paid a visit to Port Erin, I. of

86 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Man, when I was able to confirm many records from that
locality made by previous observers. I have incorporated
abstracts of two morphological investigations published
in the journal of the Linnean Society. I have to record
my thanks to the Council of that Society for their kindly
granted permission to reprint Plate ILI.

Much yet remains to be done both on the general
Marine Flora and on certain special points in Morphology,
Physiology and Distribution. On some of these points I
have already prepared a few notes, but they are not in a
sufficiently advanced state of preparation to warrant pub-
lication at present.

The British Algee number according to Holmes and
Batters over 500 species. The present list includes the
names of 256 species and varieties, of which 21 belong to
the Cyanophycee, 41 to the Chlorophycee, 65 to the
Pheophycee, and 129 to the Rhodophycee. Of these 66
were not recorded in my previous list. Several additional
species are recorded in Appendix I. as doubtfully natives
of our shores.

The following are the names of the species added to the
list previously published.

CYANOPHYCEZ.

Dermocarpa prasina, Born. Symploca hydnoides, Kutz.

D. schousbei, Born. Lyngbya spectabilis, Thur.
Spirulina tenwssima, Kutz. Nodularia harveyana, Mert.
S. pseudotenwissima, Crn. Calothriz pulvinata, C. Ag. .

Oscillaria coralline, Gom.

CHLOROPHYCES.
Prastola stupitata, Suhr. Fipicladia flustre, Rke.
Enteromorpha canaliculata, Diplonema confervoides,
Batt. Holn. et Batt.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG&. 87

Entoderma wittrockiz, Wille.
Urospora bangioides, Holm.
et Batt.

Ulothriz implexa, Kutz.
Codiwm tomentosum, Stakh.

PHROPHYCES.

Punctaria latifolia, Grev.
P. latifolia, f. zostere, Le Jol.
Desmarestia ligulata,Liamx.
Stictyosiphon subarticula-
tus, Hauck.
Ectocarpus terminalis, Kutz.
Isthmoplea spherophora,
Kjell.
Halopteris filicina, Kutz.
Ascocyclus reptans, Rke.
Sphacelaria plumigera,
Holm.
Elachista flaccida, Aresch.

A sperococcus echinatus, var.
vermicularis, Griff.
Sporochnus pedunculatus,

CHAe:
Arthrocladia villosa, Duby.
Laminaria hyperborea, Fos.
Saccorhiza bulbosa, De la
Pyl.
Fucus ceranoides, Linn.
Dictyota dichotoma, var. im-
plexa, J. Ag.
Taona atomaria, J. Ag.

Phyllitis zostervfolia, Rke.

RHODOPHYCE.

Chantransia secundata, Laurencia obtusa, Lamx.

Thur. L. hybrida, Genorm.
Helminthocladia purpurea, Chondria tenuissima, C. Ag.

J. Ag. Polysiphonia urceolata, var.
Helminthora dwwaricata, patens, J. Ag.

J. Ag. P. parasitica, Grev.
Phyllophora traillu, Holm. Dasya arbuscula, C. Ag.

et Batt. D. ocellata, Harv.

P. palmettoides, J. Ag.

Calliblepharis gubata, Kutz.

Lomentariaclavellosa, Gaill.

Champia parvula, Harv.

Bostrychia scorpvordes,
Mont.

Sphondylothamnion multifi-
dum, Nag.

Spermothamnion turnert,
Ayresch.

Rhodochorton membranac-
eum, Magn.

88 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

R. sevrtolanum, Gib.
Compsothamnion gracilli-
mum, Schmitz.
Callithamnion tetragonum,
var. brachiatum, J. Ag.
Halymema ligulata, C. Ag.
Hildenbrandtia prototypus,

Polyides rotundus, Grev.

Schmitziella endophlea,
Born. et Batt.

Lithophyllum lenormandi,
Rosan.

Chylocladia ovalis, Hook.

Melobesia confervordes,

var. rosea, Kutz. Kutz.

In Professor Herdman’s Third Report on the Marine
Biological Station on Puffin Island,* reference is made to
the presence in the sea of vast numbers of ‘ gelatinous
spherical bodies containing minute spicules.”” The occur-
ance of these bodies in countless myriads renders the
water ‘‘ foul,’ and the phenomon has been observed not
only at Puffin Island by members of the L.M.B. Com-
mittee, but also at Sheerness by Mr. Shrubsole, at St.
Andrew’s by Professor McIntosh, and by the naturalists
at the Plymouth Station. I have tried to obtain some of
this material on several visits to Puffin Island, but hither-
to without success. Mr. I. C. Thompson has, however,
kindly given me a bottle containing the organisms in
question, and this material I handed on to Mr. A. W.
Bennett, F..8., who is a well known authority on the
lower forms of algal life. Iam glad to be able to incor-
porate the following notes which he has kindly sent me.

“The sample sent to me by Mr. Harvey Gibson, from
the Menai Straits, contains various diatoms in an inter-
esting condition, but in a very fragmentary state. They ~
belong mostly to the families Melosireze and Biddulphiez,
and are most nearly allied, as far as I am able to deter-
mine, to Melosira nummuloides Kitz. and Biddulphia
aurita, Bréb. (Odontella aurita, Ag.) The siliceous coating

* Liverpool Biol, Soc, , vol. iv., p. 40.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG&. 89

is always excessively thin and entirely destitute of mark-
ings as far as is shewn by the highest powers at my
disposal, though it is probable that under exceptionally
good conditions as to ight and with still more powerful
objectives, the characteristic markings of these families
might be detected. But the interesting fact is that the
contents of some of the cells are to be found floating free,
destitute of any siliceous envelope, and (apparently) in a
living condition. This is frequently the case with deep
sea species belonging to the allied genus Rhizosolenia. I
also noticed detached ‘‘hones”’ of Chetoceros, and fronds
which I should refer to Fragilaria striatula, Lyngb.
Besides diatoms there are several other marine alge, but
mostly in a fragmentary condition. There is a Rhizo-
clonvum, probably f. riparvwm, Harv. and what I take to
be fragments of an epiphytic Hndocladia.”

Mr. Bennett expresses a desire to see further santplés
of “foul” water, and I take this opportunity of making his
desire known, in the hopes that members of the L.M.B.
Committee may be able to send him material in a fresh
condition.

NOTE.—In using the nomenclature and classification
employed by Messrs. Holmes and Batters (loc. cit.), I
have thought it best to give their authorities for specific
nomenclature also. I do so, however, with great reluc-
tance and for the following reasons. In the paper referred
to (p. 64) these authors say :—‘‘ The authority given for
the name of a species is in every case that of the botanist
who first employed the name as it now stands, not that of
the author who first described the species under another
name.” Thus, to take an instance, Urospora bangioides ap-
pears in their list with the authority ‘“‘ Holmes et Batters.”’
This species was, I believe, first described and published

90 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

by Harvey under the name of Conferva bangioides (Phye.
Brit., pl. 268). Holmes and Batters have on the strength
of my observations on the tailed spores of this species,
placed it in Areschoug’s genus Urospora. I think that
such a system, substituting as it does the name of the
botanist who simply renames for the name of the first dis-
coverer and describer is fundamentally wrong in principle.
‘‘Palmam qui meruit ferat,’ and he who discovers and
describes is surely much more worthy of honour than
he who merely changes the name originally given. If this
system be logically followed out by other botanists, we may
expect soon to have a flora in which not a single species
appears with the name of the first describer appended to it.
Urospora bangvoides, Holm. et Batt. ought, in my opinion
to be Urospora bangioides, Harv. placed under the genus
Urospora, Aresch. In the present paper I have used
Holmes and Batters’ system, only because I do not feel
myself competent to say in all cases who deserves to be
named as the authority, without referring (which I cannot
at present do) to the original specimens. In Zoology, I
believe, the authority given by almost all authors is the
name of the first describer, and that seems to me to be
the most just principle on which to go in such matters.

Localities where I have myself collected a species are
distinguished by marks of exclamation.

Series I—CYANOPHYCEA.
Cohort I.—CHROOCOCCIN #.
Order I.—CHROOCOCCACER.
Gloeocapsa crepidinum, Thur.
Puffin I. !, Point of Ayr.

ay

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. Oi

Order I1.—CHAMMSIPHONACES.
Dermocarpa prasina, Born.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!
D. schousbei, Born.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!
Cohort I1.—NOSTOCHIN i.
Section I1.—Homocystee.
Order I.—OscILLARIACEZ.
Tribe I.—Oscillariee.
Spirulina tenuissima, Kutz.
Menai Bridge.
S. pseudotenuissima, Crn.
Point of Ayr.
Oseillaria nigroviridis, Thw.
Eastham.
O. coralline, Gom.
Point of Ayr.
Phormidium papyraceum, Gor.
(Oscillaria spiralis, Report I.)
Point of Ayr, Eastham, Anglesea.
Tribe I1.—Lyngbyee.
Lyngbya semiplena, J. Ag.
Point of Ayr, Puffin I.!
L. estuaru, Liebm.
Bromborough Pool, Hilbre I.!, Poit of Ayr.
L. majuscula, Harv.

Hilbre I., Eastham, Wallasey, Puffin I.! I
found this plant growing at the last mentioned
locality in colonies often half a foot or more in
diameter.

L. spectabilis, Thur. in herb.

Point of Ayr.

Symploca hydnoides, Kutz.
Puffin [.!

92 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Tribe II1.—Vaginariee.
Microcoleus chthonoplastes, Thur.
Point of Ayr.
Section I].—Heterocystee.
Order [J.—RIVULARIACEZ.
Tribe II.—Mastichotrichee.
Calothrix confervicola, C. Ag.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man, Anglesea.
C. pulvinata, C. Ag.
Puffin I.!
C. scopulorum, C. Ag.
Puffin I.!
Rivularia biasolettiana, Menech.
Eastham!, Hilbre I.!, Point of Ayr.
K. atra, Roth.
Hilbre I., Mersey, Anglesea.
Order V.—NosTOcHACE.
Anabeena torulosa, Lagerh.
(Spherozyga carmichelit, Report 1.)
Eastham, Point of Ayr, Anglesea.
Nodularia harveyana, Thuy.
Point of Ayr.
Series I1.—CHLOROPHYCEZ.
Cohort JJl.—CONFERVIN Ai.
Order I.—BLASTOSPORACEA.
Prasiola stipitata, Suhy.
Hilbre I.!
Order I1.—Unvacea.
Monostroma grevillei, J. Ag.
Puffin I.!,1.of Man!. EHnteromorpha intestinalis, —
var. cornucopre, Ahln. recorded from the I. of
Man, is only a form of this species.
Diplonema confervoides, Holm. et Batt.
Point of Ayr.~

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 93

Enteromorpha clathrata, J. Ag.
Eastham, Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man.!
E. ralfsvi, Harv.
Bangor. Though a rare species I retain it on the
authority of Mr. Ralfs. Marrat records it as
** general,’ which 1s very unlikely.
Hi. erecta, J. Ag.
New Brighton.
E. ramulosa, Harv.
Hilbre I.!
EH. percursa, C. Ag. var. ramosa, J. Ag.
(E. percursa, Report I.)
Point of Ayr.
E. compressa, Grev.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!, Mersey and
Dee estuaries !
HE. linza, J. Ag.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Anglesea, I. of Man.
E. intestinalis, Link.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Anglesea.
FE. canaliculata, Batt.
Point of Ayr.
Ulva latissima, J. Ag.
(Ulva lactuca, var. genuina, Report 1.)
Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, Puffin I.!, Anglesea,
I. of Man.
Order I1].—ULOTHRICHACE.
Ulothrix implexa, Kutz.
Point of Ayr.
Order [V.—CH#TOPHORACES.
Entoderma wittrocku, Wille.
Puffin I.!
EL. flustre, Rke.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! I have found this species

94 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

more frequently on zoophytes than polyzoa, and
especially on Diphasia punula.
Order V.—CLADOPHORACEA.
Urospora pencilliformis, Aresch.
(Conferva youngana, Report 1.)
Puffin I.!, Anglesea !
U. flacca, Holm. et Batt.
(Ulothrix flacca, Report 1.)
. I. of Man, Anglesea, Puffin I.!
U. bangioides, Holm. et Batt.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea !

I found this form growing in considerable quantity at
the situations named, in the spring of 1890, and thinking
at the time that I had found the rare species Urospora
collabens, I made a careful study of its structure and life
history. Through the kindness of Professor EH. P. Wright
I was enabled to compare my plant with the type specimen
of U. collabens in the Harveyan Herbarium at Dublin,
with the result that my plant proved to be not that
species but Urospora bangioides. I publish, however, my
observations on the species, although in doing so I in
ereat measure repeat Areschoug’s work* on the allied U.
pencilliformis. The filaments vary greatly in length ac-
cording to age, an average full grown frond being 6—10
cm. long. The frond is unbranched and tapers to base
and apex. Narrower regions also occur in the course of
its length. The base is an irregular disc formed by the
terminal cell, and frequently two or more cells above the
terminal cell. The cell wall is markedly two layered.
Cell division is usually regular, but frequently irregular.
IT have found that this oblique mode of division is asso-
ciated with a peculiar method of vegetative multiplication.

* Observationes Phycologice, Pt. I.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 95

Separation of pale green or colourless portions of the
protoplasm first of all takes place, followed by oblique
septation of the green central portion. One of the taper-
ing cells thus formed then grows outwards, forming a
pseudo-branch. The filament then separates into two
parts, the isolated portion fixing itself by means of the
pale thick-walled process, whilst the already attached part
is terminated by a tapering pale green or colourless fila-
ment.

Two kinds of zoospores are formed, large and small.
The megazoospore is pear-shaped, with a long, tapering
hyaline tail, and a large, often distinctly knobbed, colour-
less but granular head, from the centre of which arise
four long flagella, which project at right angles and bend
backwards along the sides of the conical body when at
rest. When in motion all four flagella move together
with a paddling movement. The megazoospores are more
plentiful than the zoogametes. Their mode of development
is as follows :—A cell usually about the middle of a fila-
ment enlarges, the chlorophyll retreats to the centre, and
a broad, granular, colourless layer is seen lying nearest to
the wall. Radial segmentation then takes place, and the
chlorophyll again spreads outwards, still leaving, however,
a narrow outer portion colourless or only faintly green,
more difficult to see at this stage owing to the spores
being crushed against the wall by their rapid increase in
size. When ripe the cuticular layer of the cell-wall bursts,
and the entire inner wall, with the enclosed spores, escapes.
The inner wall speedily deliquesces and the spores are set
free. They move slowly, and after a time settle down on
some adjacent rough surface. I have watched them settle
on a sporiferous filament of Bangia fuscopurpurea, and
observed the first stages in the development of new fila-
ments. In the course of examination of hundreds of

96 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

filaments I have never seen fewer than 32 megazoospores
in a cell.

The microzoospores, or zoogametes, are much smaller.
They are ovate biciliate, actively motile cells, very pale
ereen at the broader end, and colourless at the point of
attachment of the two long cilia. They are produced in
vegetative cells, and, so far as I could make out, in other
filaments than those which produce megazoospores. The
contained mass of zoogametes is much paler in colour than
is the content of a megasporangium. The number of
zoogametes 1s 64 or more. ‘Their movements are so rapid
that 1t is almost impossible to count them as they escape,
the calculation ‘‘ 64 or more”’ is based, therefore, on the
appearance of the gametangium previous to their escape.
I have no doubt that conjugation takes place between
cells of the same filament. The mode of conjugation does
not differ from that described for Ulothriz zonata, by
Dodel Port,* although the tailed megazoospore and the
number of these produced in a sporangium places this
species in the genus Urospora, Aresch. I have not been
able to trace the after history of the zygote.

The extrusion of mega- or micro-zoospores from a cell
lying between two others whose contents have not been
shed is followed by the protusion of the special cell-wall of
one of the lateral cells into the cavity, the gametes, or
spores of the latter escaping by the rupture already formed
in the outer wall of the empty cell. (See Pl. IIT.)
Cheetomorpha tortuosa, Kutz.

Prince’s Pier, I. of Man, Anglesea.
C. linum, Kutz.
Anglesea !, Puffin I.!
C. melagonvum, Kutz.
Puffin I.! I. of Man. Marrat records this spe-

* Pringsheim’s Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot., Bd, X.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. 97

cies as ‘general.’ He probably mistook C.
Linum for it.

C. erea, Kutz.
Mersey, I. of Man, Puffin I.!
Rhizoclonium ripariwm, Harv.
irinlipce le le uti Ie! sBastham.
Cladophora pellucida, Kutz.
Hulbre 1., I. of Man, Puffin I.!
C. hutchinsie, Kutz.
New Brighton, Anglesea, I. of Man, Hilbre I.
C. utriculosa, Kutz. var. letevirens, Hauck.
New Brighton, Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I.!
C. rupestris, Kutz.
Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea !
C. glaucescens, Griff.
JPresnoin Jt Jeblloreey 1a}
C. fracta, Kutz.
Bromborough Pool, Anglesea.
C. flecuosa, Griff.
New Brighton, Hilbre I., Eastham, Anglesea,
Jt, Ort WWlewn, J2anonal AE
C. albida, Kutz.
Wagwacita, cvamm Iss Ie ore WW oewal,
var. refracta, Holm. et Batt.
IPremnomm 1h, Jb; ose lena.
CV arcta, Wutz. -
Bromborough Pool, Eastham, Wallasey Pool,
Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I.!
C. lanosa, Kutz.
Puffin I.!, I. of Man, Anglesea.
var. uncrales, Thur.

Prono 1, Jl, oie Wiehe,

98 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cohort I11.—SIPHONIN AL.
Order I1.— BRYOPSIDACEA.
Bryopsis hypnoides, Lamour.
Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I.
B. plumosa, C. Ag.
I. of Man!, Hilbre I., Puffin I.! Anglesea! New
Brighton.
Order I1].— VAUCHERIACEA.
Vaucheria dichotoma, Lyngb. var. marina, C. Ag.
New Brighton. I have found Vauwcheria fila-
ments frequently, but as none were in fruit it is
impossible to say to what species they belonged.
V. thuretw, Woron.
Hastham.
Order IV.—CopI1AcEz.
Codium tomentosum, Stackh.
I. of Man!

Series III _PHMOPHYCEA.
Cohort I—KCTOCARPIN A.
Order I.—DESMARESTIACEA.
Desmarestia viridis, Lamx.
I. of Man, Puffin I.!
D. aculeata, Lamx.
IE, Gxt Wher, Ieee IL |
D. ligulata, Lamx.
I. of Man, Abergele.
Order II1.—DictTyosIPHONACEA.
Dietyosiphon feniculaceus, Grev.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Penmon Point!, Isle of
Man.
Order III.—PuUNCTARIACEA.
Litosiphon pusillus, Harv.
Hilbre I., Bangor, I. of Man, Puffin I.!

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG&.

Stictyosiphon subarticulatus, Hauck.
Carnarvon.
Punctaria plantaginea, Grev.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!
P. latifolia, Grev.
I. of Man.
var. zostere, Le Jol.
I. of Man.

Order I[V.—ASPEROCOCCACEA.

Myriotrichia claveformis, Harv.
I. of Man, Hilbre I.!
var. filiformis, Farl.
(M. filuformis, Report 1.)
Hilbre I.!
Asperococecus echinatus, Grev.
Hilbre I.! Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
var. vermicularis, Griff.
Pana pt
Streblonema velutinum, Thur.
(Ectocarpus velutinus, Report I.)
Pani Ws!
Order V.—ECTOCARPACE.
Ectocarpus terminalis, Kutz.
Pia le ok Nama.
EH. confervoides, Le Jol.
var. stliculosus, Kjellm.

99

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! New Brighton, I. of Man.

E.. fasciculatus, Harv.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!
EH. granulosus, C. Ag.
New Brighton, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!

EL. tomentosus, Lyngb.

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, I. of Man.

7

100 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Isthmoplea spherophora, Kjelln.
Puffin [.!
Pylaiella litoralis, Kjellm.
Puta i eso Mains!
Order VI.—ARTHROCLADIACEA.
Arthrocladia villosa, Duby.
Anglesea.
Order VII.—HLACHISTACEA.
Elachista scutulata, Duby.
I. of Man.
HE. fucicola, Fries.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea !, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!
Ei. flaccida, Aresch.
Penmon Point ! ;
Marrat records this species on Cystosewra barbata
at Puffin I., though the host plant does not
occur in his list nor on the island.
Order VIII.—SPHACELARIACEA.
Sphacelaria radicans, Harv.
Mersey, New Brighton, Hilbre I.!, Puffin L.!,
I. of Man!
A specimen which I collected in Nov., 1890, at
Hilbre I. is, [am informed by Mr. Batters, a
monosiphonous variety of this species.
S. currhosa, C. Ag.
EKastham, Hilbre I.!, Puffin 1-!, I. of Man!
var. fusca, Holm. et Batt.
(S. fusca, Report I.)
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, L of Man, Anglesea.
S. plumagera, Holn.
Carnarvon (fide Holmes).
Cheetopteris plumosa, Kutz.
I. of Man!, Anglesea, Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 101

Halopteris filicina, Kutz.
Anglesea, I. of Man!
Stypocaulon scopariwm, Kutz.
(Sphacelaria scoparia, Report 1.)
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea.
Gladostephus spongiosus, C.Ag. |
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea.
C. verticillatus, C.Ag.
Puffin I., Anglesea, I. of Man.
Order IX.—MyRIONEMACEA.
Myrionema strangulans, Grev.
Putin Ie of Mian’.
var. punctiforme, Thur.
(M. punctiforme, Report I.)
Hilbre I.
Ascocyclus leclancheru, Magn.
(Myrionema leclancherw, Report I.)
Hilbre I., I. of Man.
A. reptans, Rke.
; Puffin I.!
Ralfsia verrucosa, Aresch.
Paley ealipre is!
Order X.—CHORDARIACE.
Chordaria flagelliformis, C.Ag.
Eolbre T.; Hastham, 1. of Man!, Puttin I.!
Mesoglea vermiculata, Le Jol.
Piciimeley etilore iy le vor Miami.
Castagnea virescens, Thur.
. I. of Man.
Leathesia difformis, Aresch.
Hilbre I., Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I.!
Cohort I1.—LAMINARIN 4.
Order I.—ScyToOsIPHONACES.
Phyllitis zosterifolia, Rke.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I., I. of Man.

102 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Seytosiphon lomentarius, J. Ag.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!
Order II.—CHORDACEZ.
Chorda filum, Stackh.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.! I. of Man.
Order ITJ.—LAMINARIACES.
Laminaria saccharina, Lamx.
I. of Man!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea.
L. hieroglyphica, J. Ag.
var. phyllites, Le Jol.
New Brighton, Puffin I.!
L. digitata, Edm.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man! Hilbre I.!
L. hyperborea, Fos.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea !, I. of Man!, Hilbre I.!
For a discussion of this and the preceding species,
usually grouped under L. digitata, see Foslhie’s
Contribution to Knowledge of the Marine Alge
of Norway, Tromso, 1890, p. 80 et seq., or
Batters’ Alge of Berwick-on-T weed, p. 77.
Saccorhiza bulbosa, De la Pyl.
I. of Man!
Alaria esculenta, Grev.
I. of Man!, Hilbre I., Anglesea.
I have never met with this species either at
Hilbre I. or Puffin I., though it occurs in
abundance at the I. of Man.
Cohort ITJ.—_SPOROCHNIN Ai.
Order I.—SPOROCHNACEZ.
Sporochnus pedunculatus, C.Ag.
Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I.!
I found only a few fragments of this species at
the last-named locality. These were kindly
identified for me by Mr. Batters.

*

Re Pa? (EOE ee

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 103

Cohort [V.—CUTLERIN.

Order I.—CUTLERIACE.

Cutleria multifida, Grev.

Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
Cohort V.—FUCIN A.
Order I.—FUCACEA.

_ Fucus ceranoides, Linn.

Hilbre I.!, Anglesea.
F. vesiculosus, Linn.

All rocky parts of the coast !
F’.. serratus, Linn.

All rocky parts of the coast !
F. platycarpus, Thur.

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Point of Ayr.
Ascophyllum nodosum, Le Jol.

All rocky parts of the coast !
Himanthalia lorea, Lyngb.

Anglesea, I. of Man! and cast up on the beach

at Southport.

~ Halidrys siliquosa, Lyngb.

Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!
Peluvetia canaliculata, Decne. et Thur.
Hilbre L!, Puffin I.., Anglesea! I. of Man!

I have gathered this species in situations considerably
above high water mark. The plants were in a quite
healthy condition, although a dash of spray or an occa-
sional wave at high tide must have furnished them with
their entire supply of salt water for twelve hours at a time.
I have no doubt that the canaliculate nature of the frond
enables them to retain what little water they obtain on
these occasions to serve them until the recurrence of high
tide. It is worth noting that Enteromorpha canaliculata
is also a characteristically high water species.

104 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cohort VII.—DICTYOTIN At.
Order I.—DicTYoTAcEz.
Dietyota dichotoma, Lamx.
I. of Man, Puffin I., Anglesea.
var. imyplexa, J. Ag.
Puffin L.!
Taonia atomaria, J. Ag.
Anglesea.
Series [V.-RHODOPHYCEH A.
Cohort I—PORPHYRIN ZS.
Order I.— PORPHYRACEZ.
Porphyra laciniata, C. Ag.
1Prebeaiay Ey le JEbMoresy I, IL, Oi Wilken !
Bangia fuscopurpurea, Liyngb.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea !
Cohort I1—_NEMALIONIN i.
Order 1.—HELMINTHOCLADIACE.
Tribe I.—Chantransiee.
Chantransia virgatula, Thur.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Hastham, I. of Man!
C. secundata, Thur.
Puffin I.!
C. daviesw, Thur.
Puffin I.!, I. of Man, Anglesea, Mersey.
Tribe I1.—Nemaliez.
Helminthocladia purpurea, J. Ag.
I. of Man.

I leave this species in the list, and do not place it among
the ‘“‘ doubtfuls”’ in Appendix I., because the flora of the
I. of Man appears to include many rare forms which one
would not expect so far north. I have my doubts, how-

“ever, as to its being a native of our district. This record
stands on Mr. Talbot’s authority.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 105

Helminthora divaricata, J. Ag.
Anglesea (fide Ralfs).
Order I11.—GELIDIACES.
Tribe I1].—Wrangeliee.
Naccaria wigghti, Endl.
I. of Man.
Tribe IV.—Gelidex.
Gelidium cornewm, Lamx.
I. of Man!, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!
G. ermale, J. Ag.
Eastham, Hilbre I., I. of Man.
Cohort IJ1J.—GIGARTININ i.
Order I.—GIGARTINACEA.
Tribe I.—Gigartinez.
Chondrus crispus, Stackh.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man !},
Eastham.
Gigartina manvllosa, J. Ag.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!
Tribe II.—Tylocarpee.
Phyllophora rubens, Grev.
inline 15!) Putin i! 1, of Man!
P. membranifolia, J. Ag.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I°!, I. of Man!, Anglesea.
P. traillu, Holm. et Batt.
Puffin J.!
P. palmettordes, J. Ag.
I. of Man.
Gymnogongrus griffithsie, Mart.
New Brighton, I. of Man.
G. norvegicus, J. Ag.
Hilbre I., I. of Man, Rhyl.
Ahnfeltia plicata, Fries.
Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I.!

106 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Tribe III.—Callymeniez.
Callophyllis laciniata, Kutz.
Anglesea!, Puffin I.!
Order I1.—RHODOPHYLLIDACEA.
Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kutz.
Anglesea !, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, New Brighton,
I. of Man.
Catenella opuntia, Grev.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Eastham, I. of Man,

In the end of October, 1890, whilst on a visit to the
Biological Station on Puffin I., I devoted part of my time
to collecting Catenella opuntia, which grows there in
abundance on the protected faces of rocks near high water
mark. On examining the plants on my return to Liver-
pool I was glad to find many, if not all, bearing cystocarps,
antheridia and tetraspores. The structure of the cys-
tocarps is practically unknown, indeed they have seldom
been seen. I believe that this is the third time they have
been found in Britain, and Prof. Schmitz alone has found
them abroad. Mr. Buffham found some at Sidmouth in
1886, and Harvey says he received specimens from Mrs. |
Griffiths. Harvey’s figure and description are totally
wrong, and as no detailed account of their structure exists
anywhere, I examined them minutely, and the conclusions
I arrived at were communicated to the Linnean Society
in Dec., 1890. I may here briefly summarise the main
points in that paper. The cystocarpic ramuli are borne on
erect branches, each articulation bearing one or two such
ramuli. The ramulus is spherical and has imbedded in it
50 to 200 carpogenic systems. Only a few of these (10—380)
however come to maturity, although most seem to be fertil-
ized. <A large placental cell occupies the centre of the
ramulus, and radiating from it are numerous branched fila-
ments, which on approaching the surface become short rows

Since the printing off of the pages on which the accompanying account of
the cystocarps of Catenella apwatia occurs, better sections of very young cys-
tocarpic ramuli, together with critical remarks kindly furnished me by Prof.
Schmitz, have led me to considerably modify my interpretation of the struc-
ture of the ‘‘ fruit” of this species. In place therefore of the sentences from

*“The ramulus is spherical” on page 106 to ‘‘ with that genus” on page 107,
read :—‘‘ The ramulus is spherical and shortly stalked. When young it con-
sists of a central axial filament composed of four or five cells, surrounded by
a reticulum of short hyphe from which branched chains of coloured cells
arise as In the ordinary vegetative ramulus. In the inner rind of the ramulus
there arise very numerous trichophoric systems, each composed of a long and
delicate trichogyne which appears on the surface of the ramulus as a short
process, and a trichophoric portion of one or sometimes two cells. After fer-
tilization of the trichogynes (many or all) chains of carpospores are given off
from the reticulum of hyphe surrounding the axis, and the terminal cell of
the axial row enlarges to become a nourishing cell for the carpogenous reticu-
lum. Frequently secondary vegetative cells appear round the trichophoric
cells, but these do not (as I at first thought) become carpospores. After
fertilization the trichogynes wither and the carpospores are seen forming a
dense spherical layer among the sterile hyphe which lie between the rind
cells and the inner reticulum.”

For further details I would refer the reader to my Linnean paper soon to
be published. I may add that Plate II. is drawn in accordance with this
revised account,

es

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 107

of bead-hkecells. From several ofthese filaments there arise
the female organs, each consisting of a carpogenous cell,
a unicellular trichophore and a long delicate trichogyne
which passes outwards and appears on the surface of the
ramulusasashort hair. After fertilization the carpogenous
cell produces a mulberry-like mass of carpospores which
eradually increase in size and deepenin colour. Pollinoids
may be seen in the act of fusmg with the apex of the
trichogyne. The carpogenous cells nearest the placental
cell most frequently develop carpospores, though rudimen-
tary cystocarps are common nearer the periphery. The
conclusion come to by Schmitz* is that Catenella belongs
to the Cystocloniwm group of the Rhodophycee, although
the great number of carpogenic systems, it seems to me,
does not point to a very close relationship with that genus.
I have represented some of the more important features
on Plate II. (see explanation of Plates).

Tribe I1.—Rhodophyllidee.
Rhodophyllis bifida, Kutz.
Putin fi. of Man.
Cohort 1V.—RHODYMENINZ.
Order I1.—SPH#ROCCACES.
Tribe I.—Spheroccee.
Sphcerococeus coronopifolius, Grev.
I. of Man.

Tribe IJ.—Gracilariee.
Gracilaria confervoides, Grev.
I. of Man, Coast of Wales, Hilbre I.!
Calliblepharis ciliata, Kitz.
I. of Man, Anglesea!, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!
C. gubata, Kutz.
I. of Man.

*System. ziber d, Florideen, Flora, 1889,

108 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Order IJ.—RHODYMENIACES.
Tribe I.—Rhodymeniee.
Rhodymenia palmata, Grev.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!
R. palmetta, Grev.
Puffin I.. Anglesea.
Lomentaria articulata, Liyngb.
(Chylocladia articulata, Report I.)
Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, Puffin I.!, Hastham,
I. of Man!
L. clavellosa, Gaill.
I. of Man.!
Champia parvula, Harv.
I. of Man.
Chylocladia kaliformis, Grev.
I. of Man, Anglesea.
C. ovalis, Hook.
i, of Mian:
Tribe II. —Plocamies.
Plocamium coccineum, Lyngb.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!
New Brighton.
Order IIJ.—DELESSERIACES.
Tribe I.—Nitophyllee.
Nitophyllum punctatum, Grev.
New Brighton (fide Marrat), I. of Man.
N. laceratum, Grev.
Putin 1. '; Hilbre 1.!, I. of Man!
Tribe IT.—Delesseriez.
Delesseria alata, Lamx.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea !
D. sinuosa, Liamx.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 109

D. hypoglosswm, Lamx.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!
D. ruscifolia, Lamx.
I. of Man,
D. sanguinea, Lamx.
(Hydrolapathum sanguineum, Report 1.)
Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!
Order 1V.—BoNNEMAISONIACEZ.
Bonnemaisonia asparagoides, C. Ag.
Ie of Mam:
Order V.—RHODOMELACEZ.
Tribe I.— Rhodomelee.
Bostrychia scorpioides, Mont.
Point of Ayr!, Anglesea.
Rhodomela subfusca, C. Ag.
. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea.
fi. lycopodioides, C. Ag.
Putin I.!, Hilbre I., Hastham, I. of Man.
Odonthalia dentata, Lyngb.

i, @t Wlernll, Jebiloes IL} Ietciisna JL IE doen) anvoys
secn this plant at the two latter localities, but
it may occur there as it is fairly common at
the I. of Man.

Tribe I7.—Laurenciee.

Laurencia obtusa, Lamx.

I. of Man.
L. hybrida, Lenorm.

Poth 1!
L. pinnatifida, Lamx.

udm lee sElniliore I Ne ok Mian!

Tribe [V.—-Polysiphoniee.

Chondria tenwissima, C. Ag.

I. of Man.

110 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Polysiphonia sertularioides, J. Ag.
(P. pulvinata, Report I.)
Puffin I., Eastham, New Brighton, Hilbre I.
All these localities are on Marrat’s authority,
but I have not been able to confirm his record.
P. fibrata, Harv.
Puffin 1.!, Hilbre 1.!, I. of Man.
P. urceolata, Grev.
Puffin L.!, I. of Man.
var. patens, J. Ag.
iene IL!
var. formosa, J. Ag.
Jeena Il!
P. elongella, Harv.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea, I. of Man.
P. elongata, Grey.
Puffin J.!, I. of Man!
P. violacea, Wyatt.
Carnarvon, I. of Man.
P. fibrillosa, Grev.
Anglesea!, I. of Man.
P. fastigiata, Grev.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Anglesea!, 1. of Man!
Mersey !

This species is an almost constant epiphyte on
Ascophyllum nodosum; I have found it however more than
once on Fucus vesiculosus. Some notes of observations
which I made on the minute structure of the frond and
on the origin and development of the tetraspores will be
published in an early number of the Journal of Botany.

P. atrorubescens, Grev.
I, of Man.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. ILI

4 P. mgrescens, Grev.
Anglesea!, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man},
Eastham, New Brighton.
P. parasitica, Grev.
I. of Man.
P. byssoides, Grev.
I. of Man. I have not found this species
erowing, but have often met with it in rejecta-
menta and in dredgings at Puffin I.
P. brodiai, Grev.
Puffin I., I. of Man.
P. thuyordes, Harv.
(Rhytiphlea thuyordes, Report 1.)
Puffin I., Hilbre I., I. of Man.
P. fruticulosa, Spreng.
(Rhytiphlea fruticulosa, Report I.)
Puffin I., Hilbre I., I. of Man.
Tribe V.—Dasyee.
Dasya coccinea, C. Ag.
Puffin I.!; Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea!
D. arbuscula, C. Ag.
I. of Man.
D. ocellata, Harv.
I. of Man.
Order [V.—CERAMIACEZ.
Tribe I.—Spermothamniee.
Sphondylothamnion multifidum, Nag.
Port Jack, I. of Man (1876) (fide Talbot).
Spermothamnion turnert, Axresch.
I. of Man.
var. repens, Le Jol.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!
Tribe I1.—Griffithsieze.
Griffithsia corallina, C. Ag.
I. of Man.

112 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

G. setacea, C. Ag.
I. of Man!, Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, New Brighton.
Halurus equisetifolius, Kutz.
(Groffithsia equisetifolia, Report I.)
North Wales (fide Ralfs).
Tribe I1I.—Monosporee.
Monospora pedicellata, Solier.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!
Pleonosporium borreri, Nag.
I. of Man, Hilbre I., New Brighton.
Tribe [V.—Calhithamniee.
Rhodochorton roth, Nie.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!
Mersey.
R. floridulum, Nag.
Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!
R. membranaceum, Magn.
Puttin eS ealibre ts Slevorelvitarant
R. seiriolanum, Gib.

This species of Rhodochorton I have ventured to record
as new to science.* In character it seems intermediate
between the genera Callithamumion and Khodochorton. The
erect filaments are unbranched and spring from a mem-
branous disc. The tetrasporangia are borne secundately
near the apex of the filaments, the oldest near the
apex. The species is a very minute one, the filaments
being on an average less thanl mm.long. I found it asan
epiphyte on the main stems of Polysiphonia urceolata vax.
patens, in the Beacon Channel, West Spit, PuffinI. In
the same paper (/.c.) I described the mode of formation of
sporangia in the genus Rhodochorton by a process of in-
novation, a phenomenon which has been observed in

“Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. Vol. part 33.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. 113

certain Pheophycee also. After the tetraspores have
been shed the cell next below the empty sporangium
erows up within the empty cell-wall and by abstriction
and segmentation of its contents forms a new sporangium.
This process may be repeated several times. For per-
mission to reprint Plate III. I am indebted to the
courtesy of the Council of the Linnean Society.
Callithamnion polyspermum, C. Ag.

Hilbre I.!. Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man.
C. rosewm, Harv.

Hilbre I.!, I. of Man.
C. hookeri, C. Ag.

Puffin I.!, New Brighton, I. of Man.
C. arbuscula, Liyngb.

I. of Man.
C. tetragonum, C. Ag.

jPmucmam IL hk, our NW lenat,

var. brachiatum, J. Ag.

I. of Man.
C. corynvbosum, Lyngb.

JeGillorre IL 1Pananay JEG, IE ore Wena,
C. granulatum, C. Ag.

Pim eis on Mam!
C. seirospermum, Griff.

Hilbre I.!, I. of Man.

Tribe V.cCompsothamniez.

Compsothamnion thuyoides, Schmitz.

I. of Man.
C. gracillimum, Schmitz.

Beaumaris (fide Gulson).

Tribe VI.—Ptilotez.

Ptilota plumosa, C. Ag.

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!, Holyhead.

114 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Plumaria elegans, Schmitz.
(Ptilota elegans, Report I.)
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!
Tribe VII.—Crouaniez.
Antithamnion cruciatum, Nag.
Hilbre I.!
A. plumula, Thur.
I. of Man (fide Brady, Gatty).
Tribe VITI.—Spyridez.
Spyridea filamentosa, Harv.
Holyhead (fide Marrat).
Tribe [IX.—Ceramiee.
Ceramium tenuissimum, J. Ag.
lebilsreep i, Wy lexoucrrew IG IL, one ian.
C. fastigiatum, Harv.
Hilbre I., I. of Man.
C. deslongchampsi, Chauy.
Hilbre'I.!, Puffin I.!, New Baohtoes I. of Man!
C. strictwm, Harv.
var. dwvaricata, Holm. et Batt.
(C. diaphanum, Report I.)
New Brighton, Hilbre I., Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
C. circinatum, J. Ag.
(C. decurrens, Report I.)
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
C. rubrum, C. Ag.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!
var. proliferum, J. Ag.
I. of Man.
C. ciliatum, Ducluz.
Putin 1.! 1. of Man.
C. echtonotum, J. Ag.
Puffin I.!, 1. of Man.

=e ei ail le

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 115

C. flabelligerum, J. Ag.
Puttin I.!, I. of Man.
C. acanthonotum, Carm.
Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.! I. of Man!
Cohort V.—CRYPTONEMIN A.
Order I.— GLq@osiPHONIACES.
Gleosiphonia capillaris, Carm.
I. of Man, Anglesea.
Order I1.—GRATELOUPIACEA.
Halymenia ligulata, C. Ag.
Anglesea, I. of Man.
Order [1] —DuMoNTIACE2.
Dumontia filiformis, Lamx.
Hilbre I., I. of Man, Anglesea!, Puffin I.!
Dilsea edulis, Stackh.
(Sarcophyllis edulis, Report I.)
Puffin I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea.
Order 1V.—NEMASTOMACEZ.
Tribe I1.—Halarachniee.
Furcellaria fastigiata, Lamx.
I. of Man !, Hilbre I.!, Eastham, New Brighton,
Rock Ferry. The last three localities stand on
Marrat’s authority. I have never met with it in
these situations.
Order V.—RHIZOPHYLLIDACES.
Polyides rotundus, Grev.
Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!
Order VI.—SQUAMARIACER.
Tribe I.—Cruoriex.
Petrocelis cruenta, J. Ag.
Puffin I.!, Hifbre I.!, Mersey, New Brighton.
Tribe I1.—Squamariee.
Peyssonnelia dubyi, Crn.
I. of Man (fide Leicester).
8

116 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Order VII.—HILDENBRANDTIACEA.
Hildenbrandtia prototypus, Nardo.
var. rosea, Kutz.
[erepiorae ILI IL, Ore Wilewa

Order VIII.—CoRALLINACEA:,
Schmitziella endophiea, Born. et Batt, MS.
Ie pueava IC.)

“This very interesting endophytic alga, which forms
rose-red, membranous, veined expansions within the outer
cell-wall of the articulations of Cladophora pellucida, was
first noticed on the coast of France by Dr. E. Bornet, in
1854. Dr. Bornet delayed publishing a description of the
plant as he wished to more thoroughly examine it in a
living state. Meanwhile I found the plant at Torquay, in
1885, and, believing it to be an undescribed alga, proposed
to call it Hrythrocelis cladophore, but on learning that
Dr. Bornet had previously found and provisionally named
the plant, I discarded my manuscript name of Hrythrocelis
in favour of his name of Schmitziella, and we propose to
publish a description of the plant under that name very
shortly. Thealgahas been found at various places in France
and England, and I may here mention that Mr. G.
Murray has kindly called my attention to the fact that in
Edw. Forbes’s collection of Alge, now in the British
Museum, there is a specimen of Cladophora pellucida
apparently gathered by Dillwyn at Yarmouth which has
this curious alga endophytic in it. Dr. Bornet informs
me that he has seen similar specimens gathered by
Ralis:.. (KE. A. 1b. Batters).

Melobesia confervoides, Kutz.
I. of Man.

M. pustulata, Liamx.
Puttin del ehok Wan:

eon ie a at (la te Wee 4
ay > ;

> .

M. farinosa, Lamx.
Ponm i!
M. membranacea, Lamx.
Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
M. verrucata, Lamx.
Puffin I.!
Lithophyllum lichenoides, Phil.
I. of Man!
L. lenormandi, Rosan.
. Puffin I.!,I.of Man!
Lithothamnion polymorphum, Avesch.
TI. of Man!
L. caleareum.
Dredged from the Irish Sea!

Corallina officinalis, Linn.

_C. rubens, Ellis et Sol.
Puffin I.!, I. of Man!

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG.

Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!

117

118 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

APPENDIX I.

I have thought it best to add in an appendix species
recorded by previous collectors which require confirmation,
or are almost certainly recorded through mistaken identi-
fication.

CYANOPHYCES.

Rivularia ntida, Ag., recorded by Brady and Talbot from
the I. of Man.

CHLOROPHYCEA.

Enteromorpha granulosa, ? recorded by Marrat from
New Brighton is not a species of Hnteromorpha
known to science. |

Rhizoclonium casparyt, Hary., recorded by Marrat from
Eastham must be considered as doubtful. Harvey
himself was doubtful of its specific value, and Holmes
and Batters make it a variety of R. riparium.

Cladophora rudolphiana (Ag.) Harv. Halbre I. (Marrat),
very doubtful and certainly wants confirmation.

PH#OPHYCES.

Litosiphon laminarie, Hary., is recorded by Marrat as
epiphytic on Chorda jfilum at Bangor and Hilbre
I. This species is an epiphyte on Alaria esculenta.
Marrat records Alaria esculenta from these locali-
ties, but, as I have stated above, I have not been
able to confirm his observation.

Striaria attenuata, Grev., is recorded by Marrat, but he
gives no locality.

Asperococcus bullosus, Lamx., is recorded by Marrat with-
out locality.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 119

Aglaozonia parvula, (Grev.) Zanard. ‘‘General’’ (Marrat)!
The “general”? occurrence of the species (which
is A. reptans, Kutz.) is, I fear, not correct. Kven
its local occurrence is doubtful and requires con-
firmation.

Sargassum linefolium, (Turn.) Ag., recorded in my last
report, is of course an ocean waif, and has no place
amongst British Algze.

Ascophyllum nodosum, var. scorpioides, Hauck., was re-
corded in my last Report. I withdraw it as my
plant turned out on further examination to be only

a dwarf specimen of the type.

Cystoseira, Ag. Four species of this genus, viz.: ericordes,
fenculaceus, fibrosa, and barbata, are recorded by
Garner and Marrat from I. of Man and Hilbre I.
It is certainly remarkable that these species should
be found growing with Odonthalia dentata at the
I. of Man, and I prefer to place them in this list of
“doubtfuls”’ until authentic specimens are forth-
coming.

Dictyopteris polypodioides, (Desf.) Lamx. is recorded by
Garner from I. of Man. This must also be con-
firmed before it can be received as a known native
of our coast.

RHODOPHYCEZ.

Nematlion multifidum, (Web. et Mohr.) J. Ag., recorded as
‘“‘eeneral”’ by Marrat !

Callithamnion brodiei, Harv. I. of Man (Marrat) is
probably a mistake for C. hookert.

Callithamnion pluma (Dillw.) Ag. A mistaken identi-
fication of my own for Spermothamnion turnert, var.
repens.

Griffithsia barbata, (Eng. Bot.) Ag. New Brighton!
(Marrat). This is almost certainly a mistake,

120 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Microcladia glandulosa, (Soland.) Grev., recorded by Garner -
from the I. of Man requires confirmation.

Euthora cristata (Linn.) J. Ag., recorded by Talbot from.
I. of Man, but marked doubtful. |

Eihytiphlea pinnastroides, Harv., which has now been
placed in the genus Halopithys, is recorded without
locality by Marrat.

Melobesia rubra, Menegh., recorded by Marrat, is a name
unknown to me and to other algologists to whom I
mentioned it.

Lithothamnion fasciculatum, (uamx.) Aresch. Puffin I.
(Marrat), requires confirmation.

APPENDIX II.

LITERATURE dealing with the LOCAL
MARINE FLORA.

1. Welsh Botanology (1813), by Rev. H. Davies, F.L.S.
Algee of the I. of Man, &c., by Dr. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S.

Ann. Nat. Hist., Jan., 1861.

3. Articles by F. P. Marrat of the Liverpool Museum.
Liwwerpool Nat. Scrapbook, 1863—4.

4. Preliminary list of Alge of L. M. B. C. District, by Alf.,
Leicester. Furst Report wpon the Fauna of Liwer-
pool Bay, 1886.

5. Alge of Puffin l.,byC.S.Gregson. Naturalist, Vol. II.

6. First Report on the Marine Alge of the L. M. B. C.
District by R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.L.S.
Proc. Lav. Biol. Soc.. Vol. 111.

7. Marine Alge of Douglas Bay, by Rev. T. Talbot. Yn
Liar Manninagh., April, 1890.

8. Records in Greville’s Alge Britannice, Croall and
Johnstone’s British Seaweeds, Harvey's Phy-
cologia Britannica, &c., | |

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 1m

APPENDIX WUE

I have subdivided the coastline of the district into
four sections :—(1) The Mersey and Dee Kstuaries, (2)
Hilbre I., (8) Anglesea and Puffin I., (4) I. of Man. The
first is characterised by mud flats and sand banks with
occasional rocks; Hiulbre Island has many forms not
found in the estuary which prefer caves and rock shelves ;
Anglesea and Puffin I. have a rich flora, the coastline
being precipitous and more favourable to Rhodophyceze
and Pheophycee, whilst the I. of Man is peculiar on
account both of its isolated position and also of its
climate, which permits of an approximation of northern

and southern forms.
e

(\\
FQN
h\

AX

\

\

ay

Os,

ZZ

Map of the L. M, B. C. District. H, Hilbre I.; P, Puffin I. (The island
itself is not marked) ; D, Douglas; R, Ramsey; E, Port Erin; C, Calf of Man.

|
“

The tables of distribution indicate only records of ob-
served occurrence, and are not to be taken as indicating
negative as well as positive distribution,

122 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

XxX. X KOs

KKK K KKK KK KK eae

x xX
TIN OX

xX

XXX

G

x
x

x
x

I

see eee tee tee tee eee ewe eee te

PswUryoqny “—

pprnpjad v..oydopn),)
wnriindr. wnrwops0zy
PG ies «Res tnwee von ese secures Dad “1

wn“)
a ea DSONI.LOZ DY A.LOULOZDY (-)
saprorbung *Q
noon "2
suusofypouad v.odso..Q
Pee mee cee tee tee ree tee eee nne ee eee D.gsnyf “Wap
Sete alas. for oh ie UyO0.MQVUM DULlapopUpy
teeter ree eee *ouuod dood pxapdur wrY707)
Sha ee core ene pussy) 02)/)
Be rte a ieee Gis vnastNs pyD)noyDUDd *

SoA GUCUS INO SOO BSAA OR IERE syDUrngsoque *
SOROS OC Ee ae ene Be peur) *
OCOICCnC IC Cina nCnC iC ce ea pssa1rduoo .
See ei eles DSOWDsL “IBA “vs.inosad °
4000 °
Us {JDL *
Se me geo 0D.1Yy0)9 DY dL0wWo.1aQuU ny
ace ge eet saproasafuon nuauoprdiy

Cee eC CC CnC Cn eC eo |

CC RONCRONCR SOC RONG EC CMC ECE C NCE MCN iC Ci CCE CMC ECC

see eee eee coo eee see ese see see tee ees

Bee eee eee eee see tee eee eee eee eee

RRRRRRA

KO aK eae

ga) >< >< KOK

xX X

xX X

xX X

1a) aah DWOMSOUo fy
fod conOHacHoUOCOMMHATSC nynyudags DIOW Di
‘W LORHAOWOTHH
Pees ogg ee Ee com puvliaawmy vr.tppVpo NT
DSO)N.LOZ DUMQDUP
DAD “OT
DUDYIAIOSNIQ M.D) NAT
uin.tojndoos */):
990.000000000000000000 050000000 manuand 0)
Ach bSndesnooepo.Ade pjoorasafuoo xi.0yj0) 0)
me age sas sagsp)dowoyzyo snapov0.LorqT
seme rene ees ee cence saprouphy poop duhy
syuqngzoads *'T
see cee eee eee ree eater eee teens “pynosntput nai
UMONASD “TT
ACICIOCNCI CNC nC nC nC nC iC CnC n nuarduuas ohqbul'T
unaonihdod wnrpuusoy q
Risianietoe eal aoe tame tea! DuUYy)D.109 °C
tee eee tees ee eee sypru00.c bru DLLD))VSC)
soneodnenEpoboOOdoCnO puussimuazopnasd Tei
purssinua, nuynudy
DEON ie’. eananecetataee eee zwgsnoyos *
pursnid pd.ino0uwsacy
Si papier SARE wunurprdasa psdpo0a) 4)
‘W HOAHAONVAD

Bm me ewe ew ew etm tee eee eee ee ee

see tee eee tee eee

Ce eC Ce Cn eC CCC)

ee CC Ce eC Cnn CnC nC)

ee ee Ce CC Ce

weet e ete erase

123

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG.

ee GONE KG BO XS XS

x
OS OX OS 2K KOS OK A PRR MK SR PN SK aK RR ON UES

HX
NX xX xX

Xk AR ERIK KOK OE

GN

snsorbuods snydazsopv7)
wniipdoss wopnpa0dhyg
SICIONOICIO CnC nD ae eI eaCnCnCmCnCnCnOnonC nuwyy $2.40910) 0 ET
nsownpd $r.409d070Y K)
eels) c/s) o\ivie)e lene) sie) es © ee) 0) © sm sels paabrunjyad g
pee Dosnf “IVA be
ees ae coe Hesse gon Ana“)
paeeaag a as supoippns DridpjaovYy dy

Jou dgd0 000000000 000G00bb0 000000000 ppwony Vea

De ee te et te ee ew ts pjoovnf ° ay
CeO ICnCICECECEONCRCICHC NIC nCHCNC EC ECR ECE? DIDININIS DISVY OD) ET

SON} DIPD)IOAY IAF
SHU DUOO MURA DSO MAS.CS s1yp.L070) pyjownp lig
Partagas geek pwoydowoyds vajdowuy 7s —
BSS cab come n Neat ND snsoquauto) ‘5
SnsojNUDsD * Er
sod gdoposaon ono GGoneb ole sas sngnjnowsnf op
Bee SnSOpNIYIS “TVA ‘saproasafwoo * a
ee ee eres ee sypurul.ta? SNALDI020 7
oe ee Annie) Teen ALS
SLLDINIVULAa “Ter ‘
oer ee sngpuryaa sieapooouiodloy
Suu. uubofoyf SUG AA ei

suu.lofyan}o Dry or.Lg0L.Lh PT

MK KEKKKKKXX

Xx ON UK AK XK KK
OK KX KXKKXKXKKXX

NIX Xx

x
V

XK KX OK KX

XS eX KX

x X

Be ete ee cee ee DLIISOZ "TBA (m3
RORETNE ORC eme os OY Spada colcic Dyofin) ta
DIWDIUD)A DIULDJIUN |
SNYDINIVYADNS uoydrsohiqory
GusgosnoGdus 60Gc00000 sryposnd woydisozuy
eR re ae Siapsrameaaey Mone ston iougL
DIDINOD °C
SUPA DIYSAMDUSACL
‘WLOAHIOWH

yg [Et eee reece jounyy “A
““DULUDUL “IBA “MULOZOYIIP D.LAYOND A
psounjd °F
saproudhy sisdohig
6000000000660000000 syproun “TRA 66

Bee tee wee tee eee eee wwe ee ee ee te

x DODTGOD ODD ODDD ADD ODD OHO ODDO DOD MOO OOO OOO DIOAD 46)
po00000d00 000 n00000 DIODAfLId “IRA 66

DOOD
Ng |] e229 ee 92000 ova aenern bog o00 20: vsonxapyf °5)
pons *().
suaasaonD)b */):
Suigsadnt *O

ee tee tee wee eee we es

124 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGIZAL SOCIETY.

K KX KX KKKeee

XXX XX
OX KX KKKKNX KKKKK XK KR 2eee as

—

KKK RAK

BS

myn “gf
Sa cee cee tee ree eee ree ene pyofiumaquiaut 1.
se enee DoOGuUDmOODUuKo OOD suagne poy dophy J
wsoppvunut DUQLDBLY)
sens JO. C00 O60 DOG 060000 G00 sndsr.vo SN.ApuUoy /—)
ayDuUrsa “4
wnauULod ULNUPYAL)
CnC aie Cnn CC aca ay bb DLLDIOD NT
DIDNLDAUP DLOYZUUIA FT
ue paindind pppja0yzUutya LT
PE ae I ig Re bio sh Cai usoanp ‘0
NPM soca eR ITN Gay soe pynpunoas *()
DINZDBGLVA DISUDAQUDY OD)
SSPE E Ga ee pnaindindoasnf pibun g
agnruon) vihydsog
"WLOAHAOCOMY,
Rie a DEANIUOP DRLOM I
re waopdiy “1 "TBA ie
ee “* pucozoyoup p20hz0VT
DIDINIYHUDI DYAMIT
psonbyrs shapryV EY
palo) DYYDYIUDUA LT
ure ory wnsopou unpphydoos
sndwmolign da *

fee ree eee eee te ete

CeCe CEC nC Cn RC RRC n SC CRON CSC nC mC En aC CEC aC mC EC

Bee ee ree eee tee tee ee

wee me eww tee te

eee ewe ewe tee ee

Be ee ee ee we ee eee

eee oe eee eee eee te

i ii ii cia eer?

CCC Cnn CnC RCS a aC aC aC mC mr mC CnC aC

RRXKKXKKK KK KK Gees
KKXKXK KKKKKKKK KKXeae

shixX << EX
oD xX &

XX xX KGS

SSS ATS OR IRS eS

SD LLOS "AT
snsojnorwsad * iT
saproun.wao snoniT
MPY YIN 0r.12)9NO
snanpnounpad snuyoo.ody
MIUWANIsSa HIULD) F
psoging Os
pasogladhy “Ty
pypyabup e
ane ‘rea ‘worydhpbosarvy TT
DUIUDY IOVS MLILNULU DY
Fe ee eee eee eee tee eee tenes wn DpLoyy
ee Sana snrlpzuauwo) woydisophog
pyofiaagsoz syaphy gq
hapleck oop ean got possn0 sruloffrp pisayynary
pee eee eee eee eee tweens SWADSA.LUA paubvnjsvo
pees EOL Eo: MyM norU.voda DY) Hosa fT

HOM ww ew we tee tee wee

i i Ci a Ck amt E iC iri mc mCnO mC ECE

FO ee ee ee we eee es

TO we ew ew we ew ee ee

tee

ee i a ee rey

prea oso sae suUusofrpjabny Dri.upp.Loyu/)

A) oln| «0/8 eelsiie ejellejeie)s}ein ovals (© she MSOON ALIA pisfpoay
dpleistakneeagule aete ab nel oak ok et meee sungdau er
aS ba ea udayoun)oa) smohooosy
auLofyound aera

suppnbunys nuvauorwh jy

eee ce eeecticeses onion: 16

125

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA.

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4

XXXXXKXX

pee ee RK RK KKKKXXXXKXK' X

xX | xX

x
x

xX X
x

xX XX
x

Ce in ee en i ar ara d

suaasabru gq
see £9/0:0.0:00,600.0 HO CODD OOO. 0 SUIISAQNAOLD de
SR oPCDT 6.40 O8 Abo UE Te ae Cs nynibysnf Pa
DsopprLgyl
pypbwoja *
DIIDIOW *
Dyjabuoja °
DSOWLOL “IBA
COC niin ncn ncaa) suagnd "TRA (a9
See ic Gaya eh et awie aerated DID1090.AN “ef
eee ewes BOE ea eae a Om ap chek a pypigy ‘al
eee! saprorinpnjiwas nruoydishjog
Skates Acrentan DuUssindiag DIULPUoY/)
JSUUDD ADAH AC Io eee RAMA oO eS npyynuid Yap
GOO DOC ON OOOOH OOO SOU dod nao ooo boo pprighy . T
DSNIQO DWAMND'T
DIVIWOP DYDYIUWOPC
dondoncoudoGoOgDDnonoooUDOD saprorpodooh) iby
Dosnfons ppauwopoyy
saprord.oos pryoh.ysog
saprobnindsy pruos~pUaunwog
SinVelia}eielolelelalutaluialal'ellyle) sl sveltsdalieil(siel si sie naunbus “CE
DOD OU OOOO 0UHoOG DOO Oooo nm dnonoGdoG Dyofrosn.t “OE
wnssopbodhy *¢

Aa

Bem ee ee ee ee wee

Bee eae

DOO OOOCOOKOOOnUoOO ooOonGoOon

eee OX XX XK KK XK XK XX XK X

SKA KR ORK

XK 2X 2h KROL VN SS RRS

ORS IS

COSC eC ain Rain i ir int rnc air arr arr)

ULNIDALIID) * NT
wnjnzound unpphiy dozen
a ers UINAUIDDOD WNUDIO)T
peideuje tilaane sia ten Ree Aaa sypao *)
suuwofyny Dippjo0jliy >:
ee mee ee weet ete tween eee pynawod pridiuny p
He enenneitinns meauagamng “TT
Tune CoE DID)NIYMD DL.LDZUAULOTT
1o0000dc0 000000 000000400000000 myjaujpod “aT
p tapemeio pruawUhpoy my

00060000 000 pypqnl 70)
SOO dO00 000 UNO Do0 000 NE) 82. py da) guy Py:
os SOPL0AsafWOI DLLD/LOD.LE)
snyofrdouo.oa snovoo01nydg
ROME IOOOMoAMD oO eetAs Gas pyundo DJOUIZD/
tn Sy ee suaospindind wunrwojo0gsho,
ndecodvanacdaon.o0d paprUnoDy) suphydoyna
BUOSUOWOGOOUM OOS OGd “monoyd puyjofuy y
IgIGnOIGimCnGICNOIICnG see en eee -snorvbaatou £5)
arsypfrb snubuobouuh 5
poosHogIOSODUOD GG 000000 CDD saprojgoupod i

Stee ewe ween ee

126 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

six XxXXXX XX X XXXXK XX XK KE

xx KXKXKK. OX KOC

xX XX

CO ewe

ISS SS KX

*

supppudns nruoy disown) +)
WNIOUOYPWDIVD */)
stoke fetelsAsi=isMelefsier=lstialslietl=\eleifatelerals\'s wn.iabrjaqvy 9)
lida eng A ste emer erent wngouoryoa *
‘rtclab hare ese OP Crt cece wngnryra
uniafyoud "IBA a
EOE Sone ee Stee cs nn et site UNAQNA *
eiote GAM ee eee aunjnus.r9
2 > sgt DIDNAMDAYP “MBA “ULNJOLYS
CSCIC acini ici nei ica acca usdiupyabuojsap .
Ooo GOUn Od UdO son CUO Ooo Rodeo tnicn ungorbuyspf v9)
OS UWNUSSINUAZ UNDA)
oso 000000 0Ha000000006 pso,uawnpy vuphady
BISONS ICIOICIONOIO IONIC CNC ICRC NCIC NOE IC IC nCEONC RCI EC EC ICN pynunjpd ° V
oso Na UNADVINAD WOVWIUDY YAU FF
supbaja DIADUWN) I
sb nda gounomooundcouedaoouS psownpd DIOL
wWNULLYPLIDAD *
Sera ar oe saproliny, wormumy,osduos)
BOO UCU no mdb COC Once om ooic od AUMNUL vadso..vas 70)
souondogno0d0goounceDadHOenDDNS UNIDINUD. th A)
wnsoquih.tod *O
ee UNIDLYIV.AG “IBA ue

FiOS o uns OR SEAS MeO nea wnuobhy.yay 9)

Sooo. SS

XXKK Keo

X KKK KGa
x xX XX Xoo.

sat! 28 KOK OK 28 OK OR OR KK KOK

XXX XX

DS OK OX

WNaAsOL *O.

unudadshjod uonuunyzyVO
UNUD)LOLLAS “AT
STE oases eee eee WnooDUDAQuisUe “My
SoU DKOOODOAacAUtOO DOO DOO DOOGOS ungnprLopf °F
SR eon ere 11/0. 107.4011 0001 af
Gao cee IALLOQ WNILOASOUOI) |
Sod HA0000ca000RKGn ppnpjeo.pad DsLodsouo fir
oper ee Ror omes snyofryasinba snunpv yy
Liebe Drath Gatton Se eee nooD}08 “4
ices ete eae Dury) v.L00 mrsy pyr)
suada.t “TRA is “

SE Raat aed 1OUIN? WONMUD YZOWLadY
sees unpyryjniw uonnunyzopiipuoydy
Rr note sao ee DI))000 “(CT
DINISNGLD “CT
9 COosdoOCODoUONOgO UOC GuGn 929909 bolisog

SDonOD OOo OOGOODHoOGOU NOOO DNDN psojnoynsf Pe
plie|eicsielle)isisintte\ele)ivies/ielis\/siislisinweherellaiisisitelieliails\ielte saprohiny? EE

wrpold ‘Gd
Pee ee ew eee ee eee eee eee eee saprossliq |
porisp.lod *

127

suaqns ‘9
OS Ol recrrete es: synuorfo DUYV.LOD
[| eeeeereceazensnnnn cnenso teem wnauna)Do “rT
Ie Al Sle eas wnydiouhjod uonimny,0yq07
SUE nena ee onan Re umusouay °F

Raa ene o saprowayoyn wnpphydoyquy
Nekoi Bae Sis ee pe wont eee DIVONAI “TIE
Seen og hes paODUD.LQuiaue ‘TIT
Dee ee ee eee eee we eee e ee teen DSOUMD! ANE
BUSOU oObAbhOUSED OU C5U.06 doy mypjngsnd WW
CIOIOICICICICI IO OIIOICIOIOIG saproasafwoa prsaqoja ji
eo Oe a — vaydopua ppjarzpuMyos
nasow Iersndhjo,00d ny pup.vquapprpy
Nitoare Maree eS ohiqnp pyauosshage
|| teobo0 sosbou bees saber DIUaNAD $9900. aT
ee ee tw ee ew eww wees SNPUNIOL sapujog
MM fortress mynrbusnf DUD) AOMN AT
beable adr See me synpa vas)
SOIC nec acini ia icin) suusofyye DYUWOUWNC
teen e teeter ence eee pypjnby pruauth) o ET

ng | eg cee © AOAMAOGONY
op |#e loge | Tp tec WAOKHAOWH
wt |t¢ lor | tg be © MOAHAOUOTHD
tT let, | ep bec $Y HOKHAONV A)

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG.
(ep)
S
—
rm
(ep)

‘SHTAV ], JO SISATVNY

SS eS

Uae OX XO KO XK XK OX

meO eX OK

N
ol

-

128 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

APPENDIX IV.

ARTIFICIAL KEY to the GENERA of MARINE
ALGAAS found within the L.M.B.C. District.

(Adapted by Mr. H. A. L. Batters, F.L.S., from the Artificial
Key appended to Prof. Farlow’s New England Alge).

Note.—‘‘As far as possible the characters used are those
which can be seen by the naked eye, but in many cases
the generic distinctions absolutely depend on microscopic _
characters. It should, of course, be understood that the —
key is entirely artificial and does not represent the true
botanical relations of our genera.’”’ Moreover, in many

cases the characters given refer only to the species found —

in the L.M.B.C. District.

1. Colour bluish or purplish green*; Algze of small
size, usually more or less gelatinous
, (CYANOPHYCEE) 5
Colour grass green ... ... (CHLOROPHYCE) 14
3. Colour from yellowish brown to olive green or
nearly black... oss ... (PHOPHYCER) 25
4. Colour red or reddish purple, rarely blackish, in
fading becoming at times greenish

bo

(RHODOPHYCEH) 56 —

Cells arranged in filaments oA aa ss 7
Cells in colonies, but not forming filament 6.3
6. Cells grouped in twos or multiples of two... Gloocaael 4
Cells wedge-shaped or spherical, united into

Or

hemispherical or irregular colonies ... Dermocarpa —
7. Filaments ending in a hyaline hair oe: . i
Filaments not ending ina hair... BB . a

%

* Gleocapsa crepidinum is an exception ; it is yellowish brown in colour.

i

dele

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

ie

18.

Lg.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 129

Filaments provided with heterocysts ... ... 9
Filaments destitute of heterocysts kee 0)
Filaments with a thin gelatinous sheath, spores

not adjacent to the heterocysts .... Nodularia
Filaments without a sheath, spores next to the

heterocysts . . ee a ... Anabena
Filaments with a Selnntione sheath os Sete udl 24
Filaments without a gelatinous sheath ... soe ala
Filaments spirally twisted ... Wee ... Sprrulina
Filaments not spirally twisted... ... Oscillaria
Filaments free ay : he .. Lyngbya
Filaments adherent in TAcehes hs ... Synvploca

Filaments united into a membranous layer
Phornudium
Filaments united in bundles and surrounded by

a general gelatinous sheath nae Microcoleus
Filaments free.. ae at 0 Callouorie
Filaments ‘ante atoa | in amass of jelly ... Rwularva
Fronds unicellular... ans ae on sia belt
Fronds multicellulavr... ae ae ie aot ile
Cells free We Reel

Cells united into a Heachea spongy Hera Codium

Cells large, filamentous, pinnately branched Bryopsis

Cells very long, cylindrical with irregular or sub-
dichotomous branches, spores large, solitary,

in special lateral or terminal cells ... Vaucheria
Minute endophytic alge, growing in the

cell-walls of Pylaiella ... = Entoderma
Algee not endophytic... ie cf An eae ie)
Fronds tubular Einteromorpha
Fronds membranaceous _... aes ae eG)
Fronds filamentous ... of sr eel
Fronds formed of a single Dae ae calls ee oO
Fronds composed of two layers of cells ... Ulva

*

130 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

20. Fronds minute, stalked, cells quadrate Prasiola
Fronds saccate when young, more or less lacin-
iate when old, not distinctly stalked, cells

irregular in shape ... aan se Monostroma
21. Fronds simple pes ae ane mp a)
Fronds branched ... Se . 24
22. Fronds composed of a double row Ok elonoated
celiciarer oe we .. Diplonema
Fronds composed oh a angle row of cloned
cells (monosiphonous) —... ie ; i ae
23. Small alge, filaments soft and faced mega-
zoospores, not tailed ae oe ... Ulothriz
Megazoospores tailed de J ... Urospora
Rather coarse alge, filaments more or less rigid,
often twisted together... ... Chetomorpha
24. Branches small and root-like .. Lhizoclonvum
Branches distinct... aa Me Cladophora

25. Fronds irregularly globose, hollow, gelatimous,
sporangia at the base of the coloured cortical

filaments ... Hee . Leathesia
Fronds cup shaped, oie on very lowe strap-

shaped receptacles ... Re ie Himanthala
Fronds forming crusts or expanded pellicles ... 26

Fronds small, tufted, composed of a dense basal
portion and an outer portion composed by free

filaments... ae sa oy ... Hlachista
Fronds tubular ae wile a Be i, aS
Fronds filamentous ... oo ie i oe
Fronds membranaceous, oxcpamae al ao . 42

26. Fronds densely parenchymatous throughout, fruit
in external spots ... ot se ied Ralfsia

Fronds minute, thin, formed of a basal horizon-
tal layer of cells with short vertical filaments,
between which the sporangia are borne 7. age

OC en eee a ee

2M

28.

29.

30.

ole

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 131

Fronds furnished with colourless hairs, pluri-
locular sporangia formed by the transformation
of vertical filaments ae hp ... Ascocyclus
Fronds not provided with colourless hairs, unilo-
cular sporangia oval, plurilocular sporangia

unknown ... , ase .. Myrionema
Fronds simple, Bolle Lnrgnen ont substances
(0) Oe Me : te as a sag AS,

Fronds simple, cy imdrial, Sncaibat cartilagin-
ous, with numerous diaphragms te Chorda
Sporangia densely covering the surface Scytosiphon
Sporangia external in scattered spots Asperococcus
Fronds capillary, branching, formed of a single
row of cells (monosiphonous) _ ... Sr feral:
Fronds cylindrical, solid or occasionally becoming
partially hollow with age... au. ae sO
Both umiocular and plurilocular sporangia
formed by transformation of special branches,
plurilocular sporangia in the form of pod-like
branches, unilocular sporangia globose, sessile
or shortly stalked... _— Sa fictocarpus
Both forms of sporangia formed from the cells
in the continuity of the branches and not by
a transformation of special branches Pylaiella
Filaments partly polysiphonous, unilocular spor-
angia partly mmmersed in the frond, plurilocular
sporangia formed by direct transformation of
the cells of the branches _... ae Isthmoplea
Primary branches creeping in the subtance of
other Algz, secondary and fructifying ramuli
erect su ne 2 ut .. Streblonema
Fronds slimy, ace of an aig layer of
elongated filaments and a distinct cortical layer

of short horizontal filaments ars tee eh)
9

©

132 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fronds composed of elongated internal cells,
which become smaller at the surface bso heel
Fronds, at least in the younger portions, formed
of cells of nearly uniform length, arranged in
transverse bands, without any proper eouhlea

layer =. oe a ae ue a Pes)
33. Fronds tough and dense... ee Chevdane
Eronds softvand flaccid) 5 a vet HOLE
34. Outer cells of cortex producing plurilocular
sporangia... oe ue ye ... Castagnea
Outer cells of cortex not ae plurilocular
sporangia... a Zs ie ... Mesoglea
35. Fronds traversed by a central filament formed of
larger cylindrical cells... ee wf Pee 0)
Fronds destitute of axial filament sn Ee
36. Sporangia inconspicuous, formed from the cor- —
tical cells ... ae cc Me ... Desmarestia
Sporangia conspicuous Steal es oe ae ol

37. Plurilocular sporangia moniliform, attached to
branching, monosiphonous filaments which
form tufted whorls on the branches... Arthrocladia

Unilocular sporangia spheroidal, accompanied by
club-shaped paraphyses, in stalked, knob-like,

lateral receptacles ... i fn Sporochnus

38. Frond simple, beset with pellucid hairs, spores
formed from the cortical cells ... Latesiphon
Fronds branching _... ae x Met's)

39. Unmilocular sporangia covering he ue in
dense patches, at maturity projecting above
the surface of the frond ... ...._—— Stictyosiphon
Unilocular sporangia scattered,immersed Dictyosiphon
40. Fronds minute, ending in a hyaline hair, mon-
osiphonous below, densely beset above with

Al.

44.

45,

46.

47.

48.

49.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. UBS

very short branches between which are the
sporangia... we ay, Myrvotrichia
Fronds ending in a inte: single cell, the cells of
the lower part giving off descending filaments,
which become interwoven and form a falsecortex 41
Rhizoidal filaments few and limited to base of
plant, branching irregularly pinnate... Sphacelaria

Rhizoidal filaments numerous _... hate ia 4G
Branches whorled ... fd a Cladostephus
Branches not whorled ie Ha ae

Spores formed in the axils of the ‘ilemate mal tt
Spores on special branches arising from the
cortical layers of the main axis, branches dis-
tichously pinnate —_... oe ... Chetopteris
Lower part of main stem imperfectly corticated
with rhizoidal filaments, spores solitary in the
epilllsy ae a ae .. Halopteris
Lower part of main ee conbtod will a dense
felt of interlaced rhizoidal filaments, spores

clustered in the axils oe Be Stypocaulon
Fronds simple or occasionally proliferous Pol
Fronds branching... a on bes ae 3,0)
Midrib present Ms ae . 4 Alaria
Midrib wanting ca we ae Sa so NY
Fronds thin, subsessile ... . 48

Fronds thick and coriaceous, distinctly stipitate 49
Sporansia densely covering the surface of the
frond . f a8. as JERS
Ee ioraincis eee or vane immersed in the
frond, in scattered spots ... se ... Punctaria
Cryptostomata present, stem flat, arising froma
hollow warty base ... aw te ... Saccorhiza
Cryptostomata wanting, stems cylindrical attached
by branching rhizoids __ ... ue Laminaria

1384 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

50. Midrib present ie a Ae ae Fucus
Midrib wanting ae ae ash me 5) IL
51. Fronds destitute of air Mathers ne a a. oe
Fronds furnished with air bladders Us 55

52. Fronds thick and coriaceous, channelled, ie
in terminal receptacles... of .. | Pelvena
Fronds thin, membranaceous ae as ie Oe
53. Sporangia sessile... ae 54

Sporangia, and antheridia adalleant collectadin in
spot-lke tufts on the surface of the frond Cutleria

54. Fronds regularly dichotomous, spores scattered
irregularly over the surface of the frond Dirctyota

Fronds more or less fan-shaped, deeply and

irregularly lacimiate, sporangia arranged in
undulating transverse bands _... on Taona

55. Air-bladders simple, immersed in the frond

Ascophyllum

Air-bladders stalked, furnished with numerous

diaphragms, fruit terminal oe ... Halidrys

56. Fronds calcareous .. we ae Ag ee OT
Fronds not calcareous as : Lak sa OS)

57. Fronds erect, filiform, secure ... Corallina
Fronds thin, horizontally expanded Be a 2S

Fronds thick, horizontally expanded, but rising
at intervals in irregular knobs Lithothamnion

58. Hpiphytic Algee te see i ... Melobesia
Alez growing on rocks __... .. Lathophyllum
59. Fronds horizontally expanded or membranaceous 60
Fronds erect or umbilicate ue - 12

60. Minute alga endoyhytic in Cladophora pellucaren
fruit in hemispherical nemathecia Schmitziella
Fronds cartilagino-membranaceous om 2, Oil

Fronds gelatino-coriaceous, tetraspores cruciate
Petrocelis

mihi op MC

ol:

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 15

Spores in external warts, tetraspores cruciate
Peyssonnelia
Spores in cavities sunk in the frond, tetraspores
zonate oe a RE ... Huldenbrandtia
Fronds tubular uae are re me sap OW)
Fronds filamentous or shghtly compressed... 65
Fronds membranaceous ... ae seas eh OO
Fronds brownish-purple, thick, soft, hollow, fruit
immersed in the frond, tetraspores cruciate
Dumontia
Fronds more or less gelatinous, compressed or
cylindrical, branches much contracted at the
base, often constricted at intervals with pseudo-
articulations, tetraspores tripartite... av 64
Fronds purple or nearly black, constricted at
intervals, tetraspores zonate ... ... Catenella
Fronds slender, much contracted at the joints,
but without diaphragms, tetraspores tripartite
in depressed cavities ... ae ... Lomentaria
Fronds slender, nodose, with diaphragms at the
nodes, tetraspores tripartite in the cortical
layer es aie ae Bei a Champia
Fronds contracted at the joints, but without
diaphragms, tetraspores tripartite in the corti-

eal layer ... Ae 8 oa ... Chylocladia
Fronds formed of a single row of cells (monosi-

phonous) without proper cortex... = S06
Fronds with distinct axial and cortical layers .... 75
Fronds monosiphonous throughout ae en OU

Fronds composed below of a single row of
cells, becoming densely cellular above, spores
formed by the division of any of the cells, fila-
mentous sunple, gelatinous, dark purple Bangia

136 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fronds composed of a single row of cells above,
but below with a false cortex formed by the
growth of descending filaments given off from
the cells

Fronds formed of three pelle nleecd and on oa
with bands of smaller cells at the nodes, in
some cases the nodal cells extending in a thin
layer over the internodal cells

67. Spores on short pedicels distinct undivided

“ronds composed of prostrate, creeping filaments

from which arise’ erect, dichotomous or irregu-

72

73
68

larly branched filaments ... ... Bhodochorton

Both tetraspores and cystocarps present...

69

68. Spores terminating short lateral branchesChantransia

Spores axillary an at id ... Monospora

69. Cystocarps terminal, involuérate, spores iregu-
larly grouped not surrounded by a common
gelatinous envelope when mature 8

( ystocarps terminal or lateral, spores irregularly
erouped at maturity, covered by a general
gelatinous envelope e

70. Fronds formed of prostrate filanweage from

70

71

which arise erect pinnate filaments Spermothamnion
Fronds pinnate, ramul whorled Sphondylothamnion

71. Fronds dichotomous formed of delicate vesicular
cells, tetraspores in involucrate whorls at the
nodes or on the inner side of short fascicled

branches a ae as es Groffithsia

Fronds dichotomous or pinnate, branches alter-
nate, tetraspores tripartite, favelle binate,

lateral... ee ES Callithamiion (in part)

Fronds pinnate, favelle terminal, involucrate ;

tetraspores polysporic a ... Pleonosporium

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. a ey

Branches opposite or whorled, tetraspores cru-
qqiate ... oS Re i .. Antithamnion
Fronds with a monosiphonous axis, partly con-
cealed by the densely whorled branches,
cystocarps terminal on short branches, tetra-
spores in whorls one above another on special
branches ... - Halurus
Fronds Papilio or Sraehy, dancely branching,
cortications confined to the larger branches,
and evidently formed of vein-like descending
filaments .... a Callithamnion (in part)
Fronds compressed, ancipital, branches,pectinate-
pinnate, covered everywhere, except at the tips,
by polygonal areolated cells... es wi TA
Fronds dichotomous, tips usually incurved Ceramium
Fronds pinnate, main branches corticated
throughout with cells arranged in transverse
bands, secondary branches corticated only at
the nodes _... a ae ae .. Spyridia
Opposite pinne of equal size, cystocarps ‘té
minal on the branches, tetraspores solitary
on the ends of the branches __... ... -Plumaria
Pinne of unequal sizes, one being short and
simple the opposing one comparatively long
and pinnately divided or compound, cysto-
carps on special short pinnee or on the upper
margins of the ultimate branches, tetraspores
chustered= 7. i ie -.. Philota
Fronds dark-red or nearly ieee substance dense 76
Fronds rose-red or purple, rather succulent or
gelatinous, sometimes capillary ... ve ee 0S
Fronds compressed, frmged with minute ramul,
cystocarps terminal on the ramuli Spherococcus
Fronds dichotomous, cylindrical, cartilaginous 77

138 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fronds pinnate or pinnatifid, compressed or
cylindrical, cartilaginous, purple or yellowish
tetraspores tripartite, cystocarps external —
sessile et a 8 .. Laurencia

Fronds filiform, rigid, irregularly beaheanne
forming dense intricate bundles... ... Ahnfeltia

Fronds cylindrical .slightly compressed, cartil-
aginous, sparingly and irregularly branching,
composed of an inner layer of very large angular
colourless cells, and a cortical layer of small
coloured cells, tetraspores cruciate, immersed
in the frond, cystocarps external sessile Gracilaria

Fronds small compressed, pinnate, forming small
tufts, spores borne on an axial placenta in
the enlarged terminal branches ... ... Gelidium

77. Root an expanded disc, spores borne in external
flesh-coloured warts, tetraspores cruciate, 1m-
mersed in the frond oa Bee . | Polytdes

Root attached by branching rhizoids, cystocarps
and tetraspores immersed in the swollen tufts

of the branches, tetraspores zonate Furcellaria

78. Cystocarps immersed in frond _... iC Go)
Cystocarps internal, ovate or urceolate, fronds

traversed by a distinct central filament ee

79. Fronds gelatinous, composed internally of a
dense mass of slender longitudinal filaments
which give off short corymbose, lateral branches
which form the cortex... “ » 380

Fronds soft, succulent, consisting af an inteiteal
layer of slender longitudinal filaments and a
cortex composed of polygonal cells, becoming
smaller towards the surface... Cystoclonium

80. Cortical filaments throughout the frond free ... 81

Cortical filaments of ramuli (only) free, main

i

SE.

82.

83.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. 139

stem solid, ramuli tapering at both extremities
Naccaria
Axis composed of loosely woven, elongated verti-
cal filaments, peripheral filaments composed of
large pear-shaped cells. Fronds undivided,
beset with numerous simple or slightly branched
tapering branches _... ah: Helminthocladia
Axis composed of oblong cells, surrounded by
slender, long-jointed filaments, from which the
dichotomously radiating peripheral filaments
arise. Fronds very much and tregularly

branched Fae Ay ae SS Helnuinthora
Branches much contracted at the base Chondria
Branches not contracted at base ... ~ ... ye os

Fronds red-brown, hollow below, branches
tapering to both extremities, spores arranged
in irregular masses ae a Gleosiphonia
Fronds rose-red, stems slender, ramuli simple,
subulate, acute, apices not involute, cystocarps
stalked alternate with the ramuli Bonnemaisonia
Fronds dark-red, much branched, rather robust,
superficial cells small, polygonal, irregularly
placed, apices of branches not involute, tetras-
pores in the young branches or palmately
divided receptacles (stichidia) ... ... Rhodomela
Fronds purple or brownish purple, superficial
cells quadrate, apices of the branches strongly
involute, tetraspores in swollen pod-like
branches (stichidia) nae a ...Bostrychia
Fronds purple or red, occasionally blackish,
articulated either throughout or at least in
the young branches, the articulations longi-
tudinally striate ... aa we Me = O4

140 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

84. Fronds brown-red (turning bright red in fading)
main stems corticated with irregularly shaped
cells, densely clothed with bright red hairs, —
young branches naked, tetraspores in swollen

pod-like branches (stichidia) _... a Dasya
Fronds purple or dark-red, tetraspores borne in

young branches... ae 52 Polysiphonia

85. Fronds gelatinous but firm ee 86

Fronds cartilaginous or rigid, coimenmmes donee 87
Fronds delicate or somewhat coriaceous eau 0)
86. Fronds purplish, composed of a single layer of
cells, spores in marginal bands or spots Porphyra
Fronds rose-red, composed of a double layer of
cells connected by a loose network of colour-
less anastomosing filaments, spores attached to
the inner surface of the membrane Halymenia
87. Fronds formed internally of numerous anasto-
mosing filaments which divide corymbosely
at the surface ra a is 2 788

Fronds formed of roundish angular cells the onetee 90

88. Fronds plain or slightly channelled ... Chondrus
Fronds beset with small papille in which the
spores are borne... “ ae . Gigartina

89. Fronds with a more or less Beet ic which
passes into a proliferous lamina, cystocarps
external at = i oe Phyllophora

Fronds linear, regularly ar aieheote, cystocarps

immersed... iy a .. Gymnogongrus

90. Midrib present ae re oe o, am
Midrib wanting ne ey Ae er

91. Fronds rose-red, leaf-like ... an ... Delesseria

Fronds dark brownish purple, narrow, dentate,
midrib scarcely distinct ... om Odonthalia

*

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 141

Fronds narrow, much divided, ultimate ramuli

pectinate ... ae iat . Plocamium
Fronds palmately or dcHOtOROely divided a Oe
Fronds undivided, dull red, tetraspores and

cystocarps immersed ae te a Dilsea
Fronds very thin and delicate... ioe Sean et
Fronds thickish, ee or sub-

membranaceous ... e ee IES

Fronds rose-red or papel: margins entire,
usually more or less veined, tetraspores cruciate

in scattered spots (sori) ... See Nitophyllum
Fronds dark red, ciliate, tetraspores zonate

Rhodophyllis

Tetraspores cruciate a a =a 536. eaO

Tetraspores zonate ... hee .. Calliblepharis

Fronds deep red broadly palmate or dichotom-
ous, sometimes repeatedly laciniate with
harrow segments, margin proliferous Rhodymenia

Fronds bright red, broadly palmate or dichotom-
ously divided, spores immersed in minute
marginal cilia nie a = Callophyllis

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PuatEe I;

Fig. 1. Two fronds of Catenella opuntia, shewing root-
branch, and cystocarps, terminal and lateral.
x10:

Fig. 2. Trichophoric apparatus with one trichophoric cell,
arising from cortical filament. x 450.

Fig. 3. Trichophoric apparatus with two trichophoric
cells. xX 450.

Fig. 4. Terminal cell of the axial row from which arise the
filaments which bear the carpospores. x 450,

142 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 5. Vegetative cells, with trichophoric cell and part
of trichogyne. xX 450.

Fig. 6. Mature carpospores in the cortex of a cystocarpic
ramulus, two trichophoric systems nearer the
periphery. x 350.

Fig. 7. Very young stage in the development of a cysto-
carpic ramulus. xX 350.

Fig. 8. Young stage in the development of an ordinary
vegetative frond. x 3850.

PuatTe III.
(Reprinted by permission from the Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany.)

Figs. 1—5. Rhodochorton seiriolanum; figs. 6—l1, R.
rothu; fig. 12, BR. floridulwm.

Fig. 1. Part of a branch of Polysiphonia urceolata with
FR. serrtolanum epiphytic upon it. x 55.

Fig. 2. The same, shewing terminal and secund sporangia.
x 350.

Fig. 3. The basal layer from which the upright filaments
arise. X 390.

Fig. 4. Innovation of a vegetative filament after the
escape of the tetraspores from a terminal spor-
angium. X 450.

Fig. 5. Terminal sporangium with tetraspores, and in-
novation of a subterminal sporangium. X 450.

Figs. 6, 7, 10. Various stages in the development of
sporangia formed by innovation. xX 450.

Figs. 8, 9. Innovation in vegetative filaments. x 350.

Fig. 11. Development of sporangia from buds of subapical
cells; in one case the spores have escaped and a
second bud is developing in the cavity of the
empty sporangium. X 350.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 143

Prate IV.

Fig. 1. Filaments of Urospora bangioides. (Nat. size.)

Figs. 2, 3. Vegetative multiplication by pseudo-branch-
ing. X 850.

Fig. 4. Base of filament. x 350.

Fig. 5. Micro-zoosporangia and micro-zoospores. X 450.

Fig. 6. Mega-zoosporangia and mega-zoospoves. xX 450.

Fig. 7. Stages in the germination of a mega-zoospore.
x 350.

IPrcyNTIa, WW

Figs. 1—5. Stages in the development of the peripheral
cells and mother-cell of sporangium of Polysv-
phona fastigiata, seen from above. X 350.

Fig. 6. Tetraspores in the act of escaping from the spor-
angium. xX 350.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of a frond at the level of ,a
sporangium shewing basal cell in connection
with three peripheral cells. x 450.

Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of a frond, shewing the
arrangement of intercellular spaces and the
“plugs” closmg the canals of communication
between the cells of the frond. xX 350.

Fig. 9. Isolated plugs, not yet closed by callus. x 450.

144

On the Genus ECTEINASCIDIA, and its Relations,
with Descriptions of Two NEW SPEHCIHS, and a
Classification of the Family CLAVELINIDA.

By W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., FLs:;
PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates VI. and VIL.
[Read December 12th. 1890.]

In my Report upon the Tunicata collected during the
‘‘ Challenger’? expedition, I formed the genus Heteinas-
cidia* for three species of ‘social’? Ascidians closely
related to Clavelina, but forming a transition from the
latter to the more typical Ascidize Simplices, such as
Ascidia. The chief character of Hctetnascidia, which at
once distinguished it from Clavelina and the other Clavel-
inide was that non-papillated internal longitudinal bars
were present in the branchial sac. The three species
found during the Challenger expedition were :—E. turbi-
nata from Bermuda, E. crassa from near Ki island in the
Malay Archipelago, and H. fusca from Banda in the
Moluccas. HH. crassa was obtained from a depth of 129
fathoms, the other two were from shallow water.

Sluiter, in his paper ‘‘ Ueber einige einfachen Ascidien
von der Insel Billiton,” + published in 1885, describes two
new species of ‘‘social’’ Ascidians, which he refers to
Ficteinascidia, viz., H. rubricollis and E. diaphanis. These
species are both evidently well-marked members of the
genus, and are closely related to H. turbinata from Ber-

*Prelim. Rep., Part II., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. 1879-80, p. 722; and
Chall. Exp. Zool., vol. VI., p. 239, 1882.

+ Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, Bd. XLV, p. 160,

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINID. 145

muda, but are distinct from any of the Challenger species.
The examination of these species enabled Sluiter to sup-
port with some additional arguments my contention that
the family Clavelinide was more closely related to the
Simple than to the Compound Ascidians.

In 1887, Ed. Van Beneden published a paper* dealing
with the classification of this group of Ascidians, in which
he contends that of these five known species referred to
Ecteinascidia two ought to be placed in the old genus
Rhopalea of Philippi, two others remain in the genus
Ficteinascidia, and the fifth form the type of a new genus
for which he proposes the name Sluwiteria. To understand
his reasons for doing this it 1s necessary to go into the
history of the genus Rhopalea.

In 1842 Philippi found in the Gulf of Naples, and des-
erlbed,t the remarkable form Rhopalea neapolitana, the

type and only species of the genus. It was described as a
Simple Ascidian, and no definite information was given as
to whether it reproduced by gemmation. But at the time
when I examined the Challenger collection and formed
Ficteinascidia, | was distinctly of opinion? that Rhopalea,
although closely allied to the Clavelinide, differed from
Ficternascidia and other genera in having the internal
longitudinal bars of the branchial sac papillated, a con-
dition which is shown clearly in Philippi’s figure. This
was the position of affairs until, in 1884, Roule$ announced
to the Academy of Sciences at Paris that he had re-
discovered Rhopalea on the coast near Marseilles, and
followed up his preliminary communication by a full

* Les genres Ucteinascidia, Herd., Rhopalea, Phil., et Sluiteria (nov. gen.),
Bull. de l’Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 3 sér., t. xiv., p. 19.
+ Ein neues Genus d. einfach. Ascidien, Miiller’s Archiv. 1843, p. 45.
+ See Challenger Report, part I., p. 238.
§ Comptes rendus of 19 Mai, 1884.

146 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY.

anatomical description, with figures, in his ‘‘ Revision des
especes de Phallusiadées des cotes de Provence.”* Roule
relied upon the property of budding as distinguishing his
form from Hcteinascidia. He considered Rhopalea as a
solitary Ascidian (monozoic) while the species of Hetein-
ascidia are capable of reproducing by gemmation (polyzoic).
Hd. Van Beneden also examined some of the Marseilles
specimens, and found them to be identical with some
examples which he had found at Naples in 1881, and which
he regarded as Rhopalea neapolitana, and both he and
Roule consider that these recently-found specimens belong
to Philippi’s species, which had been practically lost sight
of for forty years.

There is, however, this important difference between
Philippi’s description and the specimens investigated by
Roule and by Van Beneden that in the latter the internal
longitudinal bars of the branchial sac are non-papillated,
as in Heteinascidia, while Philippi distinctly described
and figured papilla upon these vessels. Hd. Van Benedent
now regards this as an error of observation on the part of
Philippi, and by altering in this important respect the
original description of Rhopslea he makes it practically
identical Gf it possesses the property of reproducing by
gemmation) with my genus, Hcteinascidia, as defined in
the Challenger Report.

This genus (Rhopalea = Ecteinascidia) he then breaks
up into three sections which he raises to generic rank under
the titles Rhopalea, Philippi; Hcteinascidia, Herdman;
and Sluiteria, n. gen. To this there can be no possible
objection provided Roule and Van Beneden are correct in
regarding Philippi’s observation of the papille in the
branchial sac as an error; but that is just the poimt that

* Recueil Zool. Suisse, t. ii, p. 209.
+ Bull, de PAcad. Roy. de Belgique, 1887, p. 23,

ee

a et a eee nye en

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 147

a

remains unsettled, and until Philippi’s original specimen of
Rhopalea neapolitana (if it is stillin existence) 1s compared
anatomically with the specimens recently found in the
Mediterranean it must be regarded as open to doubt
whether these latter forms really belong to the same species.
However, although this is a matter which cannot be settled
by individual opinion, I am perfectly willing to admit that,
from the evidence now before us, I consider it most pro-
bable that it is the true Rhopalea neapolitana, Phil., which
has been re-discovered, and that Philippi was mistaken in
regard to the condition of the internal longitudinal bars.

Van Beneden regards the power of gemmation as not
being of sufficient value to distinguish even genera from
one another, so that even if Rhopalea neapolitana were
proved to be a monozoic form he would not on that
account separate it from the polyzoic species of Hctein-
ascidia.

In regard to Ed. Van Beneden’s division of the group
of six species into three genera, my two species HL. fusca
and Hi. crassa certainly agree in the relations of the ali-
mentary canal to the branchial sac, and in the condition
of the test, more closely with AR. neapolitana than with
my remaining species H. turbinata, and might, therefore,
naturally fall into the genus Rhopalea, provided always
that the modern zoologists are justified in their assump-
tion of Philippi’s error of description, and of there being
no fundamental difference in the reproduction by gemm-
ation. The three species of this genus would then be,
as Van Beneden points out, Rhopalea neapolitana, Phil.;
fi. crassa, Herdm.; and &. fusca, Herdm.

But there are considerable differences in the structure
of the branchiai sac, quite independently of the question of
papille, between Rhopalea neapolitana (as described and
figured by Roule) and my two “Challenger” species. The

10

148 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY.

—

well-marked minute plication of the branchial sac, as seen
on its outer surface,* in Rh. neapolitana, is quite sufficient

to separate that form from the species crassa and fusca. If
then these two species are to be separated from Heteinas-

cidia, it seems clear that they must be distinguished also

from Rhopalea, and I would propose for them the generic

name Rhopalopsis (characterized by the elongated body,

the thick test, and the simple non-plicated branchial sac),

so that they would now become Rhopalopsis crassa and

i. fusca.

The third “‘ Challenger” species, H. turbinata, Herdm.,
is separated generically from the rest by Ed. Van Beneden,
and is made the type of the restricted genus, Hcteinascidia,
characterised by various features which will be found
described and figured in the ‘“‘ Challenger’? Report,+ viz.,
the thin membranous test, the narrow point of attach-
ment of the posterior end of the body to the stolon, the
absence of any constriction dividing the body into thorax
and abdomen, the position of the alimentary canal along-
side the branchial sac, the shape of the connecting ducts,
and of the stigmata of the branchial sac, the tentacular
shape of the dorsal languets, the condition of the mus-.
culature of the mantle, and the position of the genital
organs in the intestinal loop. I am not sure that all of
these characteristics will prove to be of generic value. If
some new species of Hcteinascidva (in the restricted sense)
came to be known I would not be surprised to find that
they differed from H. turbinata in some of the points
enumerated above, such as the shape of the stigmata and
of the connecting ducts, and possibly even of the dorsal
languets, and in fact that is partly the case with the new
species described below. But the remaining features, and

* See Roule’s figure, Rec. Zool, Suisse, t. iii pl. xiii., fig. 7.
+ Part I., p. 248, and pl. xxxvi.

ib 2 See Sm en

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 149

especially the absence of a distinct abdomen, the position
of the alimentary canal, and the condition of the test and
mantle are certainly of sufficient importance to charac-
terize the genus.

Kd. Van Beneden places one of Sluiter’s species,
Eicteinascidia diaphanis, from the island of Billiton, in the
Malay Archipelago, in this genus ; and it is evident, as both
Sluiter and Van Beneden point out, that this form is very
closely related to my H. turbinata, from which it differs
chiefly in the colour, the number of tentacles, and the
shape of the dorsal languets. The supposed difference in
the genital organs, pointed out by Sluiter and by Ed. Van
Beneden, probably does not exist. I think now that there
can be no doubt Iwas mistaken in my description of the
relation of those parts in Hcteinascidia turbinata, and that
the testis is really peripheral, and the ovary central in that
species just as in H. diaphanis, and the new species
described below.

The second species from the Island of Billiton, described
by Sluiter under the name of Hcteinascidia rubricollis, is
separated off by Ed. Van Beneden as the type of a new
genus Sluiteria, characterized by the remarkable condition
of the dorsal lamina, which (according to Van Beneden)
is a membrane with marginal processes* in place of a
series of languets, as in all the other Clavelinide, and by
the test having vessels terminating in conical papille.
The other characters given by Van Beneden are only
shehtly marked, or are shared with a new species described
below, which must be placed alongside EH. turbinata and
E. diaphanis, in the restricted genus Hcteinascidia.

Some time after the present paper had been written, and
read before the Biological Society, and just as it was going

* This is certainly not indicated in Sluiter’s figure, Natuurk. Tijdsch. v.
Nederl. Indie, Bd. XLV., taf. II. fig. 4.

150 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

to the printer, I received through the kindness of M.
Fernand Lahille a copy of his recent comprehensive work*
on the French Tunicata. In this volume Lahille combines
with some very useful original investigations an unfortu-
nate attempt to remodel the entire classification of the
Tunicata in accordance with his previously published,
and I consider quite erroneous, views in regard to the
relative importance of the characters usually employed in
defining groups. He has, I believe, in most of those portions
of his system of classification which are novel, departed
from the natural or genetic arrangement, but as I intend
to deal with this general question elsewhere,} I shall merely
insert here a few remarks upon those passages of Lahille’s
work which bear upon Heteinascidia and the Clayelinide.

By practically ignoring the important characteristic of
reproduction by gemmation so as to form colonies, and by
giving an undue importance to certain structural features
of the branchial sac, Lahille is led to dismember the family
Clavelinidee, and to place (1) Clavelina beside Distapla
in the family Distomidee; (2) Hcteinascidia and Rhopaleat
along with the Compound Ascidian T'ylobranchion and
Diazona beside the Simple Ascidian Ciona, and (8) Pero-
phora, Perophoropsis and Slwteria in the family Ascidide
beside the typical Simple Ascidians,—thus separating
Sluiter’s two species of Heteinascidia much more widely
even than Ed. Van Beneden does, and placing them in
distinct families. Lahille recognises Hcteinascidia (in the
restricted sense) and Rhopalea as distinct though closely
related genera, and he describes a new species, Rh. cerbe-
riana, which has the minute plication of the branchial sac

* Recherches sur les Tuniciers des cotes de France ; Toulouse, 1890.

+ In a work giving a detailed classification, with diagnoses, of the Tunicata,
upon which I have been engaged for some time.

+ Or ‘‘ Rhopalona,” as the genus is generally spelt by the French authors.

|
4

TR ea ie ee utes ge

- ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA., U51

less marked, and the internal longitudinal bars less com-
plete than in Rh. neapolitana.

So much for the previously described species of this
interesting group: I now turn to some new material. A
few years ago Mr. T. J. Moore, curator of the Liverpool
Free Public Museum, placed in my hands for examination
a small group of “ social” Ascidians, dredged by Captain
A. Browne, in Alexandria Harbour, from a depth of 83—5
fathoms. I saw at once that this form belonged to Hctein-
ascidia in the wide sense, and was closely allied to EH.
turbinata, but the pressure of other work prevented me
from examining it more minutely until lately, when I
found that it was undoubtedly a new species of Hctein-
ascidia in the restricted sense, as employed by Van
Beneden.

A few days ago I received from Mr. E. Thurston,
Superintendent of the Government Central Museum,
Madras, a small group of “ social’ Ascidians, dredged
from the pearl banks in the Gulf of Manaar, with the
request that I would investigate 1t. Upon examination it
proved to be also a new species of Hecteinascidia, closely
allied to H. turbinata, but distinct. The description of
these two additional species 1s as follows :—

1. Heteinascidia thurstont, ». sp. (Pl. VI, figs. 1—-9)

Heternal appearance :—A large number of Ascidiozooids
are found united together by a delicate branched stolon,
which is fixed to the stem of a Hydroid Zoophyte (see Pl.
VI, fig. 1). The Ascidiozooids are closely placed on the
stolon, so as to form a thickly-clustered mass. Each
Ascidiozooid is of an elongated ovate or almost cylindrical
shape, somewhat compressed laterally and tapering towards
the posterior end (Pl. VI, figs. 2, 38) where it joins the
stolon by a very narrow pedicle. ‘The anterior end 1s trun-
cated or flat, and bears at 1ts extremities two small but

152 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

distinct papille which are terminated by the branchial
and atrial apertures. The colour is light yellowish grey,
and the bodies are almost quite transparent, the viscera
showing through distinctly (fig. 2). An ascidiozooid varies
from 7 mm. to 2cm. in length, and from 3 mm. to 6 mm.
in greatest breadth.

The Testis very thin and membranous, and periecily
transparent, and is easily torn off from the mantle. No
vessels are present, and no test cells are visible in the
transparent homogeneous matrix.

The Mantle is thin and transparent, but moderately
muscular. The siphons are indistinctly lobed at their
extremities, and are provided with strong sphincter and
radial muscle bands. The muscle bands over the rest of
the body are all transverse in direction, and are rather
numerous. They are in the main parallel, but branch
and re-unite occasionally, so as to form a long-meshed
network (Pl. VI, fig. 4). The small blood spaces in the
mantle are all engorged with blood corpuscles, and so
become visible as a close network (Pl. VI, fig. 5).

The Branchial Sac is large, and extends nearly to the
posterior end of the body. The transverse vessels are
wide and are all of the same size (Pl. VI, fig. 6). The
internal lonvitudinal bars are not wide. They are joined
to the transverse vessels at the angles of the meshes by
narrow papiliform connecting ducts which are distinctly
wider at their distal ends than where they leave the
transverse vessels (fig. 6, c.d.) The meshes are elongated
antero-posteriorly, and contain each about four long
narrow elliptical stigmata. The vessels of the branchial
sac, like those of the mantle, are for the most part
engorged with blood corpuscles.

The Dorsal Lamina consists of a rather narrow pla
membrane from which spring, at the level of the trans-

ECTEHINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA 153

verse vessels, short tentacular laneuets, which are, however,
merely prolongations of the edge of the membrane (PI.

_ VI, fig. 7) On each side of the dorsal lamina two internal

longitudinal bars are absent, but their places are indi-
cated by the rows of papilliform connecting ducts (Pl. VI,
fig. 7, c. d) At each side of the endostyle there is a
single such row of papilliform connecting ducts, with no
corresponding longitudinal bar.

The Tentacles are very numerous and slender, and are
closely placed. There are about 80 altogether, of which
AQ are very short, and are placed alternately with the 40
much larger ones, which, however, are not all of one size,
but vary considerably in length (see Pl. VIL., fig. 8), some
being twice as large as others.

The Dorsal Tubercle has a simple elongated, elliptical
aperture placed close behind the tentacles (Pl. VI, fig. 8).

The Alimentary Canal is placed on the left side of the
branchial sac, and there is no distinct abdomen. There
is only a single well-marked loop, that between the
stomach and intestine, in which the genital organs le
(see Pl. VI, fig. 9). The cesophagus is short and narrow,
and runs posteriorly to the ovate stomach (fig. 9, st.)
The intestine runs posteriorly for a short distance from
the stomach, and then turns ventrally, and then anteriorly
in a wide curve. When it reaches a level in front of the
cesophagus it turns dorsally and runs to the dorsal edge
of the body, where it turns abruptly forwards to form the
rectum running towards the atrial aperture. The rectum
thus runs almost exactly at aright angle to the preceding
part of the intestine. There is an extremely delicate
digestive gland ramifying over the walls of the intestine,
with a distinct duct, which leaves the intestine on the
inner side of the intestinal loop and after crossing a por-
tion of the testis opens into the stomach,

154 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Genital Organs are placed in the intestinal loop
close to the stomach. The ovary forms a small rounded
lump in the centre, and is surrounded by the testis, com-
posed of a very large number of elongated spermatic
vesicles arranged in a crescentic curve around the ovary.
The spermatic vesicles are united in twos and threes by
tine ducts (Pl. VI, fig. 9), which converge to the centre of
the ovary, and finally all unite to form two ducts which
run side by side dorsally till they pass between the horns
of the crescent formed by the testis, when they joi to
form the vas deferens, which turns anteriorly and first
crosses the intestine, so as to reach the ventral side of
the rectum, and then crosses that tube obliquely and
terminates on its dorsal side not far from the anus (PI. VI,
rare, Q), Bh @/.)).

This species,* which was dredged in the Gulf of
Manaar, is closely related to Hcteinascidia turbinata from
Bermuda, and H. diaphanis from the Malay Archipelago,
but differs from both notably in the condition of the
tentacles and the dorsal lamina, and less markedly in
other points. The dorsal lamina is in a particularly
interesting state as it shows a transition from the ten-
tacular languets of H. turbinata to the broad membrane
with marginal teeth of Sluiter’s H. (Sluteria) rubricollis,
as described by Ed. Van Beneden.

The course of the alimentary canal also shows an
approach to the latter species in the abrupt right-angled
bend between the intestine and the rectum. The course
of the vas deferens 1s remarkable, and differs from that of
_E. diaphanis. There is not the least doubt that it
crosses the rectum, as shown in fig. 9.

* The type specimen has been returned to Mr. Thurston, and will, I have
no doubt, be deposited in the Government Central Museum, Madras.

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 155

2. Hcteinascidia moorer, n. sp. (Pl. VII, figs. 1—8)

External appearance :—A number of Ascidiozooids are
erouped together to form a hemispherical mass (Pl. VII,
fig. 1) measuring about 3 cm. by 2 cm., and are attached
at their posterior ends by very slight pedicles to a short
branching delicate stolon which appears to have been
attached in its turn to sand and shell fragments. The
shape of the Ascidiozooids varies a little, but is nearly
cylindrical (Pl. VII, fig. 2) with a truncated anterior end
bearing the two sessile apertures, and a rounded posterior
end. The colour is a clear grey, and the body is trans-
parent, allowing the viscera to show through. An average
sized Ascidiozooid measures 1 cm. in length and 3 mm. in
breadth.

The Test is very thin and transparent, and is easily
removed from the mantle as a delicate homogeneous
looking membrane. It has no vessels, and no test cells
are visible.

The-Mantle 1s thin, but fairly muscular. All the muscle
bands, except on the short siphons, are transverse in
direction. They branch and anastomose so as to form a net-
work, but in their general direction all the bundles are
parallel. They die away on each side of the endostyle so
that the ventral median line has no musculature. On the
siphons (Pl. VII, fig. 3) there are powerful sphincter
muscles formed of a number of concentric bands, and also
about forty well marked radial muscles which run outwards
from the edges of the aperture and die away on the outer
edge of the sphincter. The branchial aperture is distinctly
6 lobed and the atrial 5 lobed (Pl. VII, fig. 3, at.).

The Branchial Sac extends almost to the posterior end
of the body. ‘The transverse vessels are narrow, and are
all of one size (Pl. VII, fig. 4). The internal longitudinal
bars are exceedingly delicate and can scarcely be seen

156 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

under the microscope until they have been stained. They
are united to the transverse vessels by triangular mem-
branous flaps (Pl. VII, fig. 4) of considerable size. ‘The
meshes are slightly elongated antero-posteriorly and contain
each 3 or 4 stigmata.

The Dorsal Lanuna is represented by a series of large
triangular tapering languets (Pl. VII, fig. 5, 7.). On each
side of these an internal longitudinal bar is wanting,
and the usual wide connecting ducts are replaced by short
rudimentary papille (Pl. VII, fig. 5, ¢. d’.).

The Tentacles ave very numerous and closely placed.
There are about forty very small ones placed alternately —
with the same number of larger, many of which are very
long and slender. These larger tentacles seem in some
places to be of two sizes occurring alternately, but this
arrangement is not constant (see Pl. VII, fig. 8). There
seems to be no appreciable difference between the ten-
tacles of this species and of H. thurstont.

The Dorsal Tubercle is circular in outline, but the aper-
ture is a transversely directed elliptical sht (Pl. VI, fig.
Ds Che Go)!

The Alimentary Canal is placed on the left side, and
scarcely extends behind the branchial sac. There is a
single well marked loop between the stomach and the
intestine (Pl. VII, fig. 7), and the rectum makes an obtuse
angle with the intestine. The stomach is -posteriorly
placed. The digestive gland ramifies over the inner (or
dorsal) side of the intestine, and the duct, lined by distinct
cubical epithelium, runs posteriorly between the intestine
and the genital organs (PI. VII, fig. 7, gl.) to open into
the stomach.

The Genital Organs are placed in the intestinal loop
and have the same general arrangement as in H. thurstont.
The ova are large and few in number, They form the

* . ax

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. N57

central mass, while about sixty spermatic vesicles com-
pose the crescentic testis outside. The ducts from the
spermatic vesicles unite on the anterior edge of the ovary
to form the vas deferens (PI. VII, fig. 7) which, along with
the oviduct, leaves the genital mass between the horns of
the crescent and curves anteriorly to cross the intestine
where it joins the rectum. The genital ducts then course
along the ventral edge of the rectum to their termination
near the anus.

This species, from Alexandria Harbour, resembles the
preceding one closely in external appearance and in the
condition of the tentacles. They differ, however, in the
size of the transverse vessels of the branchial sac, the
condition of the connecting ducts, the dorsal languets, and
the course of the alimentary canal and genital ducts. The
connecting ducts and dorsal languets differ from those of
all the other members of the genus Hcteinascidia in the
restricted sense, and resemble those of Rhopalopsis crassa
and Rh. fusca, but in other points the present species is
much nearer to H. turbinata, EH. diaphanis and E.
thurstonw.

It is curious that these four species, which are so very
much alke in external appearance, but differ from one
another in details of internal structure, should be known
only from such very widely separated localities, viz. —

Ecteinascidia turbinata, Herdm., Bermuda, N. Atlantic.

EH. dvaphanis, Shaiter, from Billiton, Malay Archipelago.

E. thurstoni, Herdm., from Gulf of Manaar, India.

E. moorei, Herdm., from Alexandria, Mediterranean.

Lesueur’s Ascidia claviformis, from the Bay of St.
Vincent, West Indies, is evidently also an Hcteinascidia,
but as the brief description* deals only with the external

*Journ. Acad. Nat. Se., Philadelphia, April, 1823, vol. iii, p. 5.

158 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

appearance, and is not sufficient taken by itself to deter-

mine even the family, it 1s impossible to say what the
species is. The figure (Lesueur, pl. i, fig. 3) is rather
more like H. thurstoni than any other known form, but
the superficial similarity is not sufficient to prove identity.

The primary classification of the Clavelinide is into
those genera with internal longitudinal bars in the
branchial sac, and those with none*; while it 1s a character
of the family as a whole that the bars, if present, are not
provided with proper papille. The forms with internal
longitudinal bars are those which have been discussed in
the preceding pages, and the only genera remaining
without such bars are Clavelina, Perophoropsis and (partly)
Perophora. But it has been stated in works on the
Tunicata that Perophora has ‘‘papille’’ on the mner
surface of its branchial sac; these structures, however,
are not p.pille comparable with those found on the
internal longitudinal bars of the Ascidiide, but are
merely papilliform connecting ducts exactly ike those on
each side of the endostyle and dorsal lamina in some
species of Hcteinascidia (see Pl. VI, fig. 7).

I have recently examined the two species Perophora
_listert (from Liverpool Bay) and P. viridis (from the Coast
of North America, the specimen being one of those named
and sent out by the United States Fish Commission) with
_the object of determining afresh their specific characters,

*Lahille dismembers the family chiefly on this account, but I do not

think he is justified in doing so. I believe it forms a natural group, the old
* Social Ascidians” of H, Milne-Edwards,

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 159

and I find that the branchial sac of Perophora viridis* is
in a particularly imteresting condition which forms a
transition to the group sonteining Hctemmascidia, and shows
at once the nature of the papille of Perophora lsterv.
P. viridis bas well-marked papilliform connecting ducts
placed at intervals along the transverse vessels, just as i
P. listert, but each such connecting duct bears at its free
end two long tentacular prolongations, one directed anter-
iorly and the other posteriorly, which are evidently
rudimentary or imperfect internal longitudinal bars. I
have found (ten years ago) the same condition before as an
abnormality in the branchial sacs of some Ascidiide t+
(e.2., Ascidia plebera, Corella gyaponica, and C. parallelo-
gramma), and have pointed out its bearing on the
formation of the internal longitudinal bars. So that these
two species of Perophora form a gradation from Clavelina
to Hcteinascidia :—first the connecting ducts appear in
P. listeri, then imperfect mternal longitudinal bars grow
out from the free ends of the ducts in P. viridis, and finally
the adjacent ends of these outgrowths unite to form the
perfect bars of the species of Hcteinascidia.

Perophora viridis has twenty tentacles of two sizes
placed alternately; while P. listerz has forty tentacles of
three sizes, but not placed with perfect regularity, the two
larger sizes being in the main placed alternately, while
between each pair of these occur two very short tentacles.

*T notice that Lahille has just described practically the same condition of
affairs in the branchial sac of his new species P. banyulensis. He apparently
does not know of Verrill’s P. viridis as he makes no reference to that species,
and as he describes his form as being ‘‘jaune-verdatre ” and having twenty
tentacles of two sizes it is not improbable that the two may prove to be

identical.

+See Challenger Report, Part I, 1882, p. 192; and ‘‘ Fauna of Liverpool
Bay,” Report I., 1886, p. 358, and Pl. IX, figs. 1—4, and 8.

160 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Family CLAVELINIDA* may now be classified
as follows :—

Branchial Sac with internal longitudinal bars
Branchial Sac without internal longitudinal bars...
1 no divided into distinct abdomen and thorax ...
No distinct abdomen present “2 =. 2a sueeeneee
3 { Branchial Sac minutely plicated (Rhopalea)... ...
| Branchial Sac not minutely plicated (Rhopalopsis) ...

On few MH KF

F (Branch. aperture 8 lobed, atrial6, FR. neapolitana, Phil.
Branch. aperture 6 lobed, atrial 12, KR. cerbervana, Lah.

|

6 es thin anteriorly, dark coloured...f. fusca, Herdm.
Test thick all over, light grey ... KR. crassa, Herdm.
(Blood vessels in test (Slueteria)... SS. rubricollis, Sl.

(No blood vessels in test (Hcteinascidia)... 7

7 eee about 40 in number ... LH. diaphais, Sl.
Tentacles about 80 in number... a hoes
Dorsal languets and connecting ducts wide and

8 membranous ... ... ... ...//. moored, wklercuar
i Dorsal languets and connecting ducts narrow

\ and papilliform, ... ... ... .:. ooo!
( Tentacles of 3 distinct lengths, languets not
united ... . .. . turbinata, Herdm.

"sata not distinctly of 3 lengths, languets
united by a narrow membrane, H. thurston, Herdm. ~

9 {No distinct abdomen present .. ... ... .. ... 10
(Abdomen distinct from the thorax... .). 2 eeneeae
Body divided into thorax, abdomen, and a well-
ra marked peduncle (Podoclavella, n.gen.) ... ... 12
(eae not pedunculated apart from the long abdo-
HA OTAL TS gna > ya esteney ace nee ee : Be

12 (Colour green, tentacles in two rows, P. borealis, Sav.
(Colour purple, tentacles in 1 row,P. meridionalis,n. sp.t

*Clavelinopsis rubra, Fewkes, probably does not belong to this family, but
is a Boltenia.

+This new species, along with Stereoclavella (n. gen.) australis, will be
described and figured in the ‘‘Catalogue of Tunicata of the Australian
Museum,” which I am now preparing.

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 161

13 | Stolons united in a basal mass of test (Stereoclavella) 14
Stolons distinct, delicate and branched (Clavelina) 15

y4{Porsal languets short... ... ... S. ete Herdm.
(Dorsal languets very large as ee be eg LO
(Horiz. membr. of branch. sac wide, 8. enornus, Batten.
(Horizontal membranes narrow ... S. austr alis, Nn. sp.
1b Thorax and abdomen of much the same size cee hy
Abdomen much longer than thorax... ... ... ... 18

17 Two rows of stigmatain branch. sac,C. punitio M.Edw.
Agi Geiss SIX TOWNS Cit Sioa God dee on, ese 00 1S)
19! Six to eight rows of stigmata ..... C. nana,t Te

Twelve to sixteen rows of stigmata... ... ... ... 20

With yellow or brown lines of pigment on 1S
20: thorax... ... ... ... C. lepadiformis,+ O.F.M
White pigment lines on thorax, C. rissoana, M.Kidw.

Only three or four rows of stigmata in branchial
184 sac. . C. producta, M.Kdw.
About a dozen rows of stiomata, C. saviguana, M.Kdw.

With about four rows of stigmata (Perophora) ... 21
10; With more than a dozen rows of stigmata
(Rerophonopsis) ..-.. ... PF. herdmanz, Wah.
Ascidiozooids on distinct jointed pedicels,
9 some adhering sand on test, P. hutchinsona, Macd.
Ascidiozooids not on distinct pedicels, ee
[OES SING, TO) ENCIOVSTEING SENMCl30 2a G00 con coo V4

Body colourless, 40 tentacles of 3 sizes, only
papilliform connecting ducts... P. listert, Wiegm.

22, Body greenish, 20 tentacles of 2 SIZES, papilliform

connecting ducts with rudimentary internal
lomeniudimallarsen see eee ea Ulridish Wein.

(2=P. banyulensis, Lah.)

This family is of very great interest phylogenetically,
(1) because Clavelina comes nearer than any other known
form to what we have good grounds for believing the
common ancestors of all the simple and compound Ascid-

*Possibly the young of C, lepadiformis or some other species.
ay young i

+With several varieties,

162 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ians (Proto-ascidiacea) to have been, and (2) because this
group occupies one of several points of contact between
the Ascidiz Simplices and Ascidiz Composite, Rhopalea
linking on in the one direction to Ciona and the Ascidude,
while Clavelina and Hcteinascidia pass in the other
direction into Diazona,* Chondrostachys and the Dis-
tomide. For a further discussion of these phylogenetic
relationships I may refer to the last part of the ‘‘ Chal-
lenger”’ report on the Tunicata.t

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Reference Letters.

a. anus; at. atrial aperture; 67. branchial aperture ;
b.v. blood vessel; c.d. connecting duct; c.d’. same in a
rudimentary condition; d./. dorsal lamina; d.t¢. dorsal
tubercle ; gl. digestive gland; h.m. horizontal membrane;
z. intestine; J. languet; m.b. muscle bands; 7./. internal
longitudinal bars; @. cesophagus; ov. ovary; sg. stigmata;
st. stomach; 7. rectum; o.d. oviduct; si. stolon; ¢. testis;
tn. tn’. tentacles; v.d. vas deferens; ti. tranverse vessels.

*JIn fact Diazona comes so close to Ecteinascidia and Rhopalea that I
would have no great objection to place it beside them in the family Clavel-
inide. It seems to me to be a form as nearly as possible exactly intermediate
between Distomide and Clavelinid, and consequently very difficult to place
in a serial or tabular classification through presenting no difficulty in a
phylogenetic arrangement.

+ Zool. Chall. Exp., Part LX XVI, 1888, p. 121.

Fig.

fo)

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

pre COI)

ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 163

Puate VI.
Ecteinascidia thurstoni, n. sp.
The entire colony, natural size.
An ascidiozooid, slightly enlarged.
Another ascidiozooid, nat. size.
Part of the mantle showing the transverse
muscles, x 50.
Part of the mantle showing the engorged blood
spaces, X 50.
Part of the branchial sac from the inside, X 50.
Part of the dorsal edge of the branchial sac
showing the languets, X 50.
The dorsal tubercle, x 50.
The alimentary canal and genital organs, x 10.

Puate VII.
Ecteinascidia mooret, n. sp.
The entire colony, natural size.
A single ascidiozooid, slightly enlarged.
The atrial aperture from the interior to show the
lobes and the musculature, x 50.
Part of the branchial sac from the inside, x 50.
Part of the dorsal edge of the branchial sac,
showing the languets, x 50.
The dorsal tubercle, x 50.
The alimentary canal and genital organs, X 10.
Some of the tentacles, X 50. They seem to be
exactly alike in the two species, H. thurstont
and EH. mooret .

164

The DISTRIBUTION of MARINE ALG in SPACH
and in TIME.

By Grorce Murray, F.L.S.

SENIOR ASSISTANT, BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM.

At the outset it 1s necessary that I should expressly limit
and define the headings of this address. By the distribu-
tion of Algze in space, I mean not only their distribution
in natural areas of the waters of the globe, but also their
“vertical distribution” or ‘‘ zonal distribution” or ‘‘range
in depth” as it is variously termed. Their distribution in
time is imperfectly ascertained by a study of their fossil
remains. Farther, I propose to limit the consideration
of the subject to Marine Algz or seaweeds, since so little
is known of the distribution of fresh water Alege, that he
would be a bold man who should venture to address you
on it.

One of the first observations of general import made by
a student of Alge is that between tidemarks and beyond,
their occurrence is more or less regulated by their colour.
With certain notable exceptions the inshore Algze are
green, from half-tide mark olive and brown, mixed with,
and sheltering red, and lowest of all red. They do not
occur in definite zones since the red forms advance up-
wards under cover of the brown and olive forms, and,
moreover, there are exceptions for which I cannot account
on any theory. For example, to take extreme cases—a
brown fucoid, Pelvetia canaliculata, occurs at high water
mark, where it may be observed actually higher on the
rocks than certain maritime lichens; and a green alga

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 165

Struvea is commonly found at considerable depths, one of
the species at more than thirty fathoms. Besides these
extreme cases there are many others not so marked in
character, which modify this zonal distribution, but the
fact remains generally true of much the larger proportion
of forms. On what grounds are we to account for this
regulation of pigment? We know that sea-water inter-
cepts sunlight and that the deeper we go the darker it
becomes—that at a depth of 700 fathoms, probably less,
there is total darkness, and that fishes which live at great
depths are blind, like those of the Kentucky caves.

If we apply this knowledge to our problem, the observa-
tion will not escape us that the forms living close inshore
and most exposed to sunlight are green, as has just been
noticed, that they are of the same colour as land vegeta-
tion and fresh water vegetation, the illumination being
similar. Now though we know very little about the
interception of sunlight by sea water, yet this much is
certain, that not only is the quantity of light reduced, but
its quality is also affected, as spectroscopic investigation
has shown. It is precisely those rays that are most
efficient in the work of assimilation by plants that are first
intercepted, and only the green and blue rays travel far.
This change of pigment we may then fairly take it, is an
adjustment to the supply of sunlight, and if we enquire
farther we shall find that the essential green pigment—
the chlorophyll on which we know the nutrition of plants
depends—is only masked by the red (phyco-erythrine)
brown (phyco-pheine), blue (phyco-cyanine), and yellow
(phyco-xanthine) pigments to be found in those seaweeds
near and beyond low water mark. There is very little
known as to the precise functions performed by these
modifications of chlorophyll, whether their office is to
heighten the susceptibility of the chlorophyll to sunlight

166 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

or to act as a shield against the excess of green and blue
rays penetrating the water. This is a subject for experi-
ment which I venture to urge upon the attention of plant
physiologists since it cannot but prove fertile in results.
To pursue our excursion into the depths, 1t may be noted
that very few forms are to be found between 50 and 100
fathoms, and beyond, hardly any. Phyllophora Brodict
and several other Algze (excluding diatoms and calcareous
Algee which are brought up dead from great depths to
which they have been drifted) have been recorded from
greater depths than 100 fathoms, but the records are open
to question. It is quite safe to place the absolute limit at
200 fathoms. The fact just alluded to that the quality of
the light is affected by its passage through the water
probably explains in part why Alge do not go to a greater
depth since light penetrates much farther. Of course
other causes, such as pressure, etc., may operate also in
this direction. We see then that the range in depth of
marine Ale is slight as compared with that of marine
animals, in this respect affording a significant contrast
with the relative distribution of the land flora and fauna,
which I suppose may be said to have the same frontiers.
It would be easy to support the statement that lght is
the regulator of the zonal distribution of Algze by numerous
observations, if these were necessary. I may cite one as
a sample. It is well known that certain deep water
species are frequently found near the surface, under shelter
of dark rocks and caverns, which, at all events, proves that
pressure has little to do with the matter, at least within
comparatively narrow limits. Against this view of the
high susceptibility displayed by Algz, to the amount and
nature of the supply of ight I am bound to cite one
staggering fact. Kjellman observed that in the polar sea,
during the dark arctic night of three months duration

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. BAST

(and at a mean temperature of —1°C.), the Alge of that
region both grew normally and fructified! It is well that
this observation should have weight, it 1s not crushing,—
that it may teach us caution in dealing with sweeping
rules. Let it be noted, however, that Kjellman’s observa-
tion is no more potent than the exceptions J began by
citing, and that no rigid rule of zonal distribution is laid
down, and I think you will allow that a truth of general
value emerges from this cloud of witnesses against it.

I have dwelt at some length on the details of zonal
distribution because they furnish us with a consideration
of some value. The natural classification of Alge is based
on the structure of the plants, especially valuable charac-
ters for this purpose being furnished by the organs of
reproduction, as in the case of other plants. However,
an artificial system founded solely on the colour of the
plants leads to a strikingly similar result. With certain
exceptions all the red Alge form a natural group, the
Rhodophycee, united and distinguished from other groups
by structural characters; all the olive and brown form
another group, the Phzophycez; all the green another,
the Chlorophycee; and all the blue-green another, the
Cyanophycez, though the character of colour is of much
less importance here than in other groups.

Allowing for exceptions under these heads, and they are
not numerous, under the first three at all events, we have
here a striking arrangement without a parallel in organ-
ized nature. Colour, so far from being a character of
value for the purpose of classification, is commonly of very
subordinate importance, and more often than not is even
deceptive as a mere specific character. To take a prom-
nent example, the genus Agaricus (mushrooms and toad-
stools) has been arranged in sections on a system largely
dependent for characterization on the colour of the spores;

168 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

that is, the colour of the spores is used as a means of
recognition, and it is the common belief that this artificial
method has led to an undue multiplication of the ‘‘ species”
of that genus—one of the largest genera of plants. If
colour then be fallacious as a subordinate character else-
where, on what grounds are we to account for its apparent
ordinal importance among Alge? The nature of the
pigments themselves answer the question. The colours
of land plants other than the green colour of vegetation, are
produced by pigments which play no role of importance in
their vital processes, while here in Algz they are bound
up with the essential process of nutrition—the pigments
are adaptations, associated with the chlorophyll itself to
the amount and nature of the sunlight reaching the Aloe.
The colour is therefore of most profound biological impor-
tance in this case, and it follows that its variation is
naturally accompanied by variations of structure both of
thallus and of reproductive organs equally profound. The
biological significance of colour is a subject that has been
seized upon by easily satisfied speculators who are mostly
incapable of a due study of the pigments, and who
concern themseles with fanciful interpretations of their
‘““meaning.”” The present case 1s one which fortunately
does not lend itself to such treatment, and the coast 1s clear, ©
if the play upon words may be pardoned, of such literature.
This short digression from the strict subject of distribution
may be excused on the ground that a consideration of the
subject itself has here led to the recognition of a very
striking case of correlation between physiological and
structural variation. He who runs may read the lesson
to be learnt from it.

The saying, that the character of vegetation changes
entirely with every twenty-four degrees of latitude, is less

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 169

true of seaweeds than of the higher plants. The complex
conditions that affect the distribution of land plants, and
render it no mere affair of latitudes or even of isothermal
lines, are fewer, so far as we know, in the case of marine
plants, but some of them are far more potent. Local
peculiarities play an important part. The fact that certain
seas are tideless, for example, profoundly affects the
character of their vegetation. The Mediterranean, to
take an instance, does not possess a considerable number
of forms which might be reasonably expected to occur in
it were there an average rise and fall. So also with the
Antilles, rich as they are in marine plants. As agents in
distribution, let us take the case of the great ocean currents.
They are not merely vehicles for transport, but they are
streams of stable temperature as well. In all probability
—though this is a matter on which we have little positive
knowledge—seaweeds are more sensitive to fluctuations
of temperature than are land plants. (There are cosmo-
politan species of course, but these are out of consideration
at present.) The conditions that surround seaweeds
living in a medium of stable temperature such as the sea
—not called upon to endure much change, in that respect,
from day to night nor even from season to season—en-
courage this opinion. The difficulties that attend the
procuring of the germination and the culture of seaweeds in
aquaria are rightly suspected to spring from inaccurate
adjustment of temperature. More than this, direct obser-
vation of the distribution of seaweeds within limits of
temperature in the sea shows us that this is the case.
We may, therefore, regard the great ocean currents as
prime movers in the transport of marine vegetation. Let
us take the familar instance of the Gulf Stream. As it
leaves the shores of America we may note the contrast
between the Florida Keys and Charlestown, not far to

170 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the north of them, but out of direct influence. Contrast
again with that of Charlestown the marine vegetation of
Bermuda lying right in the path of the Gulf Stream—the
most northern coral island in the world. To come nearer
home—it is constantly bringing us waifs from the Sargasso
Sea, which it skirts, in the form of the so-called ‘gulf
weed’; and there are settled on our southern and western
shores Algee which we have in common with the West
Indian Islands and Florida—species which you will look
for in vain but a short way up the North American coast
itself. I can imagine few more interesting studies in
distribution than a comparison of the marine flora of
Orkney and Shetland with that of the neighbourhood of
Cape Farewell in Greenland, lying precisely in the same
latitude. On our side we have the influence of the Gulf
Stream. At Cape Farewell this is not only absent, but
there is another powerful current, believed by Nansen to
come right over the Pole itself—which that gallant
traveller hopes (and we hope) will bear him over it and
‘“‘keep his chin up on the sea of life ’’—there is this other
current setting from the frozen north and bearing on its
icy bosom floes and bergs southwards in a dense stream.
A comparison of these two floras would assuredly
instruct us in the ways of ocean currents in modifying
our marine floras, as streams of stable temperature. The
importance of the fact of transport of Algez by the Gulf
Stream to our shores will be seen later when I come to
speak of the barrier interposed by the depths of the ocean.
The question is worth asking, does man affect the distri-
bution of seaweeds? ‘That he does so to a far less extent
than in the case of land plants 1s obvious enough. I
have recently made a short investigation of the growth of
Algee on ships’ bottoms, a subject of much practical impor-
tance, since it means, in spite of anti-fouling paints and

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. iL

the lke, many tons of coal per annum to most of our
ereat ocean-going lines. Let us take the case of a
steamer making the voyage from this country to the Cape
and back, if she has received no overhauling in the mean-
time, her bottom will be so overgrown with seaweed on
her second return trip, that 1t will need many extra tons
of coal to drive her, especially if a record-breaking speed
is demanded. (I may mention casually that this difficulty
attends only iron and steel vessels—the old wooden
copper-bottomed boats were protected by the exfohating
of the copper.) Now in such a case, I mean a voyage to
the Cape and back, through many swiftly changing tem-
peratures, the result is exactly as might be expected.
Cosmopohtan forms—it is only right to say that these
predominate in all cases—like Hnteromorpha—ayre by far
the most frequent; they practically exclude the others.
Let us take on the other hand the case of one of Her
Majesty's ships which has returned during the summer
months from service in the Mediterranean, or a ship that
has been lying im a foreign port not far distant. She has
a varied marine flora arranged in green, red and olive and
brown zones on her sides and bottom. In a few days’
steaming she is in another natural region. The changes
of temperature, etc., are doubtless fatal to the great
majority so far as a chance of acclimatization is concerned.
Are they so to all? Ido not believe it. It would weary
you to give here the details observed under this head, but
I cannot refrain from mentioning one remarkable case.
Mr. Batters has found at Berwick-on-Tweed an Australian
seaweed, in all probility detached from a passing vessel.
It is hardly lkely that such migrations have occurred
often, and they are not in contemplation, but rather such
movements from one similar region to another as the
Atlantic passage from this country to the United States,

172 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the Mediterranean to the West Indies, and, most interest-
ing of all, the Red Sea to the Mediterranean and vice-
versa through the Suez Canal. We have here an
interesting field for future work—and one that I may
appropriately recommend to a Liverpool audience.

The great barriers interposed between the natural
regions of the marine flora are continental areas, the
depths of the sea, areas of different temperature in the
sea and deserts of sand and friable rock. We have an
excellent example of the continental barrier in the mass
of Africa separating the tropical Atlantic from the Indian
Ocean and stretching southwards into a colder region
which effectively blocks the way. Geologists tell us that
the continental areas are ‘‘ permanent,” that their antiquity.
is at least so great that their beginnings are lost in “ the
ilintitable azure of the past.” An examination of the
marine flora of the tropical Atlantic and that of the
tropical Indian Ocean discloses the fact that while the
genera are very largely common to both, the species are
in a igh proportion different. Let us suppose an argu-
ment founded on this in favour of the high antiquity of
the genera of Aleze—an argument that suggests itself with
fatal facility. It is true that these regions are as effectively
separated as if they were on different planets. But we
know that the present areas of temperature have been by
no means of such great duration as the continents, and
their changes have been far reaching. It is also admitted
as an important agent in determining such variations of
climate in the northern and southern hemispheres (or at
all events a constant accompaniment of such—which is
the same thing so far as our argument is concerned) has
been change of direction of the great ocean currents. Let
us suppose in the past—a past by no means so remote as
the birth of continents—a more genial climate in the

.
-
S
*
£4

"Oe Fe By yeaa Spe AG pS

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 173

southern hemisphere, and we at once obtain conditions
suitable for the migration and mingling of tropical forms,
by way of the Cape of Good Hope. This consideration
shows us that the continental barriers, great though their
antiquity be, are, geologically speaking, modern obstacles
to the distribution of tropical forms. A comparison of the
tropical species of the Pacific with those of the Indian
Ocean, between which are no such barriers, would throw
a side light on the discussion of this question. Unfortu-
nately our knowledge of the marine flora of the Pacific does
not enable us as yet to deal adequately with the matter.

How effective a barrier 1s maintained by areas of different
temperature in the ocean may be best seen by comparing
the widely different floras of the north temperate and
south temperate zones, separated as these are by the
tropics. Here is a barrier which, though it has shifted its
position with variations of climate, has yet been steadily
interposed between north and south. Want of lght
prevents the migration of the temperate species via the cold
depths of the ocean beneath the tropics; and, moreover,
the cold currents come to the surface in the warm ocean,
there to be heated. The marine floras on either side of
this warm barrier are radically different. In the Pacific
we have, in the great Laminarian Macrocystis, a striking
example of wide distribution extending from the southern
ocean right up to San Francisco, if not beyond. In the
Atlantic we have two species of Fucus (F. vesiculosus and
F. serratus) which occur in both north and south temper-
ate zones, but not between, and there are others; but the
general truth of the wide difference between north and
south temperate zones, in the matter of marine vegetation,
is not weakened greatly by special exceptions however
striking.

The barrier interposed by the depths of the sea is not

174 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

so effective, but it is yet a marked one. There is a very
considerable difference between the two sides of the
Atlantic. It is bridged in a way by the great currents.
The main Equatorial current—the parent of the Gulf
Stream—first crosses the Atlantic from east to west under
the tropics, and may there be considered a good bridge
since the distance traversed is not enormous and the
temperature is steady. But we know too little of the
marine floras of the African and South American coasts
to enable us to judge certainly of its effects. The Gulf
Stream crosses from west to east with too great a slant
to the north-east to have a very marked effect—it has had
time to cool somewhat, and the distance it travels is great
-—but yet we have noted above that its effect 1s beyond
question.

Sand makes deserts in the sea as on land. Every one
has observed such coasts of small extent, but they occur
over wide areas. For example, an enormous desert
extends along the north coast of the Gulf of Mexico from
Florida to Yucatan. Another occurs, as observed by
Kjellman, in the Siberian Sea; and these areas combine
with the depths of the ocean in forming barriers to distri-
bution. JI think I hear some one saying, ‘ why is it
necessary to lay down now and here these fundamental
conditions that hedge about the distribution of marine
Alege? Surely allthat has been done long ago.” It 1s true
that much that I have said, though true is not by itself
new, but my experience of the study of phycology is that
the idea of there being a distribution of Algze at all is in its
infancy. In the pages of the older writers we frequently
meet with remarks on the local distribution of Alez, in
standard modern works hke those of the venerable Agardh,
the distribution of each species 1s carefully noted, but so
far as I know, very little has been done with the subject

4
-

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALGZ. 175

by itself. In Kjellman’s Alge of the Arctic Sea there are
admirable tables of the distribution of these Algz through-
out the provinces into which he has divided that region.
In the Essai de classification des Alques de la Guadeloupe
by MM. Mazé and Schramm, there are exhaustive tables
showing the relationship of the Algz of Guadeloupe and
in my Catalogue of West Indian Alge@ there are tables
showing the relationship of West Indian Algz with
other regions, viz., North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Warm
Atlantic, South Atlantic and Cape of Good Hope, Indian
Ocean, Australia and South Pacific, Warm Pacific,
North Pacific and China Seas. It is much to be
wished that the authors of catalogues of Algz should
furnish us with similar tables, though, knowing the labour
of the performance arising from the diverse classifications
in use, and from the necessity of verifying records—
knowing that such labour rivals that involved in the produc-
tion of the catalogue itself, I can understand the reluctance
of authors. Certainly few tasks have less outward and
visible result than the construction of such tables. But
the more of them made the easier does the work of making
the remainder become.

Now I have heard it said that the subject hardly
exists—that species of Algz are pretty well world-wide if
we except such broad and obvious facts as that the
Sargassa are more or less tropical and the Siphonez also ;
that the Laminariez are temperate and polar and so on.
There is not much use wasting argument on such ignor-
ance which the gods fight against in vain. The plants
themselves intervene in this matter, and by appeal
to them we can settle it. My object in constructing
the table appended to this paper* is the very humble one of

*T have to acknowledge gratefully the aid of Miss Ethel Barton and of
Mr. Carver in drawing up the table and checking results.

176 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

showing that there is such a subject and that it deserves to
be pursued. For this purpose I have selected three regions
of the ocean which are well cut off from each other, which
have little or nothing in common except the fact that their
Algee have been well collected and studied. These regions
are the Arctic Sea (taking Kjellman as the basis of calcu-
lation); the West Indian region (based on my own
catalogue) ; and the Australian region (based on Sonder’s
catalogue in Baron von Mueller’s Fragmenta Phytographia
Australie, vol. X1., Supplement and also in Additamenta).
The first and the second are purely natural regions, but
the third is hardly so. Australia is both tropical and
south temperate, but the fact may be urged in favour of
our treating it as a whole that the portion of the coast
best known at present 1s south temperate. I wish for the
purpose of this table it had been possible to so delimit
Australia as to exclude its tropical forms, but it was hardly
possible to do this with accuracy. Nevertheless, the
whole region is well cut off from the others, and the fact
that the whole of its flora is included would concede
chances against my argument for the geographical diversity
of algal forms. So let it stand. Before entering upon an
examination of this table, I would point to a discrepancy
between the totals of forms common to the West Indies
and Australia now given and those given in my catalogue
of West Indian Alge. The discrepancy arises from the
fact that the present enumeration is based principally on
Sonder’s Catalogue and the former one on Agardh’s
Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum, and on other
books. Sonder’s Catalogue is more exhaustive than the
Agardhian enumeration for the reason that part of the
latter (the Pheeophyceze) was done long before Sonder’s
catalogue. There is here a difference of four. Again under
the Florideze there is a difference in excess of ten, arising

J eee eee > NR

a

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 177

partly from Agardh’s more just appreciation of the value
of specific forms, notably in the Helminthocladiaceze which
contribute six of the excess of ten to be found in Sonder.
Under Chlorophycez and Protophycee there are in the
present estimate excesses of three and two respectively
arising from my own judgment in framing the former
lower estimate. It was necessary in constructing the
former tables to use one plan, one estimate of specific
value (the Agardhian) for the whole world flora and so
Sonder’s catalogue was not then taken bodily. However
with these differences, amounting to nineteen only in the
ageregate of the entire flora in question, we need not con-
cern ourselves farther than to explain their origin.

Let us first look at the aggregate totals that we may
form some idea of the extent of the floras we are dealing
with. The arctic marine flora consists of 259 species
contained in 111 genera; the West Indian of 788 species
in 150 genera; and the Australian of 1132 species in 255

genera, the last owing its preponderance to its embracing

subtropical and south temperate types. The most note-
worthy observation on these totals is the proportions of
genera to species. In the arctic regions the genus
averages slightly more than two species only, while in the
West Indies it averages rather more than five, and in
Australia rather less than five. These proportions be-
come more instructive when we trace them through the
tables showing the numbers which the different regions
have in common. The Arctic Sea and the West Indies
have 42 genera and 380 species in common; the West
Indies and Australia have 109 genera and 135 species
in common; the Arctic Sea and Australia have 42
genera and 21 species in common; while 32 genera occur
in all three regions and only 12 species. It will be seen
that exactly the same number of genera are in common

178 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

between the Arctic Sea and the West Indies, and between
the Arctic Sea and Australia, though of course, as the
tables show, not the same genera. It will also be seen that
the comparison of the West Indies with Australia alone
shows a preponderance of specific over generic types in
common (except in the case of the item Protophycee the
least worked out group). This naturally shows a greater
affinity between these floras, as was indeed to be expected,
and it remains true when we substitute my previous lower
estimate of 116 for 135 species. I have elsewhere re-
marked on the relationship of these floras so far removed
from each other and on the fact that there is a greater
correspondence between them than between the West
Indian and the Indian ocean floras, though the generic
types of these latter correspond closely. This table of
figures speaks so plainly for itself that any discussion of it
would be a mere reiteration of its obvious statements.
I cannot help, however, calling attention to the totals of
forms common to all three regions, viz., Floridez, 17 gen-
era and only 5 species; Pheeophycee, 6 genera and only
one species (Hudesme virescens); Chlorophycee, 5 genera
and 6 species (four of which are notoriously cosmopolitan
Ulvaceze—plants which do their best if I may say so to
become fresh water forms even, not content with a home
in the boundless ocean; the one siphoneous alga is our
beautiful Bryopsis plumosa); and finally Protophycee, 4
genera and no species.

It will be noticed also from a study of these totals that
while in the Arctic and Australian Regions, the Pheo-
phycez far out-number the Chlorophycez, in the tropical
West Indian flora, the proportion 1s very markedly reversed
and the green Algze outnumber the olive brown. One is
tempted to put this down to the strong illumination of the
tropical sea but another reason is to be found in the fact

ign

ee a ee ae en ee ee oe re

ae

Se ere

eee

DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 179

that a number of the Antilles richest as regards Alge are
subject to irruptions of fresh and brackish water from the
Orinoco floods, a condition that would operate in the same
direction. When I have finished the examination of
Indian Ocean Algee on which Iam at present engaged,
check results may be expected that will answer this
speculation. The figures I have quoted to you with
those in the table speak for themselves. Out of three
diverse floras consisting of 259 species, 788 and 1132
respectively there are only 12 species in common. This
one fact surely answers the question plainly enough that
there is a subject of the distribution of Alge, and that
materials for its study exist; and moreover it exhorts us
to undertake it.

I now come to the last part of my subject and on it I
need not detain you long since the materials are scanty.
The distribution of Algze in time as evidenced by their
fossil remains is a branch of study which is indeed some-
what starved for lack of material. In the early rocks there
are many markings which have been dignified by imagina-
tive paleontologists with such names as F'ucites, Confer-
vites, Caulerpites, etc. But these have been shown by
Nathorst and others to be in most cases no other than
casual impressions of miscellaneous objects, trails of
creeping animals and the like. We have however certain
fossil remains such as Nematophycus described by Mr.
Carruthers, from the Hrian of Canada (=lower Devonian).
The minute structure of this Alga has been studied
microscopically and it is apparent that in these far off
times there flourished in the ocean, this gigantic sip-
honeous alga, resembling our Udotea or Avrainvillea in
structure but attaiming a girth to be measured by feet—a
veritable marine tree. Besides this alga and a few

questionable forms such as Pachytheca, we have only
12

180 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

certain fossil Dasyclade and fossil Diatoms from Tertiary
beds as materials for discussion. The theory of develop-
ment requires the supposition that we have in Alge the
least changed descendants of the earliest forms of life that
appeared on the globe, but the testimony of the rocks is —
barren in this respect—nay it 1s worse than barren, since
it is difficult to account on this hypothesis for the absence
of Diatoms for example from the Silurian and other early
beds in which one might expect from the nature of the
deposit to find them or organisms of a like kind. It
would be easy to insist on the comparative worthlessness
of negative evidence in a case of this kind, but it is a duty
to state the difficulty emphatically if it is ever to be
removed. It is difficulties of this stubborn kind that stand
in the path of the theory of evolution and not the ingeni-
ously constructed and imaginary obstacles evolved from
the fermenting brains of the new school of subjective
naturalists who know not Darwin but who know Nature
well—at second hand. .

= | a | uv | GA ae Wa | (OR FST! | Gra LAL | aa AO | VUL | Kav ees
G ce G c OL 6 6 |v |8 Lg Be || iL 1 is Nectar SOUL TRIO)
0 I 0 G rele jester fis teh TL) 17 Sba| (oxe= |) We: FL eee | ie ae eo SOO p One
: 0 0 0 0 6 G 0 OF ay aie VG G 10 ORAS Se eee Boltpuoyl)
CeO OO Te On OO FOO 0 170 Ora ees eordreoosuodg
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O |G Il 0 0 10 Ofer BOLL UIULOTT
CeO OO Ft | O | O FOG |e Ie I |¢ Cage aoe VOTPOSUBA AA,
0 0 0) 0 c V 0 || OG 8) GL v | O (2 aie as eee ows
0 0 0 0 PANS 0 0 |og | 9 1Z G | 0 O | ewoovoudA Ty
0 0 0 0 6 Il 0 O 76 V SL Cen nO) OS Sa ae ee) 84 ire)
Oe Ore eee pee OO Te ig <ik¢ 6 | 0 Oe ROLSUBIOVU, )
0 0 0 0 6L 9 0 Oj] Ge | 3 OF 3) i O QO | SKooRIpeOOUPULUM]O FY
0 G 0 GC It is il G || dts 4] 4? 3) i || to Gaal eeeanere BOLLISS9TO
0 0 0) 0 A G 0 O Gir | aA || WS v7 || 0 waplooooo0108 dg
I G I G I G Il G a7 G 9g b 9 Teak Sau wooerdy dog
0 IL 0) G 0 Il Il I |} g T IL @) Gis teria wotreurenbg
Il 6 I € g G G G 6S 1 OG 9 9 CHG are woowrtraurd poy yy
0 I i I 6 G 0) aie ae ) G 1G etic ee vordurey)
0) 0 0) 0 0) () 0) 0) oT | iI T 0) (QvealenwseeS: RILGHOYOSOLY
0 0) 0 0 G It 0) QO | OT IL ) 4) 0 (Qo arempp als
0 0 0 it 0 0 0 OG 6 0 0) IG (eRe ees BOOVT}TOUIN CT,
0 0) 0 0 0 0 0 O 70 0 0 @ |) IL | ee eA ROMANE QUIN GL
Of Or OO aC | SOs 0s On ie I 0 0 | 0 Oy aoe eoAvUsocpn¢(]
VO Cae ao | Col eee see (ee | OLN | ei Sees POULIABITL)
@ @) 0 0) I G 0 0 Ge || 9) 6G (8 11 @) Q [7 eeoerureuoydAag
Il G I 6 6 9 V 6 || AONE | tell |) a7 Q | &z CQ) pers ee eg BREACH)
| | WACO T A
“sedgq | “wok | oadg | -wexy || osdg | “wey | ‘o0dg | “wey | -oedg | ‘wey | -oodg | ‘mey | ‘oodg | ‘won |
“SNOIDMY VITVUISAY JVITVULSLY purl ‘SHIGNT LS Ay
WaUAL oN pone Vag ay SOURCES EA | PEE Vago EN Aria | oaaar ie || Se) Ore
OL NOWNOO WOTV

‘aye Yysory A[quqord ote osoyy JO MOT VW y

9 ULYDEUDDY
“* 7810] WHOAHAOLOUG
| TP}O.L

Heresies SATA

eee BOA TOFU

OHO G000000000 oe eomoydig

Bere wvoovroydojoeyy)
WLOAHAOWOTHD

Ir 9 8 IL | 1} ll | i 6 | 606 | - 69 66 | GY | [P11

0 0 0 0 0 0) 0 Eeaed Ot) I G I BOOVISTTVA,

0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0 Oo O | 0 0) I [ |t9**9""" eeru0z0Rls

0 0) 0 0) 0 0) 0 O | 0 0 | 0 0 G Tee ie oe BOULLOpOUyI]

0) 0 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) O 8 6 || © 0 HG | (G peeoeeeceoee Geeienenuinanar

0 0 I I 0 0 0 @ |} 1 T 10 0) co G | eeottoydisoyhog

0) G G G 6 S 0) G | &G Ih || 8) S 6 G ““* goowuyoo10dg

0 0) 0) 0 6 i 0) OES Lol G I 0) Oe ia VOOVIpRpOOLyILV

0) 0 0) G 0) 0 0) O 16 GA il I eat as aa ae ee eoowlrejzoun

I 1! I G G V G S160 4 18 9 L Die gas as * go0RVLIeployO

0 IE 6 G 0 i 0 Wy} OL G |G I 9 ‘Fee Sua via woovltepooeydg

0) iD I ll Il IL 0) I G (S lL iE 9T Og sear eoovdr1eoo0qjony

0 0) 0) 0 OT G 0) QO | 66 L | PV bh 0 hai ieee mo" e290810A901C,

0 0 0 0 0) 0 0 O 10 O 410 0) G Cea ee eopri1eydoyLy,

’ 0) 1 a 1 ‘S V G I SIL OG | && V VI (Mam bhter ope eee e9080NL
Oem | ; WALOAHAOWVH

fete

ger OP PRA,

} : 3 Mey ae yy
PHAEOPHYCEA _

FLORIDEA
Ceramme: <6: ce ger.enn56
Cryptonemiacese
Gigartinew ............
Dudresnayez
Furcellariez
Dumontiaceze
Spyridieze
Aveschougiew
Champier ............
Rhodymeniaceze
Squamarieze
Porphyracez

*Sphaerococcoideze
Delesserieve
Helminthocladiacee. .
Chaetangieze
Gelidieze
Hypneaceze
DOleMIeH tate cence
Wrangeliese
Lomentarieze
Spongocarpieee
Chondrieze
Rhodomeleze
Corallineze

see eee ene
pee eeeene
eee eens
Se

sees
ett eee ene eee

peewee eee
wee eee eee eee

Total...

Fucacez is Bes
Tilopterides .........
Dictyotaces ............
Hictocarpaceze

Sphacelariacese
Chordariaceze

Punctariacee .........
Arthrocladiacese
Sporochnacee ...
Scytosiphonere ......
Laminariee ............
Lithodermeze
Aglaozonieze
Ralfsiaceze

see een eee

eet eee

see teens
Pee ees eee eee

CHLOROPHYCE
Chaetophoraceze
Siphonez
Conferveze
Ulveze

PROTOPHYCE total ..

AGGREGATE

Ee aPC aE re eS es ee Sey ee ee ee Se eee ee ee

Ds oes
aay

oe ene

Anctic Sra.

West Inpies.] Avsrrata. |

i fi

Aroric SEA and} West Inpres JArcric Sea an

ALL TH

cfg i

* A few of these are probably fresh water,

West Inprus. fand Ausrratta} AusTRALta. REGIONS. J
Gen. | Spec. | Gen. | Spec. | Gen. | Spec. | Gen. | Spec. | Gen. | Spee. | Gen. | Spec. | Gen. { Spee. | in
6 98.1 6 aa eer oe eee noe 9°! 8) 1) 22)
0 07 9 | 291 Bi Sat oO |°o bs | a fh Oe ecuereeen
ob AL PO | 9 Cee Be es: ee tee eee
0 ol 0 OF Dh tho oe bo | Ob oleae omen
ih eo Of OF O1 Oo loo foo Sime eee
3 5} 0 OP 2) BP 0s] SON Oe eee eee
0 One a Gt | 1) 6 | OW io 1G Oe one aa
0 Oneed 11 8| Wt 06 | O ipo! Oh G9 oe arene
il 9| 2 6). 4 0 te a ee a Oe) ie aie eee et
5 6.1 6G 1.80) 211 So Oe ey ee Slee eee
5 Gr 1 BSB ee aie Oe eee oe enna
4 6] 2 RR ee WOR ere Se en Gaal ge oe 9
0 Ol 4 hee 14 | Qu Oe eee eee etre ea ene aa) ’
D) ales 6 4 BT or) se aaa ere temo: sic) Tesora 4
0 Ol 6-740) 8 i go oO tone ators eOnelnOe | en Cea) at)
0 o| 2 Ole br) = 7 oO 0 soem ee Oe Oem tea Or a and
0 OPO | Se As Olle Seiler lo Ore Wiest Onan
0 Oe] Eee eT ee ee Oe eee ge SO Oe ho
0 7 ee a es oto Os Pa a | ee Se oe oe || oo.) a
D) tal | | © SIO a SI) 0 LO Po
0 o| o Onl moe Ore TON Orel 40; 0 Oe aCe ar
1 i || © Od = 004) Oe WO 2 | oe or 4) 0), | @
0 MN i Sy EO Oo Oo OO.) @
Be WeGee eer Oe a i ee Ge Vee to eh fw
AA sGe lq MST Ge saddles, bea al. Gaal 10a | Sonal geen amines
44 | 104] 85 | 444] 151) 743 | 21 1s | OMe keyed Rare ee Gee ily fs
5 14 4 33 | 20 118 1 2, 4 Binal [eal il A (Ole
D) 2 0 (0) 0) 0 0) 0) 0) 0 0 0 0) 0
OO 1 7) ae 7 ona cor er 10. te or nro et men mn) .
Go agen ie eenomiiers ee lO We bo de de eee <
elo ea dash ONO OM al OP tO, ty | | ee ;
Bee Wo Sly i133 1 ol 4 oe oi Senn
fea pale ee ae eee Ol OO. Oe 2 6. le Sen Oana iene
O- | Oeil 9] 1 al OO | | Oe pO ern me mt]
Our Bea 3 SP ve ash oO ol sO a8 13, One enon |e)
eel ool e0 Ouledl ie) Tome aero SOMO) bets tele) o -0
5 oe ao o| 2 OOM | Oe ee iO), Vote! oo
ok oO o| 0 CMO CMa ee Clea @-lp. 01° @
hie | [i o| o (Oe Pears |e ha0 or Fo @ No 4 0
Taleo leet 1] 0 (tO Cea oe Or | We a
49 |92 |o5 | 119 | 52 209 Valen | 19 21 i he 6 | 4
eae eae! nets 0} 0 O10 20h Gm 0. bs Onreeg) eoneeen
9. |. B- foo: <b OR as Ve V5 Oe eapte i e) |e meer eee
197% ae | a7 bass | GaN Sol soc S|ueon |) ao orate | aoe earn
race arin erty peewee (i) Warum et embellish a
19 | 54 | 30 187 | 34 | 149 | s | 8 15 | 32 Bcf ee en hone
+ 6)| 9) to) | 45) [elsif a | jb S| aah Os eaten
111 | 259 | 150 788 | 255 1132] 42 | 30 109 | 135 | 42 | a1 | 32 | 22 bs

181

The BIOLOGICAL RESULTS of the Cruise of the
SY. “ARGO” round the WEST COAST of
IRELAND in August, 1890.

By W. A. Herpmayn, D.Sc., F.L.S.,

PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates VIII., IX., X.

(And an Appendix on Sponges by Dr. R. Hanitsch, with
Plates XI. and XII.)

[Read February 13th. 1891.]

Last Summer Mr. Alfred Holt very kindly invited me to
be one of the party during a cruise of his steam-yacht
‘“ Areo”’ round the west coast of Ireland; and he was not
only good enough to offer to give me facilities for dredging
and collecting animals in other ways whenever possible,
but he also, when I suggested the possibility of getting a
few hauls of the dredge in deep water, at once agreed to
devote a day or two to doing so, and with this object in
view he laid in about 1200 fathoms of galvanized steel-
wire rope, and devised a small hand winch for winding it
in. Unfortunately the exceptionally bad weather we met
with off the Donegal Coast prevented us from making any
use of this special tackle in deep water; but we had some
hauls of the dredges and trawl at various localities round
the coast in depths up to 60 fathoms, and a good deal
of tow-netting and some shore.collecting. I took with me
a new double or reversible trawl, which worked very
satisfactorily, several ordinary naturalist’s dredges, one
with a semi-circular scraping edge (which we left at the

182 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

bottom, off Dursey Head), several tow-nets, microscopes,
boxes of bottles, jars and tubes, a swinging aquarium, and
the usual preserving and mounting re-agents.

The ‘‘Argo” started from Greenock at 5 am. on
Thursday, August 7th, and spent the rest of the month in
coasting round the north, west and south of Ireland. The
annexed map (Plate VIII.) shows approximately the
course, and the numbers 1, 2, 3, &c., imdicate the
successive stations at which tow-net gathermgs were
taken, while the letters A, B, C, &c., mark the localities
where we were able to dredge or trawl or collect shore
specimens.

Mr. I. C. Thompson has kindly gone over all the tow-
net gatherings for me, and has drawn up the lists (p. 185,
&c.) of the species found at the different stations, which
are arranged in chronological order. Mr. Thompson has
also compiled the table on p. 194 which shews the distribu-
tion of the species of Copepoda over the various districts
explored. Among the rarer forms attention may be
drawn to Pontella wollastom, Pseudocyclops obtusus,
Monstrilla rigida, and Porcellidiwm subrotundum.

On several occasions we used two tow-nets, the one
made of fine silk and the other of a coarser material,
simultaneously, one on each side of the ship, and found
that the finer net invariably contained by far the most
material or “plankton.” The coarser net only captured
a few of the larger animals, such as Megalopa, Sagitia,
and Plewrobrachia, so we soon gave up using it.

(In his recently published work, entitled ‘‘ Plankton-
Studien,’* Heeckel introduced a number of new terms
applicable to the assemblages of forms collected by the
tow-net, which will probably be found useful as giving

* Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1890.

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 183

precision to our ideas, and in enabling us to dispense with
a good deal of circumlocution. He says if we apply the
term ‘‘ Halobios”’ to the entire assemblage of living
organisms inhabiting the waters, we may divide these
into two primary groups, ‘‘ Benthos,”’ or those that
live on the ground at the bottom, and ‘“ Plankton,’’+
or those that move free in the water. Benthos may be
divided conveniently into the ‘“ Littoral Benthos”’ and
the ‘‘ Abyssal Benthos,” terms which require no explana-
tion, and each of these again comprises “ Sessile”’ and
““Vagile”’ forms. Then Plankton in this wide sense can
be divided into ‘‘ Nekton,” or those forms which can swim
actively, and ‘‘ Plankton” in the more restricted sense,
comprising those that swim feebly or not at all, and so
are liable to be carried about by currents. This Plankton
again can be divided according as it belongs to fresh waters
or to the sea into “‘ Limnoplankton” and “ Haliplankton,”’
and the former of these assemblages may be sub-divided
into Autolimnetic, Zonolimnetic, and Bathylimnetic
eroups, according as the organisms live on the surface,
at a certain definite depth, or in deep-water close to the
bottom. Then the Haliplankton may be divided into
“Oceanic” and ‘ Neritic.”’ The former is what we find
away from land in the open sea and may be conveniently
erouped under the five great oceanic basins, (1) Arctic, (2)
Atlantic, (3) Indian, (4) Pacific, and (5) Antarctic. The
Neritic Haliplankton is what we find round the coasts of
continents and islands, and it might be termed Littoral
Plankton. Then the Oceanic Plankton of the great ocean
basins may be further sub-divided into Pelagic, Zonary,
and Bathybic, according as the organisms are found on the
surface of the sea, at a particular depth or zone, or finally
only in deep-water near the bottom. Then further, the

+ A term introduced by Prof. V. Hensen, of Kiel, a few years ago.

184 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pelagic Plankton, always according to Heckel, may be
divided up into three groups, (1) ‘‘ Autopelagic,” those
forms which are only found on the surface, (2) ‘“‘ Bathy-
pelagic,” those which occur on the surface and also at
ereater depths, and (3) ‘ Spanipelagic,” those forms which
normally live at considerable depths (7.e., are then zonary
or bathybic forms), but periodically come to the surface for
a short time—it may be only for a week or even for a single
day in the year. ‘The Bathypelagic includes the great
mass of Plankton, and it may be distinguished into ‘‘ Nycti-
pelagic,” only coming to the surface during the night,
‘‘Chimopelagic,” only found on the surface during winter,
and ‘‘ Allopelagic,” which seem to make irregular vertical
migrations, being sometimes on the surface and sometimes
in the depths independently of temperature changes.

Then again, from another point of view, the terms
‘“‘ Holoplanktonic ”’ and ‘‘ Meroplanktonic ’’ may be use-
fully applied, the former to those organisms which can be
ranged under Plankton during the whole of their existence,
and the latter to such forms as belong, in some stages of
their life history, not to Plankton at all, but to the Benthos
(either littoral or abyssal).

Finally, the Plankton wherever it occurs may be
‘‘ Monotonic’’ when it is formed almost entirely of one
particular organism or group of organisms, or ‘‘Polymiktic”’
when, as 1s usually the case, a gathering contains a mix-
ture or assemblage of a number of different kinds of plants
and animals. |

The dredged and shore material (“‘ Littoral Benthos”’ of
Heckel) was collected as follows :—

(A) In Killybegs Harbour, August 10th: 3 hauls of the

dredge in the forenoon, depth 5—10 fms.; and
3 in the afternoon, depth 10—15 fms.
(B) Killary Bay, August 11th, trawled in 20 fms.; and

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’”’ CRUISE. 185

August 13th, dredged from a small boat, 5—10
fms., mud.

(C) Island of Inishbofin, August 15th, shore collecting

at low tide.

(D) Galway Bay, August 17th, shore collecting at

Salthill, low tide.
(E) Off Inishmore, Arran Ids, due north of Killeany, 3
miles out, August 18th, dredged and trawled in
24 fms.

(F) Off Bull Island, Dursey Head, August 24th,

dredged in 60 fms., gravel.

(G) Bantry Bay, August 26th, dredged in about 10

fms., sand.

I am indebted to a number of friends for help in drawing
up the following lists and notes. Professor A. C. Haddon
has kindly examined the Actiniz, Professor Jeffrey Bell
has named several of the more difficult Echinodermata,
Dr. Hanitsch has examined the Sponges and Mr. A. O.
Walker the Crustacea, Mr. F. Archer has furnished me
with a small list of Shells, Miss L. R. Thornely has
identified the Hydroid Zoophytes and the Polyzoa, Mr.
J. Hornell has named the few Worms, while Miss A. E.
Warham, B.Sc., and Miss J. H. Willmer have gone over
all the Tunicata, under my direction, and have given me
much assistance in the dissection and identification of the
numerous specimens.

List oF THE TOW-NET GATHERINGS.

1. Off Pladda, near Arran, Firth of Clyde, August 7th.
(Deposit thick and yellow.)
Many Diatoms, Coscinodiscus and others.
Ceratium tripos - - - - very abundant
C. ~furea - - - - ai
C. fusus - - - - ip

186 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Peridimum divergens - - - Fe
Thaumantias |

Sagitta - - - - - - - a few
Young Annelids

Larval Echinoderms (Ophiurid Plutei) - :
Young Lamellibranchs and Veligers

Appendicularia - - - - - several

Nauplei

Schizopoda - - - - - - one

Megalopa of crabs - - - - - a few

Evadne nordmann - - - - - several

CopEpopA—Calanus finmarchicus — - - several
Temora longrcornis - - i
Oithona spinifrons - - abundant

Pseudocalanus elongatus = 2
Centropages hamatus - - a
Dias longiremis - - - 6
Eictinosoma atlanticum - - a few
2. Lennan Bay, Lough Swilly, 3 gatherings from 9 p.m.
Aug. 7th to 9 a.m. Aug. 8th.
(Deposit thick and full of debris, shghtly phosphorescent.)
Radiolaria - - - - - : a few
Ctenophora = - - - - - - very many
Thawmantias, and other Medusoid gonophores, many
Annelids, larval

CopEPpopa—Pseudocalanus elongatus - several
Centropages hamatus — - = ss
Oithona spinifrons - - abundant
Cyclopina littoralis - - several

3. Near Gola Id., Gweedore Sound, August 8th, 6 p.m.
(Rather thick and yellowish, very prolific in Copepoda.)
Medusoid gonophores* — - - - - a few

* Including a Sarsia budding both from the manubrium and from the base
of the tentacles. ;

i.

—_— - -

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 187

Appendicularia

Ascidian larvee

Fishes’ eggs

Nauplei (Cirripede and Copepod)

Evadne nordmannt - - - - - several

Schizopoda - = - = = - St

CopEPpopa—Calanus firmarchicus - = -
Centropages hamatus - - -
Temora longicornis - - abundant
Pseudocalanus elongatus - a
Dias longiremis — - - - several
Oithona spinifrons - - abundant
Tsias clavipes - - - several
Eictinosoma atlanticum - - a few

i. spinipes - - -

Monstrilla rigida_ - - - one
Bradya typica - - - -

4. Off Gola Id., Gweedore Sound, August 8th, at night.
Sarsia, and other small Medusoids

Annelid larvee

Molluscan veligers

Appendicularia

Ascidian larvee

Ostracoda, a few

Nauplei
j Evadne (with young)

Amphipoda — - - - - - - a few

Schizopoda - - - - - - *

CopEpopaA—Calanus finmarchicus - - several
Pseudocalanus elongatus - Be
Outhona spinifrons - - Be
Isias clavipes - - - 3)

Longipedia coronata - : one

188 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

5. Killybegs Harbour, Donegal Bay, Aug. 9th, all night.
(Thick, and mostly debris; phosphorescent.)

Ceratium tripos - - - - - abundant
Annelida - - - aM ae = +:
Rotifera - = - ; - - some
Amphipoda = - - - - - - abundant
Coppropa—Pseudocalanus elongatus - several

Centropages hamatus — - -
Dias longiremis — - - -

oY)
a8)
Ectinosoma spinipes - -

Ei. erythrops - - “a
Idya furcata - - - a few
Cyclopina littoralis - -

6. Killary Lough, 2 gatherings, August 11th.

(Thick and dark green colour, full of debris.)

CopEPpopA—Oithona spinifrons - - very abundant
Pseudocalanus elongatus - a few
Centropages hamatus — - -
Dias discaudatus - - - i

7. Kallary Lough, August 13th (not all examined).
(Very thick, olive green, debris.)

CoPEPODA—Ovthona spinifrons

8. Galway Bay, morning of August 17th.

(Thick, dark green.)

9

”

b)

Conferva - - - - - abundant
Diatoms - - - - = E - a
Ceratium tripos - - - - - - several
Pleurobrachia - - - - - - many

Medusoid gonophores

Larval Echinoderms eh :
Rotifera

Annelid larvee

Ascidian larvee

Appendicularia

Nauplei

- a few

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 189

Podon intermedius - - - - - several

CopErpopa—Pseudocalanus elongatus- - + abundant
Outhona spinifrons - - 5
Harpacticus chelifer : - one

9. Galway Bay, afternoon of August 17th.

(Very thick, green; Diatoms abundant.)
Ceratium tripos - - - - - abundant
CopEpopA—Otthona spinifrons - : = A
10. Galway Bay, August 18th, forenoon, 2 gatherings.

(Thick and greenish yellow.)

Conferva and diatoms - - - - abundant

Ceratium tripos - - - - - —_—_ several

Young Actinotrocha

Podon intermedius - - - - - a few

CopEpopA—Oithona spinifrons - - several
Harpacticus chelrfer - - one

11. Due North of Killeany, Arran Ids., 3 miles out, Aug.
18th, afternoon.
(Thick and muddy appearance.)

Ceratium triypos - - - - - abundant
Tintinnus denticulatus —- - - - several
Sagitta - - - - - - e
Tomopterts, sp. - = 7 = : oe
Megalopa - - = : - = ”
Schizopoda - - : = - - -
CopEPpopa—Calanus finmarchicus - - a few

Pseudocalanus elongatus - abundant

Centropages hamatus — - - 8

C. typrcus 2 - 13

Outhona spinifrons - - 3
Dias longirenis — - - - 3
12. In Killeany Bay, Arran Ids., 2 gatherings, Aug. 19.
(Rather thick and green, very prolific.)
Conferva - - - - - : - abundant

190 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Tintinnus campanula - - - - several
Ceratiwn tripos - - - - - abundant
CG, —_ jfnnsnis - - - - - several
Radiolaria - - - - - - a few
Sagitta - - - - - - fy
Appendicularia - - - - - several
CopEpopa—Calanus finmarchicus - - few
Pseudocalanus elongatus - several
Centropages hamatus - = s
C. typicus - -
Oithona spinifrons - : abundant
Dias longiremis — - - - i.
Porcellidium subrotundum — - one
Laophonte sumilis - - - a
Ip, curticauda - - two

13. Off Carrigaholt, Shannon, Aug. 19th, all night.
(Very thick and dirty looking.)

Ctenophora — - - - - - - quantities
Amphipoda* - - - - - - several
Cumacea* - - - - - : re
CopErpopa—Temora longicornis - - ss
Oithona spinifrons = = r
Centropages hamatus - - -
CE typicus - - c
Dias longiremis — - : 2 4
Tsias clavipes 2 = - is
Peltidium depressum — - - two
14. Scattery Id., Shannon, Aug. 20th.
(Rather thick, ight green.)
Actinomonas pusilla - - - - several
Ceratium tripos - - - - - F
Diatoms, several species - - - - *
Appendicularia - - - = - e

* See lists on p. 204.

:
Fi:
4

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 191

Megalopa and Zoea of crabs - - -

Cumacean - - - - - - one

CopEpopa—Temora longicorms - - several
Centropages hamatus - - abundant
Dias longiremis — - - - nf
Dias discaudatus - - - i
Longipedia coronata - - one
Harpacticus chelifer —- - a few

do. var. gracilis, one

Pontella wollastona - - o
Parapontella brevicornis - is
Cyclopina littoralis - - abundant
Harpacticus fulvus - - one
Outhona spinifrons - - a few

15. Templenoe, Kenmare River, Aug. 21st, all night.
(Transparent.)

Ceratium trupos - - - - - several
Peridimum divergens - - - - -
Ctenophora - - - - i.
Mollusca, very small - - - - Ms
CopEPrpopa—T'emora longicorms - - a few
Outhona spinifrons - - abundant
Dias longirenis — - - - several
Larval Copepoda - - - abundant

16. Templenoe, Kenmare River, August 21st.
(Very thick but contains little.)

Ceratvum tripos - - - - - several
Peridumum divergens - - - - 5
Hvadne nordmanin - - - - A
CopEPpopA—Dias longiremis - - : x
Oithona spinifrons - - abundant
Isvas clavipes - - - several

Parapontella brevicornis - scarce

192 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Eictinosoma atlanticum - - :
Li. spunipes - - =
Thalestris longumana - - 3
Laophonte longicauda - - A

Cletodes linearis - - - one
Ca limicol - = ”

17. Kenmare River, Aug. 24th, night and morning,
water brown. ‘
(Clear and contains little.)

Diatoms - - - - - - several

Ceratium tripos = : = - : 7

CoPEPODA—Oithona spinifrons - - several
Harpacticus chelifer —- - one

18. Berehaven, Bantry Bay, Aug. 24th—25th, all night.
(Thin, containing little.)

Ceratium tripos - - - - - several
C. furca - - - - - Ps
C. fusus - - - - - ”
Peridinium divergens - - - - 45
Cumacean - - - - - - one
CopErpopA—Temora longicornis - - several
Oithona spinifrons - - - 3
Centropages hamatus - = o
Isias clavipes = - - 4;
Harpacticus chelifer — - - one
Caligus rapax - - - re

19. Berehaven, Bantry Bay, August 25th.

Contains very little except debris and
Ctenophora (Lobata).
20. Berehaven, Bantry Bay, August 25th.

Ctenophora (Lobata) forms chief bulk.
Peridimum divergens - - - - several
Amphipoda — - - - - - - 3

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 193

CoPpEPpoDA—Centropages hamatus - - a few
Dias longiremis - - - -
Thalestris longimana - - one
Cyclopina littoralis - - a few
21. Glengariff, Bantry Bay, August 25th, evening.
iz (Clear, containing very little.)
3 Ceratium tripos - - - - - abundant
f Ga OSS - - - - - 5
Vd CC. furca - - - - - a few
Peridinium divergens - - - - abundant
Actinomonas mirabilis — - - - - several
Radiolaria - - - . - - a few
Ctenophora, small - - - - - several
Podon intermedius - - - - - one
CopEPpopA—Pseudocalanus elongatus - several
Dias longirenis — - - - '
D. discaudatus - - = -
Isias clavipes - - - 5
Centropages hamatus - - te
Pseudocyclops obtusus - - one
Outhona spinifrons - - very abundant
Cyclopina littoralis - - several

22. Glengariff, Bantry Bay, Aug. 25th—26th, all night.
(Clear with yellow tinge, very little material.)

Ceratium tripos - - - - - several

Podon intermedius - - - - - a few

CoPpEPODA—Ovthona spinifrons - - very abundant
Ectinosoma atlanticun - scarce

The following table, drawn up by Mr. Thompson, shews
the distribution of the species of Copepoda over the differ-
ent districts.

xX K ae
KS
VSN IX

KKK

xX KK aes
x

eX

KOK eres
KX “Kae

|
|
|
|
|
|

‘Ylresuepy)
“MoARyoIEg
IOATY olVMUsy
‘eous|dwmey,
“py A10}}209
“OY RSLLIRS
‘spl Welty
‘Keg Aweoy[ly
‘ssoqATITY
“epprld BO

‘keg AeMyper)
“Avg Arey Dy

L

|

nN | “ATTIMG YsnoT |

~
a)
|
1
il

t

Pe mee meee e er eee ee sen cee ses recnes sadvanja SDUST
eee ee esos sngnpnnosyp *(T
Fee eee eee cee ree eee ec cece nes sruvawbuo) SDUT
tere reer eee e see reevee snovdhg °)

PSS ea agen srynumy sabodo.uay
Nafevarelotegeforeme (evel slorete le epee ie s2u.oorbuo) DLOwla T,
rip asthe ee sngnbuoja snupppoopnasg
560000 con GOO NADOOHOND snowyoumuuy snunpoy

‘SHIOWdS

“AgtBoOrT

“4ST UL JaquiInyy

NOILONEATELSIG—SONILLLAN-MOL .ODUYV >,

‘VdOduHdO0 HO

194 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 195

xX X

XX

xX XX

ee IK

XXXXX

xX X

xX X

x

xX X

XS PS OSX

d00 000000 000000000 COUIOIIOIOICIGIOICIG rvadvAs snbypp
piorexerelertigaicreg “" UNpUNZoLgns WNYPYIIILOT
D000 000000000 000 000000000000 pprbr.t DI)VLISUO
FEO rseees “Saumoun “9
revel aa ee iee aRENe eRe eee pjoonury $apopan{)
SOO 000000 000000000 000 ppnvorbwop lA
ee in oe ee DPNDIYAND ay

COD 000000000000 000000000000 sys aquoy dowry
DOO D0D 000000 000000000 wunjgdnssagur “ar
000006000000000000000 wnssaudap wunipuyjag
sholpjielalelleleleletslelelelelenetelelevenelsisnerelcneters wnordhy vIpnug
coOcC0D00D000DG0 000000 punwrebwo7 $2.1989) DY,
DNDN 000DD0 DOO O00000 000 000000000000 pypoinfe whip]
DOOUUOOUU ODD DUO U0U0D0 O00 snaynf ar

RS SYODAB “TA ‘op

sogde0 boo boc 00d G00000 000 wafyayo snonondun ET
sun00dud serrsesseeness saamsony vurdopoho
DOOUDD 000000006000 000000 DYDUOLOO orpadrbuoryT
DOU ODD UOOUOO ODD DUG O00 OOD saduuds iT
650000000000 000000000 sdowyghiaa “af

ISU DOP GUO OUGOEO. Oud UUNIYUD)IAY YuULosowry9s Ay
sovlatocnc-dge ddauco0ss snsnqqo sdopohoopnasg
800600000 000000 005500000 suowfrurds DUOYIUC
PAU MOSOO aun DOhy Oc su.lonidaig D))a2U0d DL
Ae ee Heeeerereetess quogsmnjoa D1)AIU0q

13

196 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ALG.

I made small collections of Algze from near low water
mark on the shore at two points where we happened to
be on land at the right state of the tide, viz.: at the
Island of Inishbofin off the coast of Connemara on
August 15th, and at Galway on August 17th. The speci-
mens were handed over to Mr. Harvey-Gibson, and they
have been identified in his laboratory and under his
supervision by Miss A. EK. Warham, B.Sc., who has
furnished me with the following lists.

The collection of Marine Alge is a small one, and
contains few species of any rarity. Amongst the more
interesting forms are Dermocarpa schousbei, Halopteris
jilicina, Ascocyclus reptans, Lomentaria clavellosa, Chylo-
cladia ovalis, and C. kaliformis. All the other species
are common. ‘The nomenclature adopted is that of
Holmes and Batters’ ‘“‘ Revised List of British Marine
Alge.” (Ann. Bot., vol. v., p. 63).

Species found at Inishbofin are indicated by the figure
(1), those at Galway Bay by (2).

CYANOPHYCE.
Dermocarpa prasina, Born. (1)
D. schousber Born. (1)
Lyngbya majuscula, Harv. (1)
L. semiplena, J. Ag. (1)
Calothriz pulvinata, C. Ag. (1, 2)
CHLOROPHYCEZ.
Enteromorpha compressa, Grev. (1, 2)
E. clathrata, J. Ag. (1, 2)
Urospora pencilliformis, Aresch. (1)
Cladophora rupestris, Kutz. (1, 2)
C. pellucida, Kutz. (1)
Chetomorpha linum, Kutz. (1)

— «

_
, °° =e

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 197

PHAOPHYCER.

Dictyosiphon feniculaceus, Grev. (1)
ictocarpus confervoides, Le Jol. (1, 2)
Ascocyclus reptans, Rke. (1)
Asperacoccus echinatus, Grev. (1)
Chordaria flagelliformis, C. Ag. (1)
Pylaiella litoralis, Kjellm. (1, 2)
Sphacelaria cirrhosa, C. Ag. (1, 2)
Chetopteris plumosa, Kutz. (1, 2)
Halopteris filicina, Kutz. (1)
Stypocaulon scoparvum, Kutz. (1)
Halidrys siliquosa, (1, 2)

RHODOPHYCER,

Bangia fuscopurpurea, Lyngb. (1)
Chantransia virgatula, Thur. (2)
Chondrus crispus, J. Ag. (1, 2)
Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kutz. (1, 2)
Rhodymenia palmata, Grev. (1, 2)
Lomentaria clavellosa, Gaill. (1, 2)
Chylocladia kalvformis, Grev. (1)
-C. ovalis, Hook. (1)

Plocamiun coccineum, Lyngb. (1,2)
Nitophyllum laceratum, Grev. (1, 2)
Delesseria sinuosa, Liamx. (1, 2)

D. sanguinea, Lamx. (1, 2)
Rhodomela subfusca, C. Ag. (1, 2)
Laurencia pinnatifida, Lamx. (2)
Polysiphonia fastigiata, Grev. (1, 2)
P. nigrescens, Grev. (1, 2)

P. byssoides, Grev. (2)

Dasya coccinea, C. Ag. (1)
Callithamnion hookeri, C. Ag. (1)
C. corymbosum, Lyngb. (1)

198 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ceramium rubrum, C. Ag. (1, 2)
C. tenuissemum, J. Ag. (1)

C. circinatum, J. Ag. (1)

C. ciliatum, Ducluz. (1)
Polyides rotundus, Grev. (1)
Melobesia farinosa, Larmx. (1)
Corallina officinalis, Linn. (1)

SPONGES.*

CaLcAREA—A scetta coriacea, Fl., var. osculata, and
Sycandra ciliata, Fl., on rock, off Arran Ids.
MonaxontpAa—Halichondria caruncula, B., off Arran Ids.
Rentera (densa, B. ?) do.
Esperella sordida, B., rock, off Arran Ids.
Desmacidon fucorum, J., off Arran Ids.
Suberites ficus, H., Killybegs, 5—15 fms.
Suberites domuncula, N., Killary, 10 fms.,
incrusting shells inhabited by Paguri.
Tophon hyndmam, B., rock, off Arran Ids.
CERATOSA—A plysilla rubra, Hn., do.

CQ@LENTERATA.
HYDROIDA.

Hydractinia echinata, Flem., abundant.
Bougainvillea (?)
Clytia johnston, Ald.
Obelia flabellata, Hincks.
Obelta genculata, Linn.
Campanularia neglecta, Ald.
* Dr. Hanitsch has written some further notes about some of these

species of Sponges which will be found as an Appendix at the end of this
paper (p. 213).

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 199

Calycella syringa, Linn.
Filellum serpens, Hass.
Halecium halecinum, Linn.
Sertularia pumila, Linn.
Plumularia setacea, Ellis.

P. halecioides, Ald., on sponge.
P. pinnata, Linn.

Aglaophenia tubulifera, Hincks.

ALCYONARIA.

Alcyonium digitatum, Linn., white, yellow, and deep
orange varieties.

Virgularia mirabilis, Linn., very fine, and in quantity,
brought up by the anchor from stiff blue mud at
Glengariff.

ACTINIARIA.

Professor A. C. Haddon reports as follows :—‘‘ Professor
Herdman submitted to me a few specimens of Actinise
collected by himself when on the ‘ Argo’: they consisted
of two species—

“(1) Anthea cereus, Johnst., which is extremely com-
mon on the west coast of Ireland, especially on Zostera
beds, the Actinian looking like an inflorescence on the
Zostera. The ashy grey variety 1s the most common,
occasionally the tentacles have a distinct green sheen.

“(2) Sagartia (7?) herdmani, n. sp. (cut, fig. 1).

“Tt is extremely difficult to investigate the anatomy of
this form owing to the greatly contracted condition of the
spirit specimens, and therefore I cannot yet speak with
confidence as to the genus. Iam however pretty confi-
dent that this is a new species; unfortunately I have not
had the opportunity of seeing it alive, nor are there any
sketches of the living and expanded animal. Provision-

200 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ally I have the pleasure of naming it after my friend and
its discoverer.

Fig. 1. Sagartia (2) herdmani, n. sp.

‘The presence of acontia makes it a Sagartian, the
mesenteries appear to have the arrangement which
characterises the more typical Sagartide, it 1s probably
not one of the Chondractinine (cf. Trans. Roy. Dublin
Soc., 1889, p. 305). The external characters are as
follows :—

‘“‘ Highly contracted Sagartiz of a low dome shape (in
spirit) with an expanded pedal disc; surface finely corru-
gated; capitulum when retracted with twelve ridges;
acontia emitted through mouth (?); pedal disc in most
specimens becomes remarkably folded, the folds being
transformed into new Actiniz which gradually become
separated from the parent and creep away (see cut, fig. 1)
—twenty or more buds may be formed at the same time.
Colour.*

‘‘ Dimensions—long diameter of base of column 12—14
mm., short diameter 8 mm.; height of contracted column
5—7 mim.; the pedal disc extends from 1 to 2mm. beyond
the column.

“ Habitat—on Twurritella shells, in Killary Lough, W.
of Ireland, 5 to 10 fms., August, 1890; abundant.

“Tt is well known that some Actinie proliferate from
their pedal disc, Metridiwm (Actinoloba) dianthus is a

*[ When alive, the colour was a pale brick-red with whitish markings on
the tentacles. The animal when dredged had the same low dome shape as

now ; when expanded in the aquarium it became a short cylinder: the
tentacles were numerous, small, slender and pointed.—W.A.H.]

ee

ay

NCTE CMS aoe ener ES

Ait

it
i

+

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ ARGO” CRUISE. 201

case in point; but I know of no Actinian which has this
habit in so marked a degree as has the above species. I
cannot at present say whether this is a constant character
or whether it has a purely seasonal significance.”
Caryophyllia borealis, off Killeany, Arran Ids., 24 fms.

CTENOPHORA.
Pleurobrachia, (sev. sp.) 1n great abundance round the coast.

ECHINODERMATA.

Astropecten trregulare, Penn.
Lwdea sarsi, Dub. and Kor. (?), trawled off Killeany,
Arran Ids. 24 fms.
Asterina gibbosa, Inishbofin, low tide.
Ophiothriz pentaphyllum, Penn.
Ophiocoma nigra, Abild.
Amphiura filiformis, Forb.
Ophioglypha lacertosa, Linck.
O. albida, Forb.
Echinus esculentus, Linn.
Eichinocyamus pusillus, Mull., many, off Dursey Head.
Holothuria mgra, Peach.
Cucumaria hyndmant, Forb.
Ocnus brunneus, Forb.

The only one of these species which calls for further
remark is :—

Holothuria nigra, Peach.

This is the ‘nigger,’ or ‘“‘cotton spinner”’ of the
Cornish fishermen, a form which has usually been con-
sidered very rare, and was not recorded as British until
recently. Itis known now from several points on the
southern and western coasts of Ireland and the southern
coast of England. It belongs to the group of Aspido-
chirote, forms with 20 shield-shaped tentacles, and is the
only representative of that set known to inhabit British

202 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

seas. It has received its popular name of cotton-spimner
from its unpleasant property of emitting from the cloaca,
when irritated, its cuvierian organs in the form of a num-
ber of white sticky threads of great strength, tenacity, and
extensibility. Prof. Jeffrey Bell, to whose kindness I am
indebted for my information, found that one of these
threads on exposure to water elongated twelve-fold and
swelled up to seven times its original diameter ; it would
then become exceedingly attenuated and elongated, and
stick to everything it came in contact with, but was so
strong that six such threads would hold up a weight of
from 800 to 1000 grains.

On account of this peculiarity, the “‘ nigger” is greatly
detested by the Cornish crab and lobster fishermen,
as they find their lobster pots besmeared with its sticky
threads. Mrs. Fisher (Miss Arabella Buckley) has given
in ‘‘ Nature’’ (June 26, 1884, p. 193) an account of her
experiences with a Mediterranean specimen which she
had dredged, and which cast some of its threads at her
hands. My own experience with the present specimen
from Inishbofin was very much the same. A few seconds
after picking it up it began to eject the white threads,
and very soon I felt them sticking to my skin and
joining my fingers together in a most unpleasant manner.
The remains of the threads and the sticky feeling were
difficult to get rid of afterwards. Prof. Bell, who exhibited
this specimen at a meeting of the Zoological Society of
London on Nov. 18th, remarks that it is specially inter-
esting, as it has entangled itself in its own threads.* The
threads are usually regarded as organs of offence and
defence. This holothurian is supposed to live at a depth
of from 10 to 20 fathoms, and has always been taken

* For further information see Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1884, pp. 372 and
5638; also Nature, June 12, 1884, p. 146, June 26, p. 193, and Aug. 7, p. 335.

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘“‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 203

previously, I think, by dredging or trawling. The present
specimen was collected between tide-marks under a ledge
of seaweed-covered rock near Cromwell’s Fort on the
Island of Inishbofin, off the Coast of Connemara.

POLYZOA.
Schizoporella linearis, Hass.
Sie aldert (?) All attached (along with 5
Smittia trispinosa, John. species of Sponges and
S. reticulata, Macg. some Ccelenterates) to a
Cellepora avicularis, Hincks.| piece of rock trawled off
Crista eburnea, Linn. the Arran Islands.
Cribrilina punctata, Hass.
Membranipora dumerili, Aud., on Ascidian.
Valkerta uva, Linn. vavr., cuscuta.
Lepralia canthariformis, on Ascidian.
Bowerbankia umbricata, Adams, erect form.
Pedicellina cernua, Pall., on seaweed.

BRACHIOPODA.

Terebratula caput-serpentis, Linn., several.
Crania anomala, Mull., 2 or 3.

VERMES.
GEPHYREA.

Fchwrus, sp. (?) brought up on anchor at Glengariff.
POLYCHATA.

Terebella nebulosa, Mont., several.

Nereis dumeriliu, Aud. and Edw., several.

CRUSTACHA.
DECAPODA.
Ebalia tumefacta, Mont., one male.
Portunus depurator, Leach.
Pinnotheres sp., from branchial sac of Ascidia aspersa,
from Kallybegs, 10 fathoms.

204 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

EHupagurus bernhardus, Linn.
EH. cuanensis, Thomp.
Pandalus annulicornis, Leach. |
Also some larval forms of Decapoda.

CUMACEA. 4
Iphinoe trispinosa, Goodsir, 2 females - Carrigaholt :
Diastylis rathkev, Kroyer, 1 young male - a :
Pseudocuma cercaria, van Beneden, several ”

IsopoDaA.
Idotea linearis, Linn., 1 adult, 1 young - *
Ligia oceanica, Linn. - - = . i

AMPHIPODA.

Gitana sarsvt, Boeck, 1 female s -

Monoculodes longimanus, Bate and West, 2 females ,,
Megaluropus agilis, Norman, 1 young -
Dexamine spinosa, Mont., 4 or 5 young - 4
Atylus swanvmerdamu, M. Edw., several te
Halirages bispinosus, Bate, 2 or 3 - ,
Gammarus locusta, Linn., 4 or 5 young, Carrigaholt and
Kallybegs.
Microdeutopus anomalus, Rathke, several females and 2 or
3 males, Killybegs.
Microprotopus maculatus, Norman, males and females,
Kallybegs and Carrigaholt.
Podocerus variegatus, Bate and West, 4, Killybegs and
Carrigaholt. Iam aware that this species has been
referred to P. falcatus, Mont., but as I have some
doubt on the point I prefer to leave it as above. It is -
not Janassa variegata, of Boeck ; 1t may or may not
be Podocerus variegatus of Leach. ;

Corophiwm crassicorne, Bruzelius, 1, Killybegs.

MOLLUSCA.
Anonua ephipprium, Linn.

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 205

Pecten opercularis, Linn.
P. varius, Linn.
P. tigrinus, Mull.
Arca tetragona, Poli, many, alive and dead, off Killeany,
Arran Ids., 24 fms.
Nucula nucleus Linn., off Leenane, Killary Bay, 20 fms.
Pectunculus glycimerts, Linn., young.
Cardiuni norvegicum, Speng.
Venus gallina, Linn.
V. ovata, Penn., common.
Tellina, sp., ?
Thracea, sp.,.?
Emarginula fissura, Linn., many.
Puncturella noachina, Linn.
Capulus hungaricus, Linn., sev., young.
Trochus tumidus, Mont.
Natica, sp.
Aporrhais pes-pelicant, Linn., many, alive.
Turritella terebra, Linn., many, alive, and spawning, in
Kallary Bay. Spawn abundant.
Nassa wncrassata, Strom.
Nassa reticulata, Linn., many, alive, off Leenane, Killary
Bay, 20 fms.
Mangelia rufa, Mont.
Odostomia, sp.,
Rissoa abyssicola, Forb. (or bean ?) several.
Philine aperta, Linn., many, alive, off Leenane, Killary
Bay, 20 fms.
Hermea dendritica, Ald. and Han., on Codiuwm tomen-
tosum, low water, Inishbofin.
TUNICATA.
Molgula holtiana, n. sp., on Ascidia, Killybegs, 10 fms.
Styela grossularia, v. Ben., Galway Bay, under stones,
abundant.

206 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Polycarpa argoensis, n. sp., Killary Lough, 20 fms.
Ascidiella aspersa, O.F.M., abundant, Killary Lough,

5—10 fms.
do., form pustulosa, A. and H., many large, Killybegs,
5—10 fms.

Corella parallelogramma, O.F.M., Killary Lough, 5—15
fms., mud.

Some compound Ascidians which have not yet been
sufficiently examined, including a beautiful slate-blue
Didemnid and a red Polyclinid, were collected at low tide
on Inishbofin.

The descriptions of the two new species are as
follows :—

Molgula holtvana,* n. sp. (Pl. IX., figs. 4-8).

Hxternal appearance.—The body is of oval form, and is
attached by nearly the whole of the right side (Pl. IX.,
fig. 4). The edges and the posterior end are rounded, while
the anterior end is flattened, and bears the siphons at its
two extremities. The branchial aperture is at the ventral
edge on a short rounded projection, while the atrial is
placed on a longer, narrower siphon at the dorsal edge. The
surface is even, and is not covered with sand, but has
merely some fine particles of mud and a matted coating of
the Alga Cladophora lanosa, which gives a dull brown
colour to the specimen. The length and the greatest
breadth are about the same, 2 cm.

The Test is moderately thick and tough, but flexible. It
is of a whitish blue tint on the inner surface. It bears
short shghtly-branched hairs on the outer surface, which
have attached to them a little mud, sand grains, &c., and
a great number of algal filaments, which are matted
together so as to cover up the greater part of the outside
of the animal (Pl. IX, fig. 4.)

* Dedicated to my host, Mr. Alfred Holt.

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 207

The Mantle is thin, and has the usual moleulid fusiform
muscles, which, however, are feebly developed. The
sphincters are strong (Pl. IX., figs. 5 and 6).

The Branchial Sac has six folds on each side. There are
five internal longitudinal bars on a fold. The stigmata
are, in most places, not much curved, and run in the main
antero-posteriorly. There are occasional wide transverse
vessels with broad horizontal membranes, which, with the
branchial folds, form large meshes crossed by smaller and
more irregularly placed horizontal membranes. These
meshes are about twice as long as they are broad (Pl. IX.,
fig. 7).

The Dorsal Lamina is a plain membrane.

‘The Tentacles ave of two sizes, 5 large and 5 small. They
are bipinnate (Pl. IX., fig. 8, é7.)

The Dorsal Tubercle is linear and undulating, with its
ends slightly coiled.

The Alimentary Canal is long, and is recurved so that
the intestinal loop comes close to the atrial aperture.

The Reproductive Organs are developed on both sides.
Each forms an elongated sausage-like yellow mass.

This specimen had about 20 copepoda (Notodelphis
agilis, both males and females,) in its branchial sac, four
or five of them with egg masses.

Polycarpa argoensis,* n. sp. (Pl. IX., figs. 1—8).

External appearance.—The body is erect and elongated
antero-posteriorly. It is scarcely compressed, and is
attached by the posterior end and a small area at the end
of the right side (see Pl. IX., fig. 1). The anterior end is
rather wider than the posterior, and bears the two aper-
‘tures on prominent siphons. The branchial aperture is
terminal while the atrial is a lttle way down the dorsal
edge; both are distinctly four-lobed. The surface is even

* From the ship ‘‘ Argo.”

208 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and smooth, except at the place of attachment where the
test 1s prolonged into several short tag-like processes.
The colour is a light yellowish grey.

The length is 15 cm. The greatest breadth is 6 mm.
and the greatest thickness 5 mm.

The Test is thin and flexible, but tough, over the greater —

part of the body. At the posterior end it becomes thicker
and cartilaginous. It is white in section.

The Mantle is very thin, but the muscle bands, though
delicate, are numerous. They run both longitudinally and
transversely and form a close rectangular network. The
mantle adheres very closely to the inner surface of the
test. The sphincters are strong.

The Branchial Sac is large, but very delicate and
transparent. It has four slight but perfectly distinct folds
upon each side. Hach fold has about six internal longi-
tudinal bars, and there are two bars in each interspace.
The bars are narrow, but very regular. The transverse
vessels are all of the same size and are moderately wide.
They have narrow horizontal membranes, and the meshes
are In some places divided horizontally by similar mem-
branes which do not interrupt the stigmata. ‘he meshes
are nearly square and contain four to six stigmata each
(Pe IDK, sales A)e

The Dorsal Lamina is a very narrow plain membrane
with a straight edge and no ribs or other markings.

The Tentacles are simple. There ave about 20, and they
are of two sizes placed alternately.

The Alimentary Canal forms a simple and rather narrow
loop. The cesophageal aperture is placed far back in
the branchial sac. The cesophagus runs posteriorly and
ventrally to the narrower end of the ovate stomach which
has longitudinal ridges, eight on a side. The intestine at
first runs ventrally and then turns anteriorly and then

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 209

dorsally so as to make a narrow loop and reach the anterior
edge of the stomach. It then turns anteriorly and runs
parallel to the cesophagus as the rectum which ends
behind the middle of the branchial sac in an anus, the
margin of which is cleft into 14 finger-like processes
(Pl. IX., fig. 3). The usual delicate branched gland is
found ramifying over the surface of the intestine.

Reproductive Organs were not found, but the mantle
has a number of endocarps projecting from its Inner sur-
face, so no doubt polycarps would be developed later on.

The single specimen for which this species is formed
was dredged with a large number of specimens of Ascidi-
ella aspersa in Killary Lough.

This species comes near to Heller’s Polycarpa gracilis,*
but differs from it in the more anterior position of the
atrial aperture, the less prominent folds in the branchial
sac, the very narrow dorsal lamina, the fringed anus, the
shape of the stomach, and the course of the intestine.
Ascidiella aspersa, O. F.M., var. pustulosa, A. & H. (PI. X.)

In Killybegs harbour the dredge brought up from a
muddy bottom great numbers of a large ascidian, which
corresponds exactly with Alder and Hancock’s description
of Ascidia pustulosa, but that species is undoubtedly
merely a large and rough form of Ascidia aspersa, and so
pustulosa cannot be regarded as more than a variety.
Miss Warham has examined, under my supervision, all
the specimens preserved, with the object of finding para-
sitic copepoda, and has come upon a few abnormalities,
which are noted below. The copepoda were submitted to
Mr. I. C. Thompson, who has kindly identified them.

Out of 26 large specimens taken by chance from one
store bottle, 21 contained copepoda, and one had a small

* Denkschr. d. K. Akad. d, Wissensch., Wien, Bd. XXXVII., p. 262,
1877.

210 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pinnotheres in the branchial sac, four only being free from
parasites. The copepoda were Doropygus pulex, many,
males and females, and A scidicola rosea, a few, all females,
and were scattered over the inner wall of the branchial
sac, a few being attached to the endostyle, the dorsal
lamina, the peripharyngeal bands, the tentacles, and even
in the branchial siphon. Five or six copepoda is an
ordinary number to find in a branchial sac, but one
Ascidia examined contained 15.

Amongst many slight variations noted occurred that of
the tentacles shown in Pl. X., fig. 1, where, besides the
two ordinary alternately-placed sizes, a third very much
smaller size of tentacle was found scattered irregularly.
Another specimen showed the curious abnormality of the
alimentary canal represented in Pl. X., fig. 2, where a
large ceecum (c@.) was present, running anteriorly from
the highest part of the intestinal loop and parallel with the
rectum. Two specimens (Pl. X., figs. 3 and 4) showed
extensive deficiencies in the wall of the branchial sac.
Although these may be the result of former ijuries from
which the animal has recovered, they cannot be due to very
recent tearing at the time of capture or death, as the edges
of the gaps are smooth and provided with a slight seam or
marein, and have no projecting or torn blood vessels. On
the other hand, they may be congenital deficiencies. The
one specimen (fig. 3) shows an J shaped space on the left
wall of the sac, of which the vertical limb measures 2°2 em.
and the horizontal 1°5 cm., while the breadth of the gap
is in most parts from 6 to8 mm. ‘The second (fig. 4) has
a gap on its left wall 12 mm. long and 6 mm. broad
in its middle, while on the right wall, close to
the dorsal lamina, there is an elliptical space measuring
8 mm. by 2 mm.

Two of the specimens had the posterior end of the test

ed

s

eo —

BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE “‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 211

torn off (Pl. X., figs. 5 and 6), evidently an old standing
injury which had involved the area of attachment and the
point where the blood vessels crossed from the mantle to
the test, as in both large tufts of hypertrophied and freely-
branched vascular processes were found hanging from the
aperture. Fig. 7 shows the posterior end of the mantle
of one of these specimens with the vessels hanging from
it. In the other they were much more bushy. Figures
8, 9 and 10 show some of these abnormal vascular out-
erowths magnified.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIII.—X.

Reference Letters.

a. anus; at. atrial aperture; br. branchial aperture ;
br.f. fold in branchial sac; ce. cecum; d./. dorsal lamina ;
d.t. dorsal tubercle; en. endostyle; h.m, h.m'. horizontal
membranes ; 2. intestine; 7./. internal longitudinal bars ;
@. cesophagus ; 7. rectum; st. stomach ; tn. tr.’ tentacles ;
ty. transverse vessels; v. vessel of test.

Pras VEEL.

Sketch map showing the contours of depth in fathoms,
and the course of the 8.Y. ‘“‘Argo” in August, 1890, from
Greenock to Liverpool, round the West Coast of Ireland.

1, 2, 3, &c., stations where the tow-net was used.

A, B, C, &c., stations where dredges, &c., were used.

Puate- IX.

Figs. 1—3. Polycarpa argoensis, n. sp.
Figs. 4—8. Molgula holtiana, n. sp.
Fig. 1. Polycarpa argoensis, from right side, nat. size.
2. Part of the branchial sac, x 50.
14

212. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

3.
. Molgula holtiana, from left side, nat. size.
. Body with test removed, from left side, nat. size.

iS

CO ND

The alimentary canal, x 20.

Same from right side, nat. size.

, Part of branchiallsacy x50!
. Dorsal tubercle, tentacles, &c., X 50.

PLATH X.
Ascidiella aspersa, var. pustulosa.

Fig. 1. Abnormal small tentacle, x 50.
2. Abnormal cecum from intestine, slightly enlarged.
3 and 4. Abnormal deficiencies in wall of branchial

sac, nat. size.
5 and 6. Large holes at posterior end of test, nat. size.
7. Posterior end of body of specimen drawn in fig. 6,
showing branched vessels, nat. size.
8—10. Some of the twigs of these vessels, X 50.

APPENDIX.

NOTES on some SPONGES collected by Professor
Herdman off the West Coast of Ireland from the ‘‘Argo.”’

By Ricuarp Hanitscu, Ph.D.,
DEMONSTRATOR OF ZOOLOGY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates XI and XII.

THE Sponges dredged by Professor Herdman from the
5.Y. “Argo” on the west coast of Ireland were only a few
in number and small, but there were some very interesting
forms amongst them, and all were in a state of splendid
preservation. ‘There were altogether ten species, five of
which (including all the rarer forms) were attached to one
small piece of rock dredged off the Arran Islands.

Ascetta coriacea, El., var. osculata.

The flat, encrusting form of Ascetta coriacea, with its
beautiful basket-like structure, has long been known, and
has been described by Montagu, Johnston, Bowerbank,
and Carter. ‘hese authors, as well as Grentzenberg, in
his recent paper,* did not find any oscula in their speci-
mens. This form is frequently met with in Liverpool
Bay. Apparently much rarer is the erect variety of our
species, with its comparatively large oscules placed upon
distinct conules. It was first figured by Heeckel,+ but as
he has not given a special name to the variety, I propose
to call it A. corvacea, var. osculata. ‘The collection con-
tains four or five small specimens, which were attached to

* Die Spongienfanna der Ostsee. Inaugural Dissertation. Kiel, 1891.
+ Heckel, Die Kalkschweemme, vol. iii., pl 3, figs. 13, 16, 17, 19, 20,

214 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a piece of rock dredged off the Arran Islands. The largest
of the colonies is laterally compressed, measuring 14 by
3 mm. horizontally, and 10 mm. vertically. It bears
seven oscula, with an average diameter of 1 mm. The
conules are about 2mm. in height. _Its colour (in spirit)
is a transparent white.

Sycandra ciliata, Fleming.

One specimen, on rock, Arran Islands.

Halichondria caruncula, Bowerbank.

A small erect specimen, dredged off the Arran Islands.

Reniera (densa, Bowerbank, ?)

A small piece of a renierid sponge was dredged off
Arran Islands, which may possibly belong to above species.

Desmacidon fucorum, Johnston.

A few small fragments were dredged off Arran Islands.

Esperella sordida, Bowerbank (Pl. XI, figs. 1-9).

Rhaphiodesma sordida, B., Brit. Spong., vol. ii., p. 280, pl. Ixxvi..

This sponge has been described only by Bowerbank,
who gave it the specific name on account of its poor and
ragged outer appearance, but a more interesting and more
beautiful aspect than that which the skeleton of this
species offers can scarcely be imagined. The only speci-
men obtained is about half the size of a pea, and encrusted
a piece of rock dredged off the Arran Islands. Its colour
in spirit is straw-yellow. It is of a very soft consistency,
and almost fell to pieces when touched. The megascleres
in the specimen are styli, 0°26 by 0°0045 mm., whilst
Bowerbank figures spicules of a more tylostylote character.
The microscleres are of three forms: firstly, palmate

anisochele, 0°032 by 0°0122 mm., which are mostly

arranged in beautiful rosettes. The axes of the
anisochele may either lie in one plane, occupying the
radi of a circle (see Pl. XI, fig. 2), or they may lie in
various planes, generally occupying the radii of a hemi-

APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 215

sphere (or sphere?), similar to Bowerbank’s* figure of the
rosette in Esperella lingua, B.; secondly, sigmata, 0°1 by
0:006 mm., generally simple, a few also contort ; thirdly,
toxa, varying greatly in size, from 0:1 to 0:25 mm. by
0:002 to 0-005 mm. |

A number of most interesting embryos were found in
this specimen. They are generally of an oval shape, 0°3
by 0°21 mm, the one pole (ventral) being slightly broader
and more flattened than the other one ‘the dorsal pole).
The outer wall, except on the ventral pole, consists of
high and exceedingly narrow columnar cells (the ectoderm)
with the nuclei quite at their bases. Since a section
through such an embryo is bound to be thicker than the
diameter of its ectodermal columnar cells, and since the
embryo is round, we must of course expect to se2 several
rows of ectodermal nuclei, which will be the more numer-
ous the thicker the section is. This is shown in the
section represented in Pl. XI, fig. 9. Cilia or flagella
could not be detected on the ectoderm. The ectoderm is
absent on the ventral pole of the embryo. The central
mass of tissue which also forms the ventral pole of the
embryo, seems to be gelatinous, and contains numerous
nuclei which are larger, but less intensely stained than
the ectodermal nuclei. This tissue also contains spicules
and for this reason one is inclined to take it to be
mesoderm; so what part of the embryo represents the
endoderm is a mystery to me. These embryos already
possess a skeleton, both megascleres and microscleres.
The megascleres are styl, 0184 by 0°0028 mm. They
are arranged in a sheaf, converging with their pointed
ends and directed towards the ventral pole of the embryo,
and diverging with their blunt ends and directed towards
and beyond the centre of the mesoderm (see Pl. XI., fig. 8).

*Bowerbank, British Spongiade, vol. i., pl. xviii., fig. 297,

216 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The microscleres are palmate anisochele, 0:023 mm. in
length, which are not arranged in rosettes, and toxa, 0°112
by 0:002 mm. Most of the microscleres are found towards
the dorsal pole. Sigmata do not seem to occur in the
embryo. The embryos are enclosed in a loose membran-
ous capsule which apparently is derived from the parent
sponge.

From the foregoing it will be seen that the structure of
the embryos of H'sperella sordida, B, agrees almost com-
pletely with what Ridley and Dendy* state in regard to
the Halichondrina generally: ‘‘ the embryo consists of a
sac of small, probably prismatic, ciliated cells, enclosing
a central mass of mesodermal (?) tissue containing the
developing spicules. In some cases, perhaps in all ”’
‘the ectoderm appears to be absent from one pole at
which the mesoderm comes to the surface.” But although
this description agrees very well with what I found in H.
sordida, still Ridley and Dendy’s figures show only a
very slight similarity with mine. These authors had
examined especially the embryos of Hsperella biserialis,
Esperella mammifornmis and Myxilla nobilis, and they
state that similar embryos had been found by Keller in
Chalinula fertilis, by Carter in Halichondria simulans and
Esperella cegagropila, by Marshall in Rewera filigrana
and by Schulze in Huspongia officinalis adriatica. Ihave
only been able to see Carter’s} paper in which he figures
living embryos with cila dorsally and laterally and with
a circle of flagella near the ventral pole. The embryo of
Halichondria simulans 1s in shape somewhat similar to
that of Hsperella sordida, but differs from it in its quite

* Ridley and Dendy, Report on the Monaxonida collected by H. M.S.
‘* Challenger,” p. lili. ’

t+Carter, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 4th ser., vol xiv.,
pls. 21 and 22,

i sit

APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 217

irregular arrangement of the spicules. Two germ-layers
can easily be made out in it, but there is no clue as to the
third one. An embryo very similar to that of Hsperella
sordida has recently been figured by Lendenfeld* for
Phorospongia chaliniformis. It also resembles it in the
regular arrangement of the spicules, but differs from it in
its cubical ectoderm. Lendenfeld calls the central portion
of the embryo ‘‘ endodermal mass,” although in contains
spicules and shows generally no great similarity to the
endoderm of the adult sponge. It is certain that this
embryonic stage has not yet been explained satisfactorily
and that additional work is necessary.

TIophon hyndmant, Bowerbank.

The specimen which I refer to above species, does not
differ from the type described by Bowerbank except very
slightly in the relative thickness of the megascleres, and
I think it safe to include the two forms under a common
name. ‘The only specimen obtained is a minute fragment
of brownish colour, about 3mm. in diameter, which was
attached to the piece of rock dredged off Arran Islands.
The megascleres are of two kinds, viz :—Strongyla, 0°18
by 0°003 mm. Althotigh slender, they are not so slender
as those figured by Bowerbank.+ Secondly: spined styh,
varying greatly in size, from 0:088 by 0:0035 mm. to 0:28
by 0°006 mm. ‘They are more slender than those figured
by Bowerbank. ‘The microscleres are also of two forms,
viz :—bipocillii which are so characteristic of the genus,
0-0087 mm. in length, and palmate anisochele, 0°02 mm.
in length.

Bowerbank described four species of this genus, Hali-

chondria pattersom, H. hyndmam, H. scandens and H.

*R. vy. Lendenfeld, A Monograph of the Horny Sponges, pl. xli., fig. 2,

+ Bowerbank, loc. cit., vol. iii, pl. xlvi, fig. 2.

218 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

nigricans. Ridley and Dendy* regarded these species,

together with some other forms, merely as varieties of
one type, Iophon pattersoni, B. Whether they are right
in doing so, is doubtful. Certainly their table on p. 118,
in which they wish to show the affinities of the so called
varieties, is not quite free from error. For the tylota of
I. nigricans are not, as these authors state, ‘‘ very slender ;
heads barely visible, or absent, not spined,”’ but on the
contrary they are not very slender, heads spined. Further
the ‘‘tylota’”’ of I. hyndmani have not ‘very slight,
faintly spined heads,” but they have no heads at all and
no trace of spines. These spicules should rather be called
strongyla, as I have done above.

Better material than was found on this occasion was
obtained from the West Coast of Anglesey, on the
“Hyena” cruise, of June, 1890, and probably I shall give
a detailed description of it in a future report on the Pori-
fera of the L.M.B.C. District.

Suberites domuncula, Nardo.

Several specimens were dredged in Killary Bay at a
depth of 10 fathoms. They incrusted univalve shells,
inhabited by hermit-crabs, as it is usually the case with
this species. I take this opportunity of correcting an over-
sight in my ‘‘ Third Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C.
District,” p. 215. I omitted there to mention the micros-
cleres of this form which are centrotylote. Dr. Carter
was kind enough to point out this error to me and also to
send mea shde and specimens which showed their spicules
exceedingly well. These spicules had not been men-
tioned either by Johnston or by Bowerbank, although, as
Dr. Carter writes me, their type-specimens, now in the
British Museum, contain these spicules plentifully. Nardo
and O. Schmidt had also not seen them,

* Ridley and Dendy, loc. cit., p- iy

APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE “‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 219

Suberites ficus, Esper.

Two specimens were dredged off Killybegs, August 10th,
at depths of 5—15 fathoms.

Aplysilla rubra, Hanitsch (Pl. XII, figs. 1-6.)

Halisarca rubra, Hn., Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iv., p. 196, pl. x.

The doubts which I expressed in regard to the
systematic position of this form, when describing it for
the first time, were not unfounded. The examination of
additional and well-preserved material has convinced me
that I must remove this sponge from the genus Halisarca
to Aplysilla, a genus of the true Ceratosa. The skeleton
of Aplysilla, Schulze, consists, according to Lendenfeld,t
of ‘“‘numerous, isolated, small, dendritically ramifying,
upright fibres.” In young specimens these fibres are
simple, not branching, and arise about at right angles from
the limiting membrane. I had noticed these fibres when
describing the sponge in my ‘“‘ Third Report on the Porifera
of the L.M.B.C. district,” but I thought them to be hairs
of Mytilus, on which the sponge was found encrusting.
But the fact that the material dredged on the ‘“ Argo”
expedition was encrusting a stone, and a more careful
perusal of literature, have shown me that the fibres are
essential parts of the sponge.

The specimen formed a small dark blood-red patch (3
mm. in diameter, 0°6 mm. in thickness) on the piece of
rock dredged off Arran Islands. Its surface is raised into
numerous sharp-pointed prominences, caused by the erect
spongin-fibres projecting through and dragging upwards
the neighbouring parts of the dermal membrane and other
tissues. These fibres are isolated and simple, and spring
about at right angles from the hmiting membrane. Their
diameter in the centre of the sponge is 0°007 mm. We

* R. v. Lendenfeld, ‘‘ A Monograph of the Horny Sponges, p, 698.

220 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

may expect that in large specimens these fibres would be
branched, as is the case in other species of Aplysvlla.

A vertical section through the sponge shows a well- |

defined dermal membrane, 0°024 mm. thick; large but flat
subdermal cavities (0°25 mm. broad, 0°028 mm. deep).
The floor of the subdermal cavities is frequently seen to
be perforated and to open by a narrow passage into large
cavities, the inhalent canals (this is not figured on PI.
XII). The subdermal cavities, therefore, seem to be dis-
tinct from the inhalent canals. The flagellated chambers
are large and sac-lke, somewhat irregularly oval (in cross
sections, of course, more or less round), aud may be simple
or bilobed (see Pl. XII, fig. 1.) Their average size is
0°08 by 0°04 mm; but the large flagellated chamber on
Pl. XII, fig. 1 measures 0°24 by 0°06 mm. They open
directly with a wide mouth into the large exhalent canals.
The chamber system is therefore eurypylous. The hning
of the flagellated chambers consists of cells in the shape
of truncated cones. In a few cases I could see something
hike highly transparent pointed projections in front of these
cells. They might have been ‘ Kunstprodukte,” or
amoeboid processes, or, in fact, anything, but certainly
they did not show the shghtest resemblance to those
notorious structures, the collars and flagella, which are so
often met with in hterature, and so rarely in reality. The
endodermal lining of inhalent and exhalent canals is
distinctly squamous epithelium.

The ground-substance of the mesoderm is probably hya-
line. It is full of fibrous tissue, and contains numerous
stellate (amoeboid) cells and large gland cells. The
stellate cells are met with in all parts of the meso-
derm, but they are found most crowded along the spongin-
fibres. They become elongated and finally thread-like,
where the fibres project beyond the level of the sponge.

APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE “ARGO” GRUISE. 221

Also the gland-cells are not restricted to a special part of

the mesoderm, but they are most numerous in the dermal
- membrane, just beneath the ectoderm. They are large,
round, granular, with a small nucleus, and were often
seen to project with a small pointed prominence (the
mouth) beyond the ectoderm. They contain a varying
amount of red pigment and seem to fulfil the double
function of gland cells and pigment cells. In my former
paper I described these cells only as pigment cells.

According to Lendenfeld two species of Aplysilla have
been described as British: A. sulphwrea, Schulze,
found off the Shetland Islands; and A. rosea, Schulze,
which Lendenfeld regards as identical with Aplysina
nevus, Carter, dredged on the ‘“‘ Porcupine”’ expedition,
1869, between Scotland and Faroe Islands (345 fathoms)
and north-west of the Shetland Islands (812 fathoms). A.
sulphurea of course differs from my species in its colour.
A. rosea comes much nearer to it, but it 1s very difficult
to get a correct idea of the degree of its relationship with
A. rubra, since, as far as I know, no sections of it have
been figured. Carter gives only the figure of a spirit-
specimen, Lendenfeld even only a figure of a dried
specimen. However, as Lendenfeld states that in A,
rosea ‘‘the pigment occurs in the shape of large red
spherical granules which are found in the amceboid and
collar cells,’ we may take this as distinguishing it from
A. rubra, which contains no pigment in those cells, but
only in the gland-cells.

222 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES OF APPENDIX.

PuatTe XI. |
| Fig. 1. Style of Esperella sordida, Bowerbank, x 400.
4 Fig. 2. Rosette of palmate anisochele of the same,
| x 400.
} Fig. 3. Isolated palmate anisochela, x 800.
= Figs. 4 and 5. Simple and contort Sigmata, x 400.
ti

Figs. 6 and 7. Toxa, x 400.
Fig. 8. Embryo in optical section, < 100.
4 Fig. 9. Vertical section through an embryo, enclosed by
membranous capsule

PratTe XII.

Fig. 1. Inner portion of a vertical section through Aply-
silla rubra, Hanitsch, showing an exhalent.
canal with flagellated chambers opening into
it, X 120.

Fig. 2. Outer portion of a vertical section through the
same, showing dermal membrane with gland-
cells and subdermal cavities, xX 250.

Fig. 3. Outer portion of a vertical section showing one of
the spongin-fibres projecting beyond the level
of the sponge and dragging upwards the der-
mal membrane, ete. X 250

Al Fig. 4. Part of limiting membrane and_ spongin-fibre

! il arising from it, X 2650.

a 5. Flagellated chamber, x 800.

| Fig. 6. Diagrammatic vertical section to show arrange-

ment of the spongin-fibres, X 15.

223

REPORT on the POLYCHATOUS ANNELIDS
of the L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

By James Hornet.
Wath Plates XUME , XenV., XV.
[Read 13th March, 1891.]
INTRODUCTION.

THE dredged material with which the following report
‘deals was collected in great part on the various dredg-
ing cruises instituted by the Liverpool Marine Biology
Committee during the years 1886—90; while the littoral
species were mostly obtained by myself during 1890 from
selected local centres. Great help was in addition ren-
dered by the keeper of the Biological Station on Puffin
Island, especially during the past winter.

I offer hearty thanks to Professor Herdman for the
uniform kindness he has shown in facilitating my labours.
Indeed to one with my limited leisure, his words of en-
couragement and advice furnished an incentive I could ill
have spared. Messrs. A. O. Walker, I. C. Thompson,
F. Archer, and Dr. Chaster have also at various times
kindly procured specimens for me, and I gladly avail my-
self of this opportunity to express my thanks. Finally, I
have to express my obligation to Professor M‘Intosh for
help in the determination of a few of the more critical
species.

In the arrangement and nomenclature of the larger
divisions I have followed Claus,* but with the generic

* Traité de Zoologie, 1884.
15

O94 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

nomenclature I have used a free hand—especially among
the Polynoine, the Syllide, and the Nereidz where I have
followed the example set by Theéel, Hansen, and other
recent authors in suppressing many of the genera insti-
tuted by Malmgren and adopted by Professor M‘Intosh
in his ‘‘Challenger’”’ Report and elsewhere. Lists of
synonyms are dispensed with, as such can be found by
reference to the Nordiska Hafs-Annulater and the Ainu-
lata Polycheta of Malmgren, and to the memoir on the
Polycheta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth by Cunning-
ham and Ramage. The specific nomenclature of these
works I follow closely; the few exceptions being noted.
To make the present report as far as possible, a com-
plete chronicle of the Polychetous fauna of the district,
such species as I have not met with, but which appear in
previous lists and are well authenticated, have been
inserted. Re-examination, however, of some of the
material described by Mr. R. J. Harvey Gibson in his
paper upon the Vermes of the district, (Fawna of Liverpool
Bay, vol. I., p. 144) shows that he had fallen into the
following errors, viz.:—(a) His ‘‘ Malmgrenia castanea”
found in the ambulacral groove of Astropecten turns out
to be nothing more than the usual Astropecten commensal
Acholoe astericola; (b) his ‘‘ Spiochetopterus typicus’’ is
the diagnostic portion of the body of Chetopterus isignis ;
(c) his (new British species) ‘‘ Iphione muricata”’ is im
reality the not uncommon Nychia cirrosa from the tube
of Chetopterus ; (d) his Nereis viridis is one form of N.
pelagica; while (e) the identity of Pectinaria auricoma
with P. belgica which he tried to prove, is, as has been
shown by Cunningham and Ramage, founded upon over-
sights and erroneous premises. There are some other
cases where I suspect Mr. Gibson’s identification to be at
fault, and in this uncertain category I am inclined to place

. %
<

POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. a5

Sthenelais zetlandica—the original specimen of which
unfortunately I cannot discover.

This list—including the last mentioned doubtful species
—ennumerates 88 species and two varieties. Both the
latter—Polynoé halieti var. hyene, and Sabella pavona
var. bicoronata are hitherto undescribed: while of the
former, one—Dasychone herdmani—is new to science ;
three are new to British waters, viz. :—Polynoé (Lagisca)
extenuata, Autolytus alexandri, and Ampharete gruber;
and 39 have been found for the first time in this district.
Of these the most important are Polynoé castanea, P.
johnston, Halosydna gelatinosa, Hermadion pellucidum,
Sthenelais boa and S. limicola, Spinther oniscoides, Hunice
harassw, Onuphis conchilega, Nereis virens, Syllis tubrfex,
Psamathe fusca, Castalia punctata, Phyllodoce maculata,
Glycera goést, Ammotrypane aulogaster, Capitella capt-
tata, Nicomache lumbricalis, Axiothea catenata, Scoloplos
armiger, Cirratulus tentaculatus, Nerine cirratulus, Am-
phitrite figulus, Nicolea venustula, Amphicora fabricia,
and Serpula reversa. Species recorded for the first time
in this district are prefixed by an asterisk, thus:—*S. boa.
At the end a table is given showing the world-distribution
of local species side by side with details of the distribution
of these forms in our own area. The bathymetrical range
is also supplied so far as the often scanty data permit of.
I fear the details of distribution outside our local area are
not so complete as could be wished—several memoirs
being out of my reach for consultation. However, so
little has been done in the way of tabulating records of
distribution that I venture to think that the present may
prove useful to students of the group.

From my observations on the vertical range of local
Annelids, I would divide them under three heads—(a)
littoral forms, (6) deep water forms, 1.e., ranging down-

996 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

wards from low water mark, and (c) species extending
from the littoral to considerable depths, 1.e., indefinite.
The following short list embodies these observations.

LITTORAL.

*Polynoé vmbricata

Sthenelais boa

Psamathe fusca
*Hulaha viridis
Capitella capitata
Arenicola marina
Axiothea catenata
Cirratulidee
Spionidee

Sabellaria alveolata

Spirorbis borealis

DEEP WATER. INDEFINITE.
Hermionine
Polynoé hahieti Polynoé propinqua

iG castanea _ umpar
* lunulata.
- jgohnstont <

Acholoé astericola Nychia cirrosa

Hermadion assimile Lep. squamatus
» pellucidum

Sthenelais limicola

Spinther oniscordes

Hunicine Nereide generally
Lumbrinerinee
Nephthys ceca Nephthys hombergi

Castalia punctata LHphesia gracilis

Ophelia limacina
Ammotry. aulogaster Scoloplos armiger
Owenta filiformes
Chlorhemide
Terebellidee
Sab. spinulosa
Sabella pavonia
Filigrana implexa -
Serpula vermicularis Pomatoc. triqueter
Spirorbis lucidus }

Although I put the foregoing forward provisionally, I
believe it to be accurate in the main, and I would draw —
attention to the graphic manner in which it depicts the

* Occasionally found in deep water.

POLYCHAITA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. eh

fact that where a species has (in the same district) one
nearly related form only, the one is nearly always found
to be littoral, the other to belong to deep water. It was
only very gradually as I gained in familiarity with annelid
life that there dawned upon me the full significance of the
fact that every organism occupies its own particular niche
in nature. It was as though a key to nature had been
placed in my hands. For instance, in this district
Sthenelais boa lives under stones between tide-marks; its
near neighbour S. limicola, characterised by but very
minute though constant differences, invariably frequents
deep water. Sabellaria alveolata is littoral; S. spinulosa
is always dredged. Polynoé castanea is only met with
among the spines of Spatangus purpureus, Acholoé asteri-
cola never elsewhere than in the ambulacral groove of
Astropecten. Nereis virens burrows in boulder clay,
while its congener N. fucata lives commensally with
Hermit-crabs (Pagurus).

A few notes on embryology will be found under the
names of several species. Those on the development of
Arenicola marina are of the greatest interest, as they deal
with points hitherto undescribed.

The following numbers and letters will be employed to
indicate the stations where the species were collected,

SHORE COLLECTING.
5. Southport and Formby (sand)
EK. Egremont (sand, clay and stones)
N.B. New Brighton and Leasowe (sand)
isl Hilbre Island (sandstone)
Li. Lavan sands, Bangor (mud and stones)
B Beaumaris (mud and stones)
P. Puttin Island (limestone)
M. Port Erin, Isle of Man (Schist)
Mp. Peel, Isle of Man (Schist)

998 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

DREDGINGS.
1. Mouth of Mersey (sand) - - 1—8 fathoms.
9. Mouth of Dee (sand) = - - - 1—9 -
3. Colwyn Bay - - - - 3—Dd m
4. Turbot Hole, Beaumaris Bay - 14 es
5. Menai Straits - - - - 5-10 es
6. Off Puffin Island - - - 5—T .
7. Off N.E. Coast of Anglesey - 10—16 _,,
8. Off N. . 5 - - 16—20 _,,
9, 20 miles N.W. of Holyhead - - 45—57_,,
10. Off S.W. coast of Holy Id., Anglesey 16—18 _,,
11. W. and 8. W. of Port Krin_ - Sib 15 .,
12. 25 miles N.W. of Bar Lightship, - 20—22 ,,
(‘Spindrift ” cruise, 12 July, 1890).
13. do. do.
(‘‘ Spindrift” cruise, 27 Sept., 1890).
14. 20 miles S.E. of I. of Man - - 20—25

a”

(‘‘ Weathercock”’ cruise, 28 Aug., 1886).
Stations 12, 13 and 14 proved the most productive in
results; stations 1 and 2 the most meagre.

Section I.—ERRANTIA.
Family.—APHRODITIDA.
Sub-Family.— HERMIONINA.
Aphrodita aculeata, Linn.
Stations :--1,6,7,8,10, 13,14. (From low water to 40 fms.)
This worm is generally obtained from ground of a sandy
or muddy character, thus differing markedly in habit from
the closely allied species Hermione hystrix which I have
found to prefer rougher surroundings—shell-debris, gravel
and the like. As is the case with so many of the Her-
mionine A. aculeata has a very considerable deep water
range. A specimen was brought up from a depth of 530

Se ae EET RE SE CT a ages Le ae ee _

POLYCHEHTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 9929

fathoms from oozy bottom in the Farée Channel, ‘‘ Knight
Errant”’ expedition, 1880.*

Hermione hystrix, (Savigny).t

Stations:—8, 10, 11, 14 (15—40 fms.). Never found in
this district in purely sandy or muddy localities.
Sub-Family.—PoLynomna.

The genera of this division stand greatly in need of
revision. Since Malmeren’s publication in 1865 of his
valuable Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, with the erection
therein made of many new genera, there has been great
confusion and changing of boundaries. Indeed when a new
species turned up, it was almost certain not to fit with any
of Malmegren’s narrow generic definitions, and consequently
had to have a brand new genus formed for its special
reception. In my belief, Malmgren, misled by his great
capacity for perceiving minute differences, attached too
much generic value to what were often altogether second-
ary divergences—the result being that he erected a host
of needless new genera. To this class, I am of opinion,
belong the genera Lagisca, Harmothoé, Evarne, and
Lenilla. All are characterized by the possession of 15
pairs of elytra, stout notopodial sete, and bidentate apex
to the setz of the neuropodium.{ These I have placed

* M‘Intosh, ‘‘ Challenger” Report, p. 34.

+ Brackets round author’s name signifies that the generic designation of
the species is different to that originally used by said author.

As Moquin-Tandon remarks (Claus ‘‘ Traité de Zoologie”), great con-
fusion reigns in the nomenclature of the appendages of Polychetes, and as a

guide I now apppend the following list of synomyms :—

HUXLEY. M‘InrosH & MALMGREN. GRUBE.
Parapodium = Foot
Neuropodium = Ventral branch of the foot
Notopodium = Dorsal Branch of the foot
Przestomial tentacle = Tentacle = Unpaired tentacle
Superior prestomial cirri = Antenne = Middle tentacles
Inferior Pe ee eleallipi = Lateral ,,

Peristomial cirri = Tentacular cirri = Tentacular cirri

9230 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIHTY.

together in the old genus Polynoé, together with Johnston's
Polynoé scolopendrina which however might perhaps with
advantage be removed to a separate genus.

CoOMMENSALISM. This favourite habit of the Polynomes
is well illustrated in the following pages. To summarize
the local facts on this pomt we have Nychia cirrosa and
Polynoé setosissima living in the tube of Chetopterus
imsignis ; Polynoé castanea upon the test of Spatangus
purpureus; P. lunulata and Acholoé astericola in the
ambulacral groove of Astropecten irregularis; P. johnstont
in the tube of Thelepus cincinnatus ; Hermadion assimile
close to the mouth of Hehinus esculentus, and finally the
nearly allied species H. pellucidum has been found upon
three different kinds of star-fishes.

Lepidonotus squamatus, (inn.).

Stations :—6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14; Hi, PB, Me @eironn
between tide marks to 22 fms).

This widely distributed form is more frequently found
in deep water than Polynoé propinqua. The most prolific
ground was in 18—20 fathoms, Porthwen Bay, Anglesey,
where a large number were dredged. These were of a
ereater size than any elsewhere procured, and the largest
were very strongly marked on the elytra. Many of the
warts towards the postero-internal direction were filled
with very conspicuous black pigment.

Nychia cirrosa, (Pallas).

Hab: B, 5,7. Low water of spring tides to 18 aos. =
sometimes commensal with Chetopterus insignis and
Thelepus cincinnatus.

Malmeren (oc. cit.) was the first authority to recognise
this to be an undoubted British species. He found that
certain British Museum specimens named Lepidonotus
cirratus v. parasiticus, W. Baird, and hailing from
Beaumaris, N. Wales, in the majority of cases belonged

POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 231

in reality to Pallas’ Aph. cirrosa, the remainder pertaining
to P. setosissima, Sav. (Lenlla glabra, Mgrn.). Both
species had been found living commensal within the tubes
of Chetopterus insignis, Baird. Curiously enough, the
first example I obtained was dredged from 5 fathoms in
the Menai Straits within a few miles of the spot whence
came Baird’s specimens in 1864. It came up from ground
covered with the valves of dead mussels, and when first
noticed it was crawling from the broken end of a T'erebella
tube, probably Thelepus cincinnatus—thus denoting a wider
range of its commensal habit. The Iphione muricata of
Mr. Gibson’s report is this species, as I can certify from an
examination of the original very fine specimen now in the
Zoological Museum of University College, Liverpool.
Polynoé (Harmothoé) imbricata, (Linn.).
Hab: 6, P.M, Mp, under stones. Abundant at low water
But few of my specimens were dredged, and these
were from shallow water; the great majority were shore
collected. Hj. Théel however records dredging it as deep
as 80—100 metres.* The species is predominant and
exceedingly abundant under stones on the south side of
Port Erin Bay, attracted and provisioned—directly or
indirectly—by the large quantity of fishing refuse present
at the quay. In colouration of the elytra P. imbricata is
the most variable of our Polynome—from black and blue-
black it grades to grey and lght rose. Usually the
colouration is more or less over the whole surface of the
elytron, but sometimes it is restricted to the inner third
or half of each elytron leaving the outer portion colourless.
Several Puffin Island specimens and others from Port
Erin with this pecular marking are especially beautiful.
The inner black margins of the elytra to the eye appear to
coalesce and thus give the animals the appearance of having
*“Tjes Ann. polych. des Mers de la N. Zemble.” 1879.

932 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a black band extending medianly from head to tail, being
edged with a pale uncoloured margin on either side.

Théel is correct in saying that only the largest indivi-
duals possess on the scales any notable rounded processes
and I cannot imagine how so able a naturalist as Mobius
could for a moment confound the species in question with
P. impar. Indeed the globosely tuberculated elytra of
P. imbricata approach much more closely to those of
P. propinqua, but otherwise the differences between these
two are striking. (Pl. XIII, fig. 2).

Polynoé (Harmothoé) halieti, (M‘Intosh), var. hyene, n.

Hab: Port Erin, Isle of Man, 15 fms.

The specimens described by Mr. Gibson. (loc. cit.)
unfortunately wanted the scales, but in one recently
obtained (‘‘ Hyena” cruise of Kaster, 1889) a few scales
were present. These differ considerably from Professor
M‘Intosh’s description.* Instead of the margin being
‘quite smooth throughout,” it is densely fimbriated
after the manner seen in Lepidonotus squamatus other-
wise they agreed closely with the characters given. (PI.
XIU, fig. 5).

*Polynoé (Hvarne) impar, Johnston.

Hab: 10,12, S; A, li} P. Brom Inttoral to 22a

The number of large pear shaped tubercles on the
margin of the scales varies greatly, but few have so many
as Malmeren gives in his figure. Many have only one
very large one, others none whatever, while again a few
of the largest approach Malmeren’s engravine—haying 3,
4,5, and 6 tubercles. The number varies even on
adjacent scales of the same individual—some with none,
others overlapping these with one or more. A number of
the largest of these remarkable processes are made even
more so by the presence on the broad summit of numer-

* ““ Challenger” Report, p. 96.

POLYCHATA OF THE &.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 933

ous tiny spines, (Pl. XIII, fig. 6). The inferior cirrus is
shortly and sparsely ciliated, not smooth as represented in
Malmeren’s plate. The largest specimens were from
Southport—33 mm. long—and in these the bristle bearing
segments sometimes reached 37. Malmgren gives 34—
35 for the oldest. Notopodial seta, Pl. XIII, fig. 3.

* Polynoé (Lagisca) extenuata, Grube.
Hab: Port Erin, Puffin Id., and Colwyn Bay; under stones.

A single specimen was found at each of the above
localities. This is the first record of its occurrence in
British seas. Superficially it has considerable resem-
blance to Polynoé (Evarne) impar. The serration of the
dorsal bristles is however distinctly finer. (Pl. XIII, fig.
4). The bristles are nearly colourless and without the
brilhant golden hue so noticeable in those of the last-named
species. The tips of the ventral bristles are very charac-
teristic and reliable, especially among the strongly bifid
superior bristles of the bundle. Their angle of incision is
formed by nearly straight lines, wherein it differs from
what is seen in P. imbricata, impar and propingua, where
the angle is made by curved lines. The upper median
ones, however, possess curved bifid apices, while the
inferior bristles show curved entire tips. These specimens
agree closely with the plates in Marenzeller’s “ Zur
Kenntniss der Adriatische Anneliden”’ except in one point
in the structure of the scale. In mine, the surface of the
scale is mapped out into a large number of separate areas,
each containing usually several papille, giving the appear-
ance of a line having been drawn around every three or
four papille, thus forming the latter into groups (see Pl.
XIII, fig. 8). All the specimens show this very peculiar
marking, which is not to be found in Marenzeller’s
fioures.

This species must be classed close to P. impar and P.

234 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY.

propingua, between which it is intermediate in many
respects.

Polynoé (Lagisca) propinqua, (Malmgren).
Hab: 6. 8, 9, 12, 13,5, P, M, and Mp. Abundant from
mid-tide to 57 fms. Beneath stones and in rock cavities.

This species, which Malmgren constituted to receive a
single individual received from Bohus, and which M‘Intosh
has sometimes found in the debris of fishing boats at St.
Andrews, 1s here one of the most constant and abundant
of the Polynoinze—present at the greatest depth yet dredged
in our local area viz :—45-57 fathoms, 20 miles N.W. of
Holyhead, (‘‘ Spindrift”? cruise, 20 July, 1889), as well as
being taken in profusion on the rocky shores of Puffin
Island, Hilbre Island and the Isle of Man. At Puffin
Island it is especially plentiful and is undoubtedly the
characteristic Polynoé of the island.

Malmegren’s figures absolutely tally with the majority of
my specimens. A few deviate in that the outer edges of
the elytra bear a feweweak and inconspicuous cilia, and
occasionally some of the smallest show none of the
characteristic globose processes on the elytron edge. (PI.
XIII, fig. 7). In colour, as in most other pomts, my
specimens agree closely with Malmgren’s, while differing
markedly from that described by M‘Intosh from St.
Andrews (Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. IX, p. 375).

The structure of the bristles is identical with that of
those belonging to Polynoé floccosa as figured by M‘Intosh.
Were it not that all the specimens examined possess 15
pairs of elytra, the margins of which are unfurnished with _
aught save a row of sub-globular processes, in contrast
with the more numerous and ciliate elytra of P. floccosa
I should incline to unite the two species. (Pl. XIII,
fig. 1 and 9). |

POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 935

Polynoé (Lenilla) setosissima, Savigny.

Hab: Beaumaris. Low water mark, commensal with
Chetopterus insignis, Baird.

Ray Lankester* records it under the name of Harmothoé
malmgrent living with the same host on the shores of
Herm, one of the Channel Islands. His remark anent its
commensalism—-‘‘ It appears to be only met with in this
habitat’? I am able to confirm, as under the guidance of
my good friend Mr. J. Sinel, of Jersey, I have dug up in
Herm a number of Chetopteri and have found this Polynoé
invariably present. It is the L. glabra of Malmeren.

* Polynoé (Malmgrema) castanea, (M‘Intosh).

Hab: 7, 12, 18 in 20-22 fms. Commensal with Spat-
angus purpureus.

Every living Spatangus I have examined—and this
Echinoderm was several times dredged in considerable
numbers on the ‘‘Spimdrift”’ cruises 1890—has had one of
these worms clinging to the test close to the mouth. All
Prof. M‘Intosh’s examples were obtained from the same
host. The curious fact noted in the first Report on the
Vermes by Mr. Gibsont of finding this worm in the
ambulacral groove of Astropecten turns out to be erroneous
—for haying occasion to refer to Mr. Gibson’s specimen, I
discovered it to be the ordinary Acholoé astericola, which
Carrington recorded long ago as.a common guest of the
starfish named. ‘This species is very unlike P. castanea.

Polynoé floccosa, Savigny.

Hab: The South of the Isle of Man.

I give this as a member of our local fauna on Mr. Gibson’s
authority. I have searched long and carefully for it
without success. Prof. Ray Lankester observes that in
the Channel Islands this form—his H. sarniensis—seems

*< On New Brit. Polynoina.” Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv,

t Fauna of Liverpool Bay, p. 149,

236 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

to take the place of P. imbricata so common in more
northern localities.

Polynoé (Harmothoé) lunulata, Delle Chiaje.

Hab: Southport.

Found in company with P. astericola D.Ch., occupying
the ambulacral grooves of Astropecten irregularis cast
ashore by storms.

* Polynoé johnstont, Marenzeller.

Hab: 8, 10 (numerous).

During the “‘ Hyena” expedition, Whitsuntide, 1890,
nearly every haul of the dredge (12-20 fathoms) off the
S.W. coast of Holy Island, Anglesey, brought up at least
one specimen of this Polynoé. In one case, an individual
emerged from an inhabited tube of Thelepus cincinnatus,
suggesting another instance of the habit of commensalism
so frequently noticed among the Polynoina. Quatrefages
was the first to point out the presence of certain differences
between Johnston’s and Savigny’s P. scolopendrina.
Subsequently Marenzeller (loc. cit.) gave this belief definite
form, by separating the two and giving separate diagnoses
of each thus :—-

P. scolopendrina, Savigny. Tentacle much shorter
than the palps. The tentacular cirri longer than the
palps. No wart-hke tubercles projecting from the dorsum
of the segments.

P. johnstont (the P. scolopendrina of Johnston, Malm-
eren and M‘Intosh.) The tentacle longer than the palps.
The tentacular cirri shorter than the palps. Three wart-
like tubercles on the dorsal aspect of each segment.

Acholoé astericola, (Delle Chiaje).

Hab :—Southport, and 6 m. N. of Gt. Ormes Head 14 fms.

I have to thank Dr. G. W. Chaster, of Southport, for a
number of specimens of this interesting annelid which,
together with P. lunulata, he procured in the above

POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 237

named locality from the ambulacral grooves of Astropecten
irreguiaris cast upon the beach. This worm ranges from
the Mediterranean to Galway in Ireland. At Naples,
Claparede found it in company with Ophiodromus flexuo-
sus on Astropecten aurantiacus, while A. aurantiacus,
bispinosus, platyacanthus and pentacanthus from Trieste
all furnished to Marenzeller (loc. cit.) the same two guests.

Examples of this worm were identified as M. castanea
by Mr. Gibson in his ‘“‘ Report on the Vermes”’ of this
district. I note that in the ‘‘Challenger’’ Report the
generic name is spelled Achloe.

*Halosydna (Alentia) gelatinosa, (Sars).

A very large specimen was found under a stone at
extreme low water at Puffin Island, October, 1887. It
measured 64 cm. by 16 mm. (including the bristles).

Hermadion assumile, M‘Intosh.

Hab: 12 (21 fms.) and 11 (10 fms.).

One small specimen was found crawling among the
spines of an Hchinus esculentus dredged from 21 fathoms
in the Irish Sea, 25 miles N.W. of Liverpool Bar, and
Mr. Gibson recorded two from the same host dredged
near Port Erin.

* Hermadion pellucidum, (Ehlers).

Hab: 6, 10, 12, 13, (16-22 fms.)

This species was taken for the first time locally at Sta-
tion 12, (‘‘Spindrift,’’ September, 1890), when three small
specimens were dredged. All were commensal with
Echinoderms. One was in the ambulacral groove of
Astropecten irregularis; another upon Solaster papposa
and the third was upon a brittle-star—Ophiothrix rosula.
Marenzeller (loc. cit.) speaks of obtaining a specimen from
Ophiothriz alopecurus from the Bay of Muggia, near
Trieste.

One of these specimens was perhaps the most beautiful

938 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Polynoé Ihave ever met with. Each of the pellucid body
scales had on the hinder margin a crescent of orange-hued
pigment, varied on the two head scales by the orange
margin being carried completely round as a resplendent
eirdle.

Sub-family.—SIGALIONINA.

* Sthenelais boa, (Johnston).

Hab: P, M, Mp, under stones from mid-tide to low-water.

Malmgren (loc. cit.) stated his belief that Rathke’s
S. cduné is synonymous with Johnston’s S. boa, a view
with which I unreservedly concur. He, however, in his
list of synonyms, gives Cat. Br. Mus. 1865 as date of
Johnston’s name, and omits reference to the British
author’s prior description and naming of the species in
question, viz: 1833, in Loudon’s Mag. of Nat. Hist. In
this way Rathke’s nomenclature, dating from 1848, is
wrongly given priority and I gladly follow Prof. M‘Intosh’s
lead in the retention of our countryman’s title.

S. boa is in this district essentially a shore species. I
have never taken it in the dredge but always littoral. The
nearly related species S. limicola on the other hand is
characteristic of a lower zone, being invariably obtained by
dredging. The fact that in “Invert. Fauna of St.
Andrew's”’ M‘Intosh notes that storms cast up abundance
of the latter species, and gives the habitat of S. boa as
between tide mark would point to this lmitation of
vertical range as a constant feature.

* Sthenelats limicola, Ehlers.

lab 12s:

As noted all specimens without exception were taken
in the dredge, at depths varying from 18-22 fathoms.
The present 1s the first recorded instance of the occurrence
of either the present or the preceding species in this
district.

POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT, 239

Sthenelais zetlandica, M‘Intosh.

The mutilated fragment mentioned by Mr. Gibson* as
dredged from 20 fathoms off Port Erin remains without
successors.

Pholoé minuta, (Fabricius).

Dredged, Whitsuntide, 1890, in Menai Straits. Car-
rington records it as rare at Southport.

Webster and Benedict+ record it from Massachusetts,
U.S.A. and it has an exceedingly wide range within the
Arctic circle. This is an interesting form, as through the
structure of its falcate compound sete it hints at the
not distant relationship of the Syllide with the Polynoide.

Family.—APHINOMIDS.
Sub-Family.—HIpPPonoiInz.

*Spinther oniscoides, Johnston.

Six specimens of the usual yellow hue were dredged
during the ‘“‘Hyzena’”’ cruise, Whitsuntide, 1890, from
about 17 fathoms, off Holy Island, Anglesey. As they
were picked from off the yellow hydroid Antennularia
ramosa and also from the yellow Halichondria panicea—
to both of which they assimilate absolutely in colouring—
they furnish another addition to the long list that is
accumulating of protectively coloured animals.

Family.—EUNICcIDz.
Sub-Family. —EuNICcINeE.

*Hunice harassi, Au. and M. Ed.

Hab: 12. Dredged from 21 fms.

I refer this single specimen to the above species with
some hesitation as in the spirit preparation the character-
istic spots on the dorsum do not show, and again the
filaments to the largest branchize are more numerous
—(20)—than is given in previous diagnoses of this species.

Report on Vermes, Fauna Liverpool Bay, Vol. i.

+ Annel. Chaet. from Princetown, &c., 1884.
16

940 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

To facilitate future reference, a figure 1s given ef the
branchia pertaining to the 21st setigerous somite. (PI.
GME ies 110)

*Onuphis (Northia) conchilega, Sars.

Great numbers of this widely distributed worm were
taken on the ‘‘ Spindrift’ cruise (September 27th, 1890),
25 miles N.W. of Liverpool Bar—depth, 21 fathoms—for
the first time in this district. The animals are very
irritable when expelled from their homes; breaking into
fragments at once. The anterior part of the body is firm;
the middle and posterior soft and indefinite. The scabbard
shaped tubes which O. conchilega constructs bears some
analogy to the stick or stone encrusted tubes of the larvee
of the caddis-fly. Like the latter, they are unattached to
any fixed object and can be dragged from place to place
by their owners, who can turn themselves if they please
in the tube. All sorts of shell fragments and bits of
echinid tests are requisitioned and fitted into place. When
we remember the diversity in shape and size of the material
and that when completed neither are the edges of adjoining
fragments allowed to overlap, nor are any unarmoured
spaces left in the tough membranous tissue forming the
framework of the tube we must concede a considerable
amount of ingenuity and skill to Onuphis conchilega.
Such a tube is protective both by reason of its strength
and great relative size as compared with the worm itself
and also on account of the admirable way in which it
assimilates to the general appearance of the sea-bottom
where it is found.

M‘Intosh in the ‘‘ Challenger’’ Report (where he uses
the form Nothria for Northia as the name of this genus)
says—‘ The Onuphidide are distinguished from the Huni-
cide by their bathymetrical distribution for while the
latter are often found between tide-marks, the Onuphidide

POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. DAL

are characteristic of deep water, many of them ranging to
very great depths. Even in our own seas they frequent
the deeper waters of the coralline ground.’ None of the
“Challenger” series came from a less depth than 100
fathoms, and only one at that. Two came from 2225
fathoms.

Sub-Family.—LUMBRICONEREIN#S.

Lumbriconereis fragilis, O. F. Muller.

Hab: 12—13; from 20—22 fms.

True to name this beautiful iridescent annelid broke
into pieces immediately on capture on the only two
occasions on which I was fortunate enough to procure it.
There is no doubt in my mind that this is a habit acquired
and practised with the aim to save its existence when
seized by enemies, as I noticed that the pieces broken
off were in both cases short lengths from the posterior
end. The piece left with the head was by far the longest
and probably sufficient to start life afresh with had the
animal escaped capture.

Family.—NEREID&.

Nereis pelagica, L.

abil El, (PS Ms Mip:

Met with at all depths and on rocky or stony ground,
with as high a vertical range as Arenicola displays on a
sandy or muddy shore.

*Nereis (Hediste) diversicolor, Miller.

Hab: 5, 2.

A large nnmber were found burrowing in the peat at
Hightown at the mouth of the Mersey.

Nereis (Leontis) dumerilii, Aud. and M. Edw.

Hab: E, P, M, 6, 7, 8 (numerous).

Specimens of this worm are frequently obtained lying
in cocoon-like structures composed of hardened grey
mucus, often with foreign bodies attached to the outside.

942 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In one case, an individual had seized upon a shore blown
beech leaf, constructing on its surface a mucus tunnel in
which it lay hid—very similar in appearance to the cocoons
of many insects. A species of pycnogonid is frequently
found parasitic (?) clinging to the outside of these mucus
tubes.

Nereis (Neretlepas) fucata, (Savigny).

Jaleo gs 45 tS, IO) JOE, tS, WWE, iGo.

The Nereis bilineata of Carrington. It is frequently
met with in dead Fwsws and whelk shells. Also in
about 90°/, of such shells which have been taken
possession of by Hermit-crabs (Pagurus). If a shell
containing one of these. strangely assorted couples be
watched in an aquarium, the forepart of the worm’s body
will be seen to emerge slowly from the mterior depths
and sway gently from side to side, above the back of the
crab, surveying keenly the environment. The fellow-
lodgers together dwell in amity, though what the mutual
relationship existing between the two is I have never seen
explained. My own opinion—seeing how often the worms
occupy otherwise uninhabited shells—is that Nerevs fucata
is the first tenant and that it tolerates the intrusion of the
Hermit-crab chiefly because it can easily steal morsels of
the plentiful supply of food which the latter can generally
manage to procure. Besides the Pagurus furnishes means
of locomotion unattended with danger, and his presence in
the mouth of the shell prevents other intruders who might
be unwelcome from getting entrance. The Hermit-crab
on the other hand, I believe, derives no benefit from the
partnership and takes no notice of the worm as long ex-
perience has taught him that he cannot dislodge the
latter, who occupies the coign of vantage, possesses
superior agility and a pair of stout mandibles. Indeed
the worm can easily turn the Hermit out if so disposed,

POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 943

N. fucata is sometimes taken free. Such specimens,
as well as those forcibly taken from their refuge in shells,
display a very peculiar mode of swimming. Turning on
their side they assume the outline of an S much drawn
out, and move through the water with a gentle undulat-
ing shivering motion with a weakness suggesting want of
training, and without any of the vigorous lashing seen in
Nephthys and in Nereis virens, N. pelagica, &c. These
latter swim upon the ventral surface of the body. Used
for bait sometimes by the Manx fishermen.

* Nereis (Alitta) virens, Sars.

iia EON:

Abundant between tide-marks along the Mersey shore
from Egremont to New Brighton, burrowing in patches of
very stony boulder clay. Its extensive burrows are
mucus lined. This mucus is secreted by enormous
numbers of tubules found along the dorsum and in the
lobes of the feet, especially in the great leaf-lhke upper
lobe of the notopodium, the so-called ‘‘branchia”’ of
Kinberg. ‘This lobe seems pre-eminently modified to act
as a great secretive organ, its great expanse and lamellar
form giving the maximum of available surface while occu-
pying the mimimum of room. Each is richly supplied
with blood vessels and its substance is crowded with
masses of tubuli opening on the surface. The cirri (dorsal
and ventral) contain no tubules. Immense quantity of
mucus 1s thrown off very rapidly after capture, so filthy
and dense that it is difficult to make out the presence of
the worms at all.

N. virens (the N. Yankiana of Quatrefages) is the most
esteemed of bait worms in this district. The fishermen

have given it the name of ‘‘ Creeper.”’

244 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family.—NEPHTHYD.

* Nephthys ceca, (Fabr.).

Hab: ‘‘ Hyena” and ‘‘ Despatch”’ expeditions, 1886.

In this district much less common than N. hombergt.
Its range is also more restricted than the latter, having
been taken only by the dredge.

Nephthys hombergi, Aud. and M. Edw.

Hab: S, EH, NB, L, 3, 6, 10, 18, “Despatch” exped., 1886:

The characteristic Nephthys of the Irish Sea, common
along the N. Welsh, English and Scottish coasts bordering
this basin, wherever sand occurs. Together with this
constancy on all our shores it posesses a wide bathymet-
rical range, having been taken frequently with the dredge
at varying depths. Thecate Infusoria are frequently met
with parasitic upon the bristles. This is the N. assimilis
of Malmeren and N. longisetosa of Oersted.

Family.—GLYCERID&.

Glycera capitata, Oersted.

Hab: P, 8,10. The G. alba of previous local lists.

* Glycera nigripes, Johnston.

Hab: Puffin Island; 5 fathoms.

* Glycera dubia, Blainville.

T have several times found traces of a large species
—referred provisionally to G. dwbtia—within the stomachs
of Cod. The length would be nearly six inches and the
four stout black teeth present within each were of corres-
ponding size.

* Glycera goést, Mern.

tab sO icon aon:

Family.—SYLLIDZz.

* Syllis (Husyllis) tubifex, Gosse.

labo, 2s iS a0 so:

Common in dredged material—3 to 21 fms,

ae ee

;

POLYCH/TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 945

Syllis armillaris, (O. F. Muller).

Found at low water Puffin Island, August, 1889.

Specific characters :—Dorsal cirri quite short, of 8—10
joints. Sete falcate with entire apex. Two more or less
interrupted transverse markings on the dorsum of each
segment.

* Autolytus alexandri, Malmgren.

Hab: Tow-netted off Puffin Island.

A single specimen, a male as shown by possessing the

. curious forked palps characteristic, as Verrill remarks, of

the sex in this genus. The anterior falcate sete-bearing
segments numbered 14. The dorsal cirri were somewhat
shorter than depicted by Verrill* Length of body 12°5 mm.

This species has not before been recorded from British
waters.

Autolytus prolifer, (O. F. Muller).

Recorded by Carrington as abundant at Southport.

Ephesia gracilis, H. Rathke.

IBIAS fey) 1 eeead eee ee

This aberrant annelid is not uncommon under stones
at low water mark at Puffin Island. It is the Sphero-
dorum flavum of Oersted and the Pollicita peripatus of
Johnston and Carrington.

Family.—HESIONID&.

* Psamathe fusca, Johnston.

Hab: Puffin Id., and Lavan sands, Bangor; under stones.

Two large specimens. The feet are uniramous, with
compound bristles.

* Castalia punctata, (Muller).

Dredged off Anglesey, Whitsuntide, 1890.

The foot is biramous, the notopodial setz being simple,
the neuropodial compound, thus sharply marking the
animal off from the preceding.

* New England Annelida, 1881.

946 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family.—PHYLLODOCID2.

* Phyllodoce maculata, (O. F. Muller).

Hab: Egremont, under stones in clay, near low water
mark, and dredged of S. W. coast of Anglesey.

Malmeren’s exclusion of Johnston’s P. maculata is, I
believe, incorrect. Many of the latter author’s figures are
very poorly drawn and in the case in question the figure
does not agree with the letterpress, the markings on the
back being represented while the dot on each lamellar
process of the feet is omitted. I can easily reconcile my
specimens with both author’s figures and descriptions.
Length 3°5 cm.

Phyllodoce laminosa, Savy.

Hab: Pand M. Under stones, Laminarian zone.

Of a most lovely delicate yellow-tinged green in life.
It is able to secrete very great quantities of mucus—from
the large leaf-like lobes of the feet as in Nereis virens—
which in spirit becomes very tough, enveloping and bind-
ing together the body and feet as in a web.

Eulalia viridis, (Muller).

Hab: P, M, Mp. Over the entire tidal zone.

This bright, dark grass-green Phyllodoce is unquestion-
ably the characteristic errant annelid of Puttin Island,
finding in the weathered and molluscan bored (Saxicava
rugosa, Li.) cavities and tunnels of the limestone rocks
and boulders, the perfection of sheltering places always at
hand to which to retreat on sign or suspicion of danger.

From my observations of annelid life characteristic of
localities having different geological formations, I arrive at
the inference that this species can appear in great abund-
ance only in spots where its environment provides in-
numerable retreats always open. The honeycombed
surface of limestone rocks answers such requirements
admirably, and in this district such spots—of which

oe ee a a

POLYCH/TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 247

Puffin Island is typical—are homes of Hulala viridis.
The only other rock surroundings where I have found this
species in any number was on rock surfaces encrusted
with large Balani shells, many of which being dead and
empty formed fairly good hiding places.

I cannot think that its bright green colour is in any
way mimetic and protective as has been suggested. For
it 1s most numerous on brown Fucus-covered rocks where
green alge are conspicuous by their absence. Besides its
activity is incessant, and this alone prevents its enemies
passing it unnoticed. Protectively coloured animals as
far as I know, are usually sluggish in their movements,
as for instance Porcellana platycheles as noted by Professor
Herdman.

Family.—ToMOPTERIDZ.
Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch.
Tow-netted off Puffin Island and Port Erin.

Section.—_SHDENTARIA.
Family.—OPHELIAD&.

* Ophelia limacina, Rathke.

Hab: ‘‘ Despatch” expedition, 1886, from 18 fms.

The dredge, during this expedition (‘‘central area’’)
brought up two individuals—the only ones I have been
able to obtain in this district, although the species is not
uncommon in the stomachs of Cod.

*Ammotrypane aulogaster, H. Rathke.

Hab: 3, 6,12. Dredged from 8—21 fms.

To judge by the great number of examples dredged at
each of the above stations, this worm seems to be very
plentiful in our local area. The great majority were
collected in May, and these were in all cases minute, not
exceeding 4 mm. in length.

948 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family.—CaAPITELLIDA.
* Capitella capitata, (Fabr.).
Hab: Port Erin, and Lavan sands, Bangor.
Very numerous amid decaying Fucus under overturned
boulders.
Family.—TELETHUSIDA.
Arenicola marina, (Linn.).
IBENOS Si, Jd INE), Jel, Joy, 16h, ee WL. WO.
Abundant everywhere, between tide marks wherever a
patch of sand or mud occurs.

Nore on the Embryology of Avrenicola and Scoloplos
(Plate XIV.)

Max Schultze in 1856 (Hntwickelung von Arenicola)
described certain ege-masses and embryos found on the
Cuxhaven shore as belonging to Arenicola. In 1887 Cun-
ningham and Ramage figured and described identical em-
bryos in the Trans. Roy. Soc. of Edinburgh, Vol. XX XIII,
part 3, (Polycheta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth), but
in the text they point to certain facts, chiefly connected
with characteristics of form in the larve, which inclined
them to believe that the parent was in reality Scoloplos
armiger and not Arenicola as Schultze averred. These
authors were, however, unable to describe either the
embryos or the manner of spawning of Arenicola, though
they give a sketch of immature ova taken from the body
cavity in February. This gap I am fortunate enough to
be able to fill up from observations made in 1890—91, and
IT am also able to confirm in its entirety, Cunningham
and Ramage’s correction of Schultze.

On 2nd March, 1890, I procured on the sandy beach at
Keremont several small pear-shaped brownish egg-masses
and a few larger green ones about the size and shape of a
large grape. The latter were mvariably associated with

POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. YAO

Arenicola castings, while wherever I found the smaller
the worm Scolopos armiger was sure to be present. Both
kinds of egg-cocoons were anchored in the sand by a
gelatinous cylindrical stalk descending some two or three
inches into the sand. In the case of the green cocoons
the stalk soon became ragged and shredded; in the brown,
it continued perfectly cylindrical and entire for most of the
distance traced.

I. Development of Scoloplos:—The small brown cocoons
certainly appertain to this animal, for besides the fact that
this worm is always found close to the egg masses—
animals examined February 21st contained ova identical]
with those least developed in the cocoons. The size of
the cocoons differed somewhat; the largest being 2 cm.
by 1 cm., stalk 10 cm. at least. The later stages of
development are well figured by Cunningham and Ramage
and also by Schultze, and I have nothing to add to their
descriptions. As to the progress of segmentation, hither-
to undescribed, the following is a summary of what I have
observed :—The ova are 0°25 mm. in diameter. Hach
shows a very distinct germinal vesicle. 'T'wo polar bodies
are excluded and following quickly is the division of the
vitellus into macromere and micromere (Pl. XIV, fig. 3).
The latter very rapidly sub-divides into very small cells
which gradually overspread the few large cells derived
from the primitive macromere, until finally only a small
opening—the blastopore—is left in the enveloping layer
of micromeres. Usually the number of derived macromeres
is either two or four at the stage of enclosure by the
micromeres. These latter are, I believe, not all derived
from the primitive micromere, being added to from time
to time by small cells fissioned off from certain of the
macromeres. (Salensky observed a similar process during
his elaborate investigation of the embryology of Nereis

950 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

cultrifera and of Psygmobranchus protensus). This being
so, it is evident that the primitive micromere in this case
contains a part only, of the entire epiblastic material.
The cocoons were found at various dates ranging from
March 2nd to April 18th. (Pl. XIV, figs. 1—11).

Il. Development of Avrenicola marina :—The ova are
deposited in vast numbers within a grape-shaped gelatinous
matrix furnished with an anchoring stalk as described.
The mass is delicate ulva-green in hue due to the colour-
ation of the contained ova, the matrix being transparent
and colourless. In size the masses vary from 2 to 2°5 cm.
in length by 1:75 to2cm.in breadth. The ova are spherical
and 0'08 mm. in diameter. Segmentation is unequal
and a cephalotrochous embryo is the result. I was
anxious to watch the stages of segmentation but beyond
the bare fact noted nothing could be made out, owing to
the opacity of the vitellus.

To describe the embryo (Pl. XIV, figs. 12—21) :—The
first appearance of cilia is in the form of an equatorial zone,
and a tuft of long cilia at the anterior pole or apex of what
eventually develops into the preoral segment. With the
advent of these organs the embryo begins to rotate slowly
within the gelatinous matrix of the cocoon; and shortly
two reniform pinkish eye-spots appear on opposite sides
above the zonal band of cilia: soon after this the embryo
become free-swimming. Hither upon liberation or it may
be a little prior thereto, a ciliated pit—which eventually
becomes the mouth—makes its appearance a little behind
the zone of cilia, and this again becomes connected with the
posterior pole by a band of short cilia. In this advanced
stage— the latest I was able to observe —it 1s noteworthy
that what was the apical tuft of cilia in the first stage has
changed its position, moving a little distance ventrally ;
one of the cilia of this tuft has become extremely elongated

POLYCHEZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 251

while the rest are shortened. When freed from the
investing mass of the cocoon, this trochosphere moves
through the water with a rotary motion, the long cilium
of the anterior tuft conspicuously directed stiffly forwards,
and apparently forming a larval sense organ. The most
advanced embryos showed a decided lengthening of the
body, chiefly of the post-oral part, and the beginning of a
constriction a little behind the mouth.

Last year I observed these egg-masses of Arenicola
about the middle of March, on the Egremont shore; April
4th, at Port Erm, 1.0.M., and April 24th, at Hilbre
Island. Mr. Sinel, of Jersey, has also sent me specimens
gathered in that Island on February 29th. This year, on
April 11th, I found large numbers of the usual bright
green hue in sandy pools among the sandstone rocks of
Hilbre Island associated with numerous castings. I noted
on the last mentioned occasion and also in the Isle of Man,
that no cocoons were to be seen on the exposed sandy
flats, though castings innumerable were there, and in the
pools where they were abundant were masses of Ulva
and of Hnteromorpha to which the cocoons assimilated
exactly in colour. On the other hand, the cocoons of
Scoloplos were frequently to be noticed anchored among
the bare ripple-furrows of the sand expanses. Now these
ege-masses of Scoloplos are hardly to be distinguished in
colour from the muddy sands, the surface of the cocoons
becoming so coated with mud that the brownish contents
—themselves only a little darker than the sands—do not
show through.

Family.—MALDANID&.

* Nicomache lwmbricalis, (Fabr.).

Hab: 10.

Three of the hindmost segments together with the
characteristic equally lobed anal funnel, were dredged off

252 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Holy Island, Anglesey, from 16 fathoms. Colour, rosy
pink. The two ante-anal segments are without sete.

*Axiothea catenata, Malmgren.

Hab: L.

Immense numbers live in the muddy, evil-smelling
sands stretching out from Bangor into the Menai Straits.
Cunningham and Ramage aptly remark on the similitude
of the projecting ends of their numberless tubes to a
miniature forest. A similar ragged appearance on a
larger scale is given to the Egremont and New Brighton
shore by the exposed ends of Lanice conchilega especially
when a storm has removed some of the surface sand.
Tubes 5—7 inches long and 1—1} mm. broad. The anal
funnel is distinguished from that of the preceding species
by the fact that the processes are of unequal length, there
being about seven long tapering ones, each separated from
its neighbour by from one to three short ones, and instead
of two ante-anal segments being TL oS setve four are
naked in the present species.

Family.—AMMOCHARIDA.

Owenia filiformis, Del. Chiaje.

Jalaoe) 1, US}, tS), Ib,

Is plentiful at all these stations; but most numerous in
the deep water. It ranges from extreme low water mark
to 21 fathoms. It is the Ammochares ottonis of Grube;
and is the worm described by Carrington under the name
of Ops digitata.

Family.—ARIcHDz.

*Scoloplos armiger, (Muller).

iElabe 2565 Bs INISseMip:

A common species in sand from mid-tide mark to 6 fms.

From observations made in the beginning of March,
1890, and April, 1891, upon the egg-cocoons of this worm,

:
i

—_—

POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 250

I confirm Cunningham and Ramage’s statements and
deductions (loc. cit.). Max Schultze* certainly described
the eggs and cocoons of S. armiger in error for those o
Arenicola marina. His figures, if we remember them to
represent S. arnuger, are accurate and beautiful. For
details of early embryology see notes under Arenicola
marina, page 249.

Family.—CIRRATULIDE.

*Corrratulus tentaculatus, (Montagu).

Attains to a large size at Puffin Island, where it is
commonly found under stones partly buried in mud near
low water mark.

Curratulus cirratus, (Muller).

falar Vi

During Easter, 1890, I collected a large number of
small specimens—about $—1 in. in length—from narrow
clefts in the schist rocks of Port Erin Bay, Isle of Man.
The colour varied; very beautiful were a few where the
entire body and long branchial filaments were intense
black, relieved by the tentacular filaments of the anterior
end being milk white.

This species can be distinguished from C. tentaculatus
among other characteristics by (a) having a transverse
series of tentacular filaments on the Ist setigerous somite
and not on the 5th and 6th as in C. tentaculatus, (b) the
lateral filaments are fewer and usually originate at a
distance from the bases of the notopodia; in the other
form they are more numerous and arise close to bases of
notopodia; (¢c) annulations are much finer on buccal somite
in C. tentaculatus.

Mr. Gibson enumerates, in this district two species of
this family, viz :—C. borealis, Lamarck, and C. cirratus,

* Entwick. von Arenicola piscatorum, 1856.

254 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

O. F.M. In fact, these two names are now accepted by
all authorities as synonyms.

*Chetozone setosa, Malmgren.

Hab: Egremont, in clay between tide-marks.

Specimens found February 21st, 1891, contained ova
quite ripe. An egg mass found on the same spot with
these I believe belongs to this species. It was about the
size and shape of a pea, of a faint green colour, and was
anchored in the sand by means of a cylindrical stalk.
The embryos which I was unfortunately unable to
examine in detail appeared to be cephalotrochs approach-
ing closely in form to those of Arenicola.

Family.—SPIoNIDz.

Carrington (loc. cit.) mentions three species from
Southport, viz:—Spio seticornis, (Fabricius), Spio quad-
ricornis, Lamarck, and Nerine conitocephala, Johnston
(=N. foliosa, Sars), and catalogues N. vulgaris as doubt-
ful. I have not had the good fortune to find the second
or the third of these, but on the other hand I have pro-
cured a number of specimens of N. cirratulus which
previously has been but once recorded as British (Firth
of Forth). JI am also able to say with certainty that
N. vulgaris is included in our local fauna.

Spto seticornis, (Fabr.).

Very abundant on the Mersey shore between Egremont
and New Brighton—chiefly about or a little above mid-
tide level. As half-an-inch of their fragile sand-tubes
projects from the surface, their multitude gives some
patches of sand quite a ragged appearance.

* Nerine cirratulus, (D. Chiaje).

Hab: Egremont (common between tide-marks).

Specimens found 1st March, 1890, were full of elliptical
ova exhibiting the peculiar and characteristically marked
vitellme membrane described by Claparede (Chét. dw Golfe

POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 955

de Naples, 1868). This is so sculptured as to present the
appearance of a network of hexagonal meshes, each mesh
being a concavity.

Diagnosis :—the first setigerous somite bears no
branchie. The lamina extends, at most, little more than
half-way along the branchial process. In N. contocephala
the lamina extends to the tip of the branchia in the
anterior somites.

Nerine (Scolecolepis) vulgaris, Johnston.

Hab: Port Erin and Southport.

Plentiful in mud, under stones, at the former locality.
On none of the branchial filaments does the lamina extend
to the tip. The first setigerous somite bears branchie,
thus differing from N. cirratulus. There appears to me
no sufficient reason for excluding this species from the
genus Nerine as Malmgren has done. I revert to
Johnston’s nomenclature.

Leucodore ciliata, Johnston.

Hab: Port Erin and Southport.

A few were found living in narrow clefts in schist rock
near low water mark. Also in old shells.

Family.—MaGELONIDA (Cunningham and Ramage).

Magelona papillicornis, Fr. Muller.

Hab: New Brighton and Southport.

Found not uncommonly in sand between tide-marks.
The Mea mirabilis of Johnston and Carrington.

Family,—CH@ToPTERIDA.

Chetopterus insignis, Baird.

Hab: Beaumaris (low water); and Turbot Hole off Puffin
Island (14 fms.).

An excellent illustration, together with figures of the
various kinds of sete, is given in a paper by Mr. J.
Wilhams, published in vol. xvii of the Proc. of the Lit.

and Phil. Soc, of Liverpool, 1864. A number of Mr,
7

256 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Willams’ specimens gathered from extreme low water at
Beaumaris are now in the British Museum. Hxamina-
tion of the large specimen of ‘‘ Spiochetopterus typicus,
Sars,’ described by Mr. R. J. H. Gibson (loc. cit.) as
obtained at Beaumaris shows it to be in reality an example
of C. insignis.

Nychia cirrosa and Polynoé glabra—one or other—are
usually present in the tubes as commensals; N. cirrosa
more frequently of the two in this district; P. glabra (H.
malmgrent of Ray Lankester) in the Channel Islands.*

Our local species is identical with specimens from
Herm, Channel Islands. The species differs from
Quatrefages’ C. valencinit procured from St. Malo, in
that the latter shows a bundle of black bristles on the 4th
and 5th pairs of feet, whereas the Herm and the Beaumaris
specimens have these on the 4th pairs of feet only.
Quatrefages’ species has also a larger number of segments
in the posterior section of the body. A Herm specimen
procured for me by Mr. Sinel of Jersey had about 21

segments in this part.
Family.—CHLORHZMIDA.

*Trophonia plumosa, (Muller).

Hab: 6,9, P. A few small specimens from 5 fathoms
off Puffin Island; numbers from the deep water (45—57
fathoms) between Anglesey and the Isle of Man.

Parasitic thecate infusoria are occasionally to be seen
on the head tuft of bristles and also much minute fila-
mentous matter similar to that clogging the dorsal bristles
and the fimbrie of the elytra of Lepidonotus squamatus.

Siphonostoma diplochaitos, Otto.

So? Jel len (oy 5 8)

The S. gelatinoswm of Mr. Gibson’s previous local list.
It is more frequently taken on the littoral than Trophonia

* On some new British Polynoina, 1866.

POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 257

plumosa, indeed it is fairly common at low water at Puffin
Island. After careful examination of specimens of the
undoubted S. diplochaitos obtained from the Naples Zoo-
logical Station and home specimens of Flabelligera affinis,
Sars, I cannot but conclude that specifically they are
identical. The slight differences there are, are amply
accounted for by the varying states of contraction con-
sequent upon divergent preservative agents and to the
considerable difference in latitude between the two
habitats. Quatrefages could certainly never have seen a
specimen of the Naples S. diplochaitos else he would not
have defined the genus Siphonostoma as destitute of hairs
or glandular papille.
Family.—TEREBELLIDS.

*Amphitrite figulus, (Dalyell).

Hab: Puffin Island and Egremont.

The A. Johnstoni of Malmgren according to Marenzeller.
The presence of 24 pairs of notopodial fascicles of capill-
ary sete is characteristic of this species. Tube of mud,
the corrugated end projecting about an inch above the
surface of the mud-flat where it is found.

Terebella nebulosa, Montagu.

Dredged off Port Erin.

Lanice conchilega, (Pallas).

Abundant on the littoral, and taken frequently in the
dredge.

Thelepus cincinnatus, (Fabr.)

ica 4810; 3,14 PP. Lattoral to 22 ims.

Shares with Lanice conchilega the honour of being the
characteristic species of Terebellide of this district. It
however has not so high a httoral range as the latter, but,
on the other hand, it is, ofthe two, much the more
frequently found in deep water.

Since Malmeren’s time the name has continually been

258 TRANSACTIONS TiVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

spelled wrongly ‘‘ circinnata.” As Marenzeller points out
(loc. cit.) Fabricius called the branchie ‘‘ cincinni”’ (locks
of crisped hair) hence the species “‘ cincinnata.” It is the
Venusia punctata of Johnston.

* Nicolea venustula, (Montagu).

Hab: 12, 13, 14, i.e, the central area of the Irish Sea.

Dredgings in deep water (20—22 fms.) usually yield
specimens of this worm—the N. zostericola of Malmgren.

The species seems subject to frequent variation in
the number of bristle tufts and of branchie. Malmgren
defines it as having 2 pairs of branchie and 15 pairs of
bristle-bundles ; Tauber (Ann. danica) gives 16—17 pairs
of the latter and 3 pairs of the former. Again, R.
Leuckart’s T. parvula (=N. venustula, Mont.) is endowed
with 15 pairs of bristle bundles and 3 pairs of branchie,
while Marenzeller who first pointed out the agreement
of N. zostericola, Malmgren, with the T’crebella venustula,
Mont., diagnoses the same species, from specimens
gathered both at St. Malo and in the Adriatic as possessing
17 bristle-bearing fascicles and 2 pairs of branchie.* Fin-
ally all of the individuals I have examined from the Irish
Sea have had the characters as given by the last named
author, with the exception of two half-grown ones which
differed in having 15 pairs of fascicles.

Family.— AMPHARETID&.

*Ampharete gruber, Malmgren.

Hab: Station 14. A single specimen.

T'wo species of the genus Ampharete have previously
been reported as British, viz :—A. gracilis, and A. arctica.
The former is characterized according to Malmgren—by
elongated filiform branchiz and apex of palmular sete
much attenuated; the latter by stout short branchie, the
palmular sete having a mucronate apex. The present

* Zur Kenutniss der Adriat. Anneliden,

POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 259

species (recorded now for the first time as British) has
short branchie and apices of palmular sete very much
drawn out.

Family: AMPHICTENIDZ.

This is a family wherein Malmgren has introduced much
unnecessary sub-division. For instance, take his two
genera Amphictene and Pectinaria, the former contain-
ing P. auricoma, the latter, P. belgica. His generic
definitions for the two are nearly word for word the same,
almost the only divergence being that he states that in
Amplhictene the margin of the post palmular area is cirrate-
dentate whereas in Pectinaria the same region is entire.
Again, the former constructs a curved tube—the latter a
straight one—all which, while they may be good specific
distinctions, seem to me altogether too trivial to possess
generic value. Again, Malmgren erects the genus Lagis
to contain species possessing 15 and 12 pairs of capillary
and uncinigerous setz respectively in contradistinction to
Amphictene and Pectinaria with 17 and 13 pairs. This
division is apparently founded upon an error as both
P. (Amphictene) auricoma and P. belgica possess only 15
and 12 pairs. If Malmgren’s Lagis really possesses the
number of bristle bundles stated by him, then Lagis as a
genus must cease to exist and must be merged into
Pectinaria.

Pectinaria (Amphictene) auricoma, (Muller).

Eaby: 2-13:

Dredged from 20—22 fathoms in company with P.
belgica, which they generally surpass in size. Not found
at any time in great number. Malmgren gives the number
of fascicles of capillary bristles as 17 pairs, and the uncinig-
erous rows as 13 pairs, but careful examinaticn of all the
specimens available showed but 15 pairs of the former
and 12 pairs of the latter.

260 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pectinaria belgica, (Pallas).

Jelg a dy Pl I Tks) diy INI,

Immense numbers people the far-stretching sandbanks
skirting the Lancashire and Cheshire coasts. The animals
live head downwards in the sand, and range from mid-tide
mark (exceptional) to a depth of 21 fathoms.

As in the preceding species there are 15 pairs of capil-
lary fascicles and 12 pairs of uncinigerous rows, not 17 and
13 as stated by Malmgren, nor 15 and 11 pairs respectively
as amended by Cunningham and Ramage.

Family.—HERMELLID2.

Sabellaria alveolata, Linn.

labs 9S; E, INS; EL:

Enormous encrusting masses attaining in favourable
situations a thickness of quite two feet, occur at the tide-
swept end of Hilbre Island. As the geological formation
of the Island is soft Red Triassic sandstone lable to rapid
denudation, these incrustations have an important retard-
ing effect, as has been pointed out by Prof. Herdman.*
Damage wrought by storms on the brittle sand con-
structed tubes is very rapidly righted by the gregarious
occupants. A species of mite is frequently found parasitic
upon this species. :

* Sabellaria spinulosa, R. Leuckart.

labo, 10,09) LOMAS O50 eimise

This animal is met with everywhere in deep water in our
area often in considerable abundance, and is without doubt
one of the commonest worms. It is brought up both in
broken masses and also singly upon valves of dead shells.
It appears to be confined pretty straitly to the depths of
the sea and not to trench on the shallow water and littoral
range of S. alveolata.

*Proc. L’pool Biol, Soc., vol. II. p. 39.

POLYCHEHTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 261

Family.—SERPULIDZ.
1. Sub-family.—SABELLINZ.

Sabella pavonia, Savigny.

Blabe4). 7,8; 1, A, M.

I have found considerable variation in this species, both
in size and in the colouration of the branchial filaments.
In this district it ranges from some feet above low water
level to 16 fathoms, but specimens which are ever left
uncovered by the tide never attain to the largest size.

Sabella pavonia, var. bicoronata, n.
Hab: Rock pools at extreme low water at Hilbre Id.

This variety is found in considerable numbers as above.
From the type it differs in nothing save the arrangement
of the branchize. These are in two unequal tufts forming
two closely superposed cirles of filaments when expanded—
nearly 4 in. in diameter in large specimens.

Of the two fully grown specimens obtained one had 61
filaments in one tuft, and 30 in the other. The second
had 55 and 37 respectively. The smaller tuft usually forms
more than half a circle, the larger meets this on one side
and forms the remainder of the outer circle and then curves
inwards to make a more or less complete inner circle. The
anterior part has 8—13 segments. At first I was inclined
to form a new species for this animal and to place
it in the genus Spirographis but for the present I
incline to count it merely a variety. Numbers of normal
S. pavonia are found associated. Probably many of the
species of Sprrographis described in various works will in
time be eliminated and found to be varieties of different
species of Sabella. In Dasychone herdmani, mentioned
next a specimen is noted having unequal tufts after the

Same Manner.

262 "TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

*Dasychone herdmani, n. sp. (Pl. XV, figs. 1—9.)
Hab: Puftn Island and off the coast of Anglesey, from
low water to 18 fms. Stations 5, 6, 10, P.

The body is short and thick, composed of about 60
segments. The anterior or thoracic region is about as
broad as long, having 8 bristle-bearing segments. The
dorsal edges of the cephalic collar incline towards each
other and nearly touch. Thence the collar is continued
as a slightly everted rim of even height, terminating in
two boldly everted lappets on each side of the median
ventral line. A shallow notch separates the lappets from
the rest of the collar laterally. The branchie are in two
equal tufts of 15—20 filaments each. Apex of each radiole
is naked, rather stout or digitate. The distal pinne
rapidly diminish and end as mere bud-like eminences at
the base of apex. At equal distances on the rachis are
disposed paired eye-spots. Between each two pairs of eye-
spots is a pair of dorsal appendages; usually the position
is just behind one of the pairs, but in some specimens it
is nearly midway between the two. In shape they are
ample, long, and broadly spathulate, the margin of the
broad apex being puckered and indented. There are in
general 20—22 pairs of these processes on each filament
and an equal number of eye-spots. The tentacula are
two in number, channelled on the opposing faces, acumin-
ate, about a third as long as the filaments.

Colour. Body of dark yellowish or brownish red; a
dark brown spot below each tuft of capillary sete in the
thoracic region, but above each tuft in the posterior or
abdominal portion of the body. Collar pale and uncoloured
as are also the tentacula. The branchiz are white, beauti-
fully variegated with narrow bands of intense purple,
brown and yellow.

The tube is short and corrugated, dark grey in colour

POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 263

and chitinous in structure. Length about 3 to 5 cm.
Animal about the same length.

This species while agreeing in all other essential details
with the previously known British representative of this
genus, Dasychone dalyelli, Kolker (the Sabella bombyx
of Johnston) is sharply differentiated by the shape of the
dorsal processes. A similar difference marks it off from the
Neapolitan D. lucullana with which species Mr. Gibson,
in the previous local list erroneously identified the present.
In both D. dalyelli and D. lucullana, which I fancy will
be found to be one and the same species, the dorsal append-
ages have the form of elongated sublinear processes slightly
dilated at the apices—giving them a graceful club-like
form—totally different from the broad spathulate append-
ages of D. herdmam. This latter form approaches more
closely to that seen in D. wnfarcta, (Kroyer), but Kroyer’s
species has no eye-spots.

In one specimen I noticed with interest a similar
varietal departure from the normal arrangement of the
branchie such as I elsewhere note concerning Sabella
pavonia. In the individual I refer to, the left tuft of bran-
chial filaments was much larger than the right—containing
33 filaments for the other’s 16.

*Amplucora (Othonia) fabricia, (Muller).

It is to the courtesy of Mr. C. H. H. Walker that I am
indebted for having my attention directed to this tiny tube
builder as an inhabitant of this district. It is fairly num-
erous attached to the surface of seaweed, &c. at the
extremity of Eeremont slip—than which no more prolific
hunting-ground exists in the Mersey whenever the Ferry
authorities for even a short period cease from troubling
about repairs. A. fabricia is at times met with free—
without trace of any protecting tube—crawling about
among weed.

264 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

2. Sub-family :—SERPULINAE.

Filigrana vmpleca, Berkeley.

Hab: N. KE. coast of Anglesey and south coast of Isle of
Man—Low water to 18 fms.

Serpula vermicularis, (Ellis).

Hab: Deep water area of Irish Sea, about 20 fms.

* Serpula reversa, Montagu.

Hab:—P, 6, 12, 18.

From low water mark to 22 fathoms. The most abun-
dant deep water Serpulid. I have seen a crab dredged
up carrying two or three large ones upon its carapace ;
the usual situation 1s upon shells of dead molluscs.
Probably the Hupomatus pectinatus of Philippi.

Pomatoceros triqueter, (inn).

Hab: P, 5, 10. Common on the littoral, extending
more sparingly to deep water—18 fms.

Apparently a variable species—in the colour of the bran-
chie and in the shape of the operculum. Cunningham
and Ramage are in error in giving S. conica, Johnston, as
a synonym, unless indeed it be that the latter is found
to be a variety P. triqueter. In any case Johnston’s figure
of the operculum of S. conica is not a typical form of that
of P. triqueter, while that figured under the name of S.
armata 1s perfectly characteristic, agreeing even with C.
and R.’s own delineation of the operculum of the present
species.

Sptrorbis borealis, Morch.

Hab:—On all our rocky shores and wherever it can find
lodgment, characteristic of the littoral—Fwucus serratus 1s
its commonest host.

Spirorbis lucidus, (Mont), Moych.

The characteristic Sptrorbis of deep water. Its tiny
translucent spirals frequently occur in rows along the stalk
and branches of Sertularva dredged from various depths.

4
‘
t
‘
4

POLYCHAITA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 265

GEOGRAPHICAL and BATHYMETRICAL range of local
PoLYcH2ToUS ANNELIDS.

NOTE.—The following abbreviations are used :—EK=
Kast coast of Great Britain; Ch= English Channel coasts;

r= West and South coasts of Ireland; WS= West Scot-
land; Shet=Orkney, Shetland and Faroé region; UK=
all British coasts. US=East coast N. America, south
of Labrador and north of N. Carolina; Gr=Greenland
and Arctic America; Sp=Spitzbergen; NZ=Nova Zem-
bla; Sc=Scandinavian, Danish and German coasts;
Med= Mediterranean Sea.

L= Littoral; O= Low water mark. (xX) cast ashore by
storms.

| Local—Irish Sea Area |

TET Seda ee |
| 2 | S| A || RANGE |
IpRATRA [Slai/a) 8 1/8] -2 . in | PEG
g(clg\le| 2 | SEA. |
[2 is c | 5 = | ae q { |
OFI=| Ss isl s&s |
Bee
_—|—} i =I \- |
Aph. aculeata......... | x lees x| x |...,O—20| UK. US, Sc, Med.
Hermione hystriz ...| |x) x | .. |...|15—40 Ch, Ir. |Se, Med, C. Verde I,
Lep. squamatus ...... VSS 5641551] cae | x | L—22 | UK. US, Gr, Se, Azores.
Nychia cirrosa ...... seat celles | ..|O—18| E, Ch. US, Gr, Sp, ) NZ, Se.
Polynoé imbricata ...|...| x |x| \L—5 UK. US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Sc, S.
1 | | Jpn, Ochotsk§, ‘Sitcha
an halieti ...... |x| x| 15] WS, Sh.
55 ETOP eee ees |x|...) x| x |x|L—22/ Sh, E, Ch. |US, Gr, NZ, Se, offGib-
| Peal gen ae | raltar, Med (probably)
PREECTULOLG a3) SX een iat ee Med.
»» propingua..|x|x x] x | Li —57 y Shet. |US, Se, Madeira.
3). Setosissima,.|...|-.-| X| -.. Po, Ms , Ch. |Se, Med (probably).
ae Castanea ....|<\-.-1x| wee [oe e|/ 20— 2 She liiChs
op GUACBAST soacae! 153 i! Re eal LS E, Ch.
5 lunulate.....| | | |(x)| Head UK. Med.
gohnstont....|...|.... x... |.../12—20Sh, WS, Ch./Se. La Rochelle.
Acholoe ustericola. soll SX > x Ne 14 | Ir Med,
Hal, gelatinosa....... Pecleecle< eee eeaiee One Ee Wiss Chel Sc:

266 TRANSACTIONS

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

H2rmadion assimile |x| x|...| ... |...)10—21| E, Ir, Ch. off C. de Gatte (M1).
» pellucidum) x)|...)x|... |... 16—22) HE, WS. /|Med.
Stitenelats\boa.. 2. s-)--4| XX) ea lace L UK. Se.
jo Ubimmn@otke — 13 |calloosl| on flooc 20—22} Shet, E. |US.
yy) etl ican Oi. 4) |e) enenleee 20 Shet
Pholoé minuta......... Isocllooall S61 32 E, Ch. |US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se.
Spinther oniscoides..|...|...|X|... |... 17 _|WS, & Blfast|Se.
Eunice harussii....... VSL SGN aa a 20=—22) Ch.
Onuphis conchilega..|x!...)...) 0.4... 20—22 UK. US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se,
| | Portugal.
Lumbr. frayilis....... x |x| x | 20—-22) E, Shet. |US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se.
Nereis peluyicw....... x|x|x | x |L—20 UK. US, Gr, Sp, NZ,Se,Jn.
- diversicolor | x | L | UK. (Gr, Se, Med, Japan:
. dumerilai...) \x|x| x | L—16 UK. US, Se, Med, Madeira,
| | C. Verde Ids. & Japan.
ne VEreNS ......! | SS ee is WIS, Se:
POOLED co0000 |x|x| x | |L—18| EH, Ch. (US, Se
Nephthys GOOD .coaaccs x | | | 18 |E. WS, Ch./US, Gr, Se.
Bs homberyt.. |x|x|x}| x. |...|L—20| E, WS. |US, Gr, NZ, Se.
Goniada maculata... | Sue geal bp tl E. US. Se.
Glycera cupituta...... || x L—17 |E, WS, Ch.|US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se,
| Portugal aud Azores.
5 nigripes...... Lise eee a
59 Chat sanx00000 ‘Stiomlach sof Cod KE, W S, Ch.
ng OG RERUSe donsouger x | E. Se.
Syllis tubijew.......... x} |x| 32 Ik, WS, Ch.|N. Scotia, Madeira.
armilluris ...... alia | @ E, Ch. iSe.
Autolytus wlexandtri.. Tow-| x nett ed “i \US, Gr
x prolifer... | x | E. Se.
Ephesia, gractlis ...... x| |x| x |\O—25 UK. Gr, Sp, NZ, Se.
Psamathe fuscu....... | [5x | Jb E, Ch.
Custalia punctate... Silay a 18 K. Se, Iceland.
Phyll. maculata...... | |x| x | J|O—18 E. Iceland.
50 URRADPOTE 20550 lealbs | © E, Ch. |Med.
Eulalia viridis........ | Nise Se L BH, Ch: |Gr. Se:
Tomopt. onisciformis| |x|x| Tow- netted | |i, Ch, epee 4 :
Ophelia limacina..... | x | | 1 HS | Be , Sp, NZ, Se, US.
Anvunot, wuloyaster... x x | 3—21 | BE, WS. Gr Sp, NZ, Se.
Capirella cupituta.... |x| x | ib 15, Mis {Ene Sy, 2 NZ, Se, Med.
Arenicola murina..... |x|x| x |x| L UK. US, Gr, Sp, Sc, Med.
Nic. lumbricalis ...... elses BE: US, Gr, Sp. NZ, Se.
Asiothea catenata.... | |x| | | © | E, Shet. |US, Gr, Sp.
Owenia filiformis.. ...x| |x| x | |O—22 | E. Gr, Med.
Scoloplos armiger.. . x| x] x L—6 | Sh, BE, Ch. US, Gr, Sp; NZ se
Cirratulus cirratus... x Om kK. US, Gr, NZ, Se.
», tentuculutus| |x| x L E, oe Med.
Chetozone setosa..... x L |US, Sp, NZ, Se.
Sptio seticornis........ | x L EK, an iGr, Se.
Nerine cirratulus..... x (eee By ‘Med.
A vulgaris ...... x 7 Ib NW 1, Cla, SG:
Leucodore ciliata..... oe IPS eT E, Ch. |Iceld, Sc, Philippns &
| | Australia (Haswell).
Mag. papillicornis ... x (i Slbp =| E.
Chetopterus insignis x | |O—14| WS, Ch. |
Trophonia plumosu..|x | | x |O—57 | Sh, E, Ch. |Gr, Sp, NZ, Se.
Siphon. diplochaitos| | |x |x /L—18 IWS, E, Ch. US, a ae NZ, Se Med
Amplitrite figulus.... Sates | Seale | E. US, Se.
Terebella nebulosa....J |x | Wee 1B Se, Med.

|

POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 267

Lanice conchilegu.... x |x|

{
|
|
|

x|L—22| E, Ch. (Cattegat, Belgium,
Med, and Madeira.
L—22 UK US, Gr, Sp, NZ,Se Med

Thelepus cincinnatus x x :
Nicolea venustula.... x 20—24) Sh, E, Ch. |Gr, Se, Med.
Ampharete grubei.... x os Gr, Sp, NZ, Se.
Pectin. auwricoma..... x 20—22) EK, WS. |Se, Med.

6 belgica........ <I) 15S O—2z UK. Se.

Sabellaria alveolata.
Sabellaria spinulosa x

Sabella pavonia...... x |

Dasychone herdmani
Amplhicora fabricia..

se|| Ihr E, Ch. |Med.
10—50| E, Ch. |Se.
x |M—16/E,Sh,ChWS|US, Se.

O° |E, Ch, WS.IGr, Se,

Filigrana impleaa.... |x x | ;O—18| E; Ch. |US, Se.
Serpula vermicularis x| | 20 UK. Se, La Rochelle

sh TEVETSH ..... x} |x O—22| E, Ch, Iv

ah triqueter.... |x a ets EK, Ch. |Se, Med.
Spirorbis borealis ....' Ix |x| | x | Litt. EK, Ch. |US, Gr, Se.

7s Iucidus... |x x|x 10—20 E. US, Gr, NZ.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

IP GATES Cue

Fig. 1. Notopodial seta of Polynoé propinqua, X 250.
Fig. 2. - > * imbricata, * 250.
Fig. 3. ie = - umpar, X 250.

Fig. 4. Y L. =f extenuata, X 250.
Eilon, 2): 3 rn , halieti,var. hyene, X 250.

(These figures show the minute but constant rela-
tive differences in the degree of serration exhibited

by the bristles of the respective species.)

.6. Polynoé impar. Portion of scale showing single

large pear-shaped papilla, x 130.

“I

margin processes, X 190.

.8. Polynoé extenuata. Entire scale, x 44.
.9. Polynoé propinqua. Parapodium, xX 20.
.10. Hunice harass. Parapodium and_ branchia

from the 21st setigerous somite, X 20,

Polynoé propinqua. One of the large sub-globular

268 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

PrarE XV.

Fig. 1. Egg capsule of Scoloplos armiger, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Ovum separated from capsule, x 80.
Fig. 3. Extrusion of polar bodies, x 80.

Figs. 4—11. Stages in seomentation of an ovum, X 80.
p.b. polar bodies; mic. micromeres; mac. macro-
meres.

Fig. 11. Shows macromeres entirely enclosed by micro-
meres except at the blastopore.

Fig. 12. Egg capsule of Arenicola marina, nat. size.

Figs. 13—18. Stages in the larval development of same,
xX 225. e.g. eye-spots; z. zonar band of cilia;
a. anterior tuft of cilia; m. mouth; v. ventral
band of cilia; c. first segmental constriction of
larval body.

Figs. 17, 18 are diagrams to show the ciliary arrangement.

Fig. 19. Appearance of zonar cilia as seen from above
while the embryo is whirling rapidly, x 225.

Figs. 20, 21. Most advanced embryos observed; c. first
seemental constriction, x 400.

PLATE XV.

Dasychone herdmani, n. sp.
1. Entire animal, dorsal view, X 3.
. 2. Lateral view of anterior portion of body, x 44.
3. Ventral view of same, X 4}.
.4. Part of a branchial filament, x Mu. a. dorsal

processes; b. eye-spots; p. pinne.

ge. 5. Extremity of a radiole, x 44.
ge. 6. Dorsal process from a different specimen to Fig.

cies icomics
0g dQ dQ IO

Poles]
oer

4; here the margin is less puckered, x 60.
Figs. 7, 8. Capillary sete. 7, superior; 8, inferior, X
950.
Fig. 9. Uncinus, x 250,

Do

if
(
:

269

On the preparation of MARINE ANIMALS as
LANTERN SLIDES to show the FORM
and ANATOMY.

By Dr. H. C. Sorpy, F.RB.S.
[Read April 10th, 1891.]

THE author exhibited 30 lantern-shde preparations of
marine animals, including representatives of most of the
leading groups. Flat fishes, like soles or dabs, about 1}
inch long, when mounted in Canada balsam are sufficiently
transparent to show their general form and anatomy very
well. Crustaceans which are not too thick may be digested
in diluted alcohol, to which a little hydrochloric acid has
been added, to remove the carbonate of ime. Their form
then remains perfect, though they become so pliable as to
make it easy to gum them flat on the glass. Those, lke
Caprella, which become too transparent when mounted in
balsam, may be previously stained with carmine.

Success in the case of soft bodied animals, like Ascidians,
Nudibranchs, Annelids and Meduse, depends to a great
extent on the fact that, when properly arranged out, they
dry first round their edges, and adhere to the glass in such
a manner that on subsequent complete drying contraction
takes place almost entirely in a direction perpendicular to
the plane of the glass, so that they become quite flat and
thin, without material change in the original outline.
Those which, like Meduse, contain so much salt water
must be digested for some time in diluted alcohol, but
some Nudibranchs and worms must be kept in the alcohol
no longer than is absolutely necessary, or the natural

270 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

colour may be destroyed. Many worms make excellent
preparations, especially Nerezs and coloured varieties of
Sabella.

Meduse, first digested for some time in diluted alcohol
and then stained with carmine, make splendid prepara-
tions. They dry down quite thin and transparent; but,
without care, are almost sure to crack and break up, As
they become partially dry their surface should be coated
with clear and colourless gum, and the slide kept under a
saucer with wet blotting paper, so that the gum may
remain liquid, and soak well into the tissues. By careful
management perfect and uncracked specimens may be
prepared and finally mounted in balsam, so as to show
both the general form and anatomical structure extremely
well.

Probably on the whole the most satisfactory pre-
parations are those in which the animals are partially
dissected, and so arranged as to show the internal viscera,
as In the case of a slide of Arenicola, which shows to great
perfection the intestine, the digestive glands, and the
principal blood vessels. Partially dissected and subse-
quently stained Priapulus and Synapta show very well
the arrangement of the muscles moving the body and
proboscis, and also the digestive and reproductive organs.
When shown on the screen these last preparations look
more like anatomical drawings than real animals.

The principal difficulty i making the slides is the
final mounting in Canada balsam, which is indispensible
for lantern purposes. Small bits of black cardboard
should be fixed at the four corners, of such a thickness
that the cover glass is just clear of the dried animal.
Before mounting, the object should be sufficiently soaked
in benzole, and any bubbles included in the balsam got rid
of by keeping the slide warm. By fixing well gummed

MARINE ANIMALS AS LANTERN SLIDES. O71

paper round the edges, and, after this has dried, by var-
nishing it, and, when the varnish is hard, by glueing strips
of black paper round the slide, the soft balsam may be so
confined as not to run out; but it seems probable that, by
a modification of the process, the balsam may be made
sufficiently hard before the glass cover is put on, so as to
greatly reduce the risk of leakage, which, without care,
may be very troublesome. Excellent results can be
attained, but it is very desirable that the necessary pro-
cesses should be materially simplified, and made more
certain.

18

272

LIST of the FRESH WATER ALG of the
LIVERPOOL DISTRICT.

By Wma. Narramore, F.L.S.
With Plates XVI., XVII.

[Read April 10th, 1891.]

Durine the past six or seven years I have interested
myself, more or less as far as limited time and opportunity
would permit, in the collection and the examination of
the Fresh Water Algze of the District of Liverpool, say
for fifteen or twenty miles round. I did not set out with
the intention of writing a report, otherwise this list would
have been much more extended than it is; it is simply a
preliminary list of the unicellular and filamentous forms
of the Fresh Water Algze exclusive of the Desmidiacez
and the Diatomacee. The list is fairly representative,
and I may hope for it that it will serve as a basis for
further work. With a systematic list in hand no doubt
many of our local naturalists will feel at liberty to add
considerably to this division of the ‘‘ Flora of Liverpool.”
Whatever has been done by local workers among this
group of Cryptogams, I know of no list available as a
guide to systematic work. I shall be only too glad to
hear of workers among the Fresh Water Algez and to
receive additions to the present list from any sources.

The district is undoubtedly rich in Fresh Water Alge,
either side of the Mersey is well provided with flats and
shallows, ponds and ditches, canal and stream, moss and
marsh, and bog and sandy hollows; habitats so many and
so varied are rich in both genera and species. The nature

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 973

of the rocks and subsoils, especially the sandstones and
clays, are important factors in the determination of this
richness. On the Cheshire side one may walk for miles,
and pass scores of fields and find one or more ponds in
each field. Now it will readily be expected that many
forms of Alge will occur frequently, and particularly the
simpler forms, and such is the case, for many of the
unicellular Algze are met with in almost every gathering
and at almost any time of the year.

The difficulties of certifying to the specific characters
of many of these forms are great Indeed; form, size, con-
dition, still or active, singly or In mass, vary with many
changing conditions and many times in a short period.
Be it remembered that the very simplicity of structure of
these simple plants makes them susceptible and respon-
sive to relatively feeble changes in the conditions that are
at once remarkable and surprising to students of higher
forms of plant life. Of course active cell structures of the
higher plants are acted and reacted upon by slight changes
of conditions, e.g., food, temperature, light, moisture, etc.,
but the changes largely pass unnoticed as they require
longer time, and the influence is evident only in the
result.

These minute plants all require microscopical examina-
tion to determine even the most superficial characters,
whilst the characters determining specific differences often
require close, skilful and patient investigation. Again and
again conclusions have to be postponed for want of stages
in the life history or development of the plant; the factor
of reproduction is so important to a true classification that
much material has frequently to be cast aside as incom-
plete for determination. As in other groups of organisms
careful selection and cultivation of the particular forms to
determine the true life history is all important, so in the

274 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

group of plants now under consideration a similar course
must be followed. For instance, I take a gathering of
Algze from a ditch or pond, keep it in a vessel, and from
time to time examine it. If the gathering happens to be
mixed, I shall find perhaps that the reproductive bodies
proceeding from two or three different Algee are similar in
size, form, &c.; now deductions made from the course of
events that follow are very liable to error, and at all events
as a matter of science, would be open to doubt. The
following case will illustrate my meaning even more
strongly. Quite recently I gathered from a dripping
sandstone rock at Storeton quarries some jelly-looking
material which I thought at the time might be some of
the Nostocee. Placing it under the microscope I made
out the following forms, Glwocystis rupestris, Lyng,,
Gleocapsa arenaria, Rabh., Gleocapsa quaternata, Breb.,
Palmella mooreana, Harv. Here we have three genera
and four species, composed of similar pseudocysts, all
existing together in a gelatinous matrix. Is there any
connection between them? Is there genetic affinity?
Are any of these forms but stages in the life history of
either these or higher forms of Alge? It is generally
admitted that Gleocapsa is analogous to Gleocystis in the
two divisions, the chlorophyll-green and the blue-green
divisions of the Alez, and Richter goes so far as to suggest
there is identity. It must be clear that nothing short of
separation and pure cultivation of these several forms can
give us the solution to these questions. When we are
able to accurately trace the development of many so-called
unicellular Algw, I have no doubt that the classification —
of the Fresh Water Algz will be very much simplified.
The question of classification is always a difficulty, but
as I have worked chiefly with Dr. M. C. Cooke’s British
Fresh Water Alge, in the main I have followed the

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALGAE. 975

arrangement given in his work. Ina few cases I have
modified this arrangement by accepting the newer classifi-
cations of Goebel and of Bennett and Murray. As the
tendency of workers in the present day is to group together
a large number of the simpler forms of plant life, I have
fallen in with the provisional division the “‘ Protophyta”’ of
Bennett and Murray for the Protococcoidee and Chroo-
coccacee. In fact I think in the present state of our
knowledge of the more or less distinctly unicellular organ-
isms that the division Protophyta is at least a convenient
one.

The practice of certain writers of giving the time of
reproduction or “‘ fruiting’’ as it is termed, is unwise and
misleading. In making these statements, often made on
too limited observation, due consideration has not been
given to the character of the season, conditions of sur-
roundings, geographical position, free or limited supply of
water, etc. Among the Conjugate, the Multinucleate
and some of the Confervacee times of reproduction given
have certainly been misleading as far as this district is
concerned.

I have to thank several students who have afforded
me help by supplying material gathered from different
parts of the district ; I have especially to acknowledge the
help rendered by Mr. T. Birks and Mr. R. H. Day both
of whom have collected and named several species which
are duly noted in this list. The total number of genera
recorded is 69, and of species 176.

Letters L and C indicate counties Lancashire and
Cheshire. Letters (N), (B), (D) after the locality stand
for Narramore, Birks and Day, by whom the Algze were
found.

276 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Division. RHODOPHYCEA.
Order.—FLORIDEZ.
Family.—HILDENBRANDTIACEZ.
Hildenbrandtia rwularis,, Ag.
Incrusting stones at the bottom of a stream at
Bromborough, C. (N).
Family.—BATRACHOSPERMACEZ.
Batrachospermum moniliforme, Roth.
Raby, C. (N) on shells of Limneus stagnalis, Barton,
L. (D), Woodville, C. (N), sparingly found.
B. vagum, Roth.
Ainsdale. L. (B) sparingly found. It is probable that
only detached specimens of these species have been
found, no doubt large masses will be met with in the
district as it is usual for this alga to be found in
abundance.
Family.—LEMANEACE.
Lemanea torulosa, Roth.
Little Sutton, C. (N) in stream with Prasiola crispa.
Family.—PoRPHYRACEZ.
Bangia ceramicola, Thur.
In brackish ditch, Wallasey, C. (N).

Division.—_CHLOROPHYCE.
Family.— ULVACE.
Prasiola crispa, Kutz.
Little Sutton, C. (N) stream, attached to stones;
Formby, L. (N) in ditches; Raby, C. (N) stream.
P. furjuracea, Men.
Bootle, L. (D) damp ground.
P. calophylla, Cam.
Sefton Park, L. (B).
Enteromorpha intestinalis, Linn.
Little Sutton, C. (N) stream; Raby, C. (N) stream ;

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. eae

Leasowe, C. (N) brackish water; Wallasey, C. (N)
brackish water; Sefton, L. (N) ditch.
E. ramulosa, Hook.
Not given in Dr. M. C. Cooke’s British F. W. Alge.
Found in quantity in a ditch at Sefton, L. with LH.
intestinalis, (N), identified by Dr. J. G. Baker of Kew.
Monostroma laceratum, Thur.
Formby, L. (N, B, D) ditch.
CONFERVOIDE2, HETEROGAMZ.
Family.—CoLEOCHATACEZ.
Coleocheta scutata, Bréb.
Shotwick, C. (N), Bromborough, C. (N), Spital, C.
(N), Newsham Park, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N).
Growing on water plants and also on the sides of
fresh water aquaria.
C. orbicularis, Prings.
Bromborough, C. (N), Princes Park, L. (N), Bootle,
L. (D). Attached to water plants.
C. soluta, Prings.
Huyton, L. (N), Rufford, L. (N). On water plants.
Aphanocheta repens, Br.
Burton, C. (N) on leaves of Myriophyllum spicatum,
Sefton Park, L. (B) on Cladophora flavescens; spines
long and not articulate, but thallus the form of A.
repens rather than A. hystriz.
A. hystriz, Thur.
Sefton Park, L. (B) on Cladophora flavescens.

This form was decidedly in agreement with the charac-
ters of A. hystrix except that the spimes were longer
and resembled A. repens but were not articulate.

Family.—CiDoGonIAcEz.
Cidogoniwm petri, Witty.
CH. vernali, Hass.
CH. urbicum, Witty.

278 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

G. pluviale, Nord.
Gy. flavescens, Hass.
CG. ciliatum, Hass.
CH. calcareum, Witty.
Gi. longatum, Kutz.
CH. tenellum, Kutz.

Members of this genus are freely found in several places
in the district. Individual species are subject to many
variations and it is a matter of considerable difficulty to
classify them with absolute certainty.

Bulbocheta gracilis, Prings.
B. polyandra, Cleve.

B. setigera, Ag.

B. mirabilis, Witty.

Members of this genus very sparingly found, and
rarely met with in the reproductive stage.

CONJUGATA.
Family.—ZYGNEMACEZ.
Zygnema pectinatum, Ag.
Moreton, C. (B), Freshfield, L. (N), Huyton, L. (N),
Shotwick, C. (N), Bromborough, C. (N).
Z. parvulum, Kutz.
Kensington, L. (N), Raby, C. (N).
Z. cruciatum, Ag.
Bromborough, C. (N).
Z. stellinum, Vauch.
Moreton, C. (B).
Z. signe, Kutz.
Huyton, L. (N).
Z. anomalun, Ralfs.
Bromborough, L. (N). Found generally in ponds
and ditches.
Spirogyra crassa, Kutz.
Huyton, L. (N).

.
|
|
:

S.

S.

Se

S.

S.

8.

S.

iS:

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG, 279

. orbicularis, Hass.

Probably the same as S. crassa; not satisfactorily
determined in the absence of the zygospores.

. orthospira, Nag.

Bromborough and Spital, (N). This species was
recognised long ago by Mr. Archer in Ireland, but
only discovered in England some few years since.

. bellas, Hass.

Bebington, C. (N), Kensington, L. (N), Bromborough,
(N, B, D), and other places not noted.
porticalis, rivularis and decimina. Bebington, C. (N),
Bromborough, C. (N, B, D).
longata, Vauch.
Bebington, C. (N), Bromborough, C. (N, B, D).
condensata, Vauch.
Kensington, L. (N), Hooton, C. (N).
flavescens, Kutz.
Hooton, C. (N), Little Sutton, C. (N).
insignis, Hass.
Kirkby, L. (N), Sefton, L. (N).
calospora, Cleve.
Kirkby, L. (N), Spital, C. (N).
tenuissuma, Hass.
Found in several places along with the above named
species.
quadrata, Hass.
Sefton Park, L. (B).
This list does not include all species of the Zygnem-

aces found, but only those whose specific characters
could be determined. The difficulty of securing specimens
containing the zygospores compelled the writer to exclude
many and even to leave a few of the present list in doubt.
Zygonium ericetorum var. aquaticum, D.By.

Several places but not in reproduction.

280. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Staurospermum viride, Kutz.
Kirkby, L. (N).
S. gracillumum, Hass.
Fragments in gatherings of Algee—places not noted.

Family.—MESOCARPACE.
Mesocarpus parvulus, Hass.
M. parvulus, var. angustus, Hass.
M. depressus, Hass.
The above and other species freely met with in ponds
and ditches, but in the absence of the reproductive stages,
they have not with certainty been diagnosed.

CONFERVOIDEZ ISoGAMZ.

Family.—CONFERVACES.

Chetophora pisiformis, Roth.
Bromborough, C. (N), Raby, C. (N), Spital, C. (N),
Moels, C. (N), Kensington, L. (N), Formby, L.,
Birkdale, L., Storeton, C. (N, B, D), Aintree and
Walton, i: (D):

- C. elegans, Roth.
Bromborough, C., Kensington, L., Moreton, C.,
Formby, L. (N, B, D).

C. tuberculosa, Roth.

Kensington, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N), Barton, L.

@ and sD):
C. endwefolia, Ag.
Barton, L. (N and B), Leasowe, C. (D).
Draparnaldia glomerata, Ag.
Huyton, L. (N), Formby, L. (D).
D. glomerata var. distans, Kutz.
Huyton, L. (N).
D. plumosa, Ag.
Moreton, C. (N and B), Formby, L. (N and B),
Sefton Park, L. (B), Hightown, L. (B).

——— eS

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 981

Chroolepus aurewm, Linn.
Along with V. sessilis on damp soil of flower pots (N).
Stigeoclonium tenue, Ag.
Pond Wavertree Park, L. (N), ditch Storeton, C. (N).
S. protensum, Kutz.
Cladophora fracta, Kutz.
Princes Park, L. (N), Raby, C. (N), Huyton, L. (N),
Sefton, L. (N).
C. crispata, Kutz.
Princes Park, L. (N).
C. flavescens, Ag.
Princes Park, L. (N), Sefton Park, L. (B), Brom-
borough, C. (D).
C. glomerata, Linn.
Bromborough, C. (N), Sefton Park, L. (B), Kensing-
ton, L. (N), Newsham Park, L. (N), Sefton, L. (N).
Microspora vulgaris, Rabh.
Oxton, C. (N), Moreton and Leasowe, C. (N, B, D).
M. fugacissima, Thur.
Moreton and Leasowe; C.(N, B,D), Sefton Park, L.(B).
M. floccosa, Thur.
Formby, L. (N), Storeton, (N, B), Oxton, C. (N),
Leasowe, C. (N, B, D), Sefton Park, L.
Conferva bombycina, Ag.
Bromborough, C. (N), Huyton, L. (N), Storeton, C.
(B and N), Barton, Li. (N).
C. fontinalis, Berk.
Formby, C. (N, B, and D), Raby, C. (N), Little
Sutton, C. (N).
C. tenerrima, Kutz.
Oxton, C. (N), Wood Church, C. (N).
Chetomorpha sutoria, Berk.
Sefton Park, L. (B).

282 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

C. impleaa, Dillw.

Walton, L. (D).
Lihizoclomum flavicans, Jurg.

In ditch Formby, L. (N).
fi. casparyt, Harv.

In ditch Formby, L. (N).

Family.— ULOTRICHACEZ.
Hormiscia cateniformis, Kutz.
Formby, L.(N, D), Oxton, C.(N), Bromborough, C. (N).
AH. moniliformis, Kutz.
Bromborough, C. (N).
A. variabilis, Kutz.
Walton, L. (N).
Ulothria tenwis, Kutz.
Formby, L. (N), Storeton, C. (N and B), Bootle, L.
(D), Sefton Park, L. (B).
U. tenerrima, Kutz.
Wood Church, C. (N).
U. wmplexa, Kutz.
Sefton Pk., L. (B), Oxton, C. (N), Kensington, L.(N).
U. parietina, Kutz.
Litherland, L. (D), Sefton Park, L. (B).
U. radicans, Kutz.
Kensington, L. (N), Oxton, C. (N).
Schizogonium murale, Kutz.
| Sefton Park, L. (B).

Ulothriz parietina, Ulothriz tenuis, Schizogonium murale
and Prasiola calophylla, were found growing together,
and upon careful examination they appear very fully to
confirm the view of Dr. Braxton Hicks (Quart. Journ.
Micros. Sc., 1861 and 1868) that Schizogoniwm is only a
condition of Ulothriz in which the threads have become
connate, of which Prasiola is only a frondose form.

wa

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALGA. 983

MULTINUCLEATA.
Family.—VAUCHERIACEZ.
Vaucheria sessilis, Vauch.
Moreton, C. (B), Walton, L. (D), Kensington, L. (N),
Bromborough, C. (N).
V. sessilis, var. cespitosa, Vauch.
Formby, L. (N), Barton, L. (N), Kensington, L. (N).
V. sessilis var. repens, Vauch.
Formby, L. (N).
V. dichotoma, Lyngb.
Aintree, L. (D, N).
V. terrestris, Lyngb.
Kensington, L. (N), Huyton, L. (N).
V. geminata, D. C.
Moreton, C. (B).

These species very freely distributed in ditches, damp
stones, clayey soil and similar places, also found floating
in mass on ponds. They are subject to attacks from
parasitic Rotiferons of the genus Notommata (vide paper
by W. Narramore, read before the Liverpool Microscopical
Society, November, 1889).

V. sessilis is subject to much variation in the reproduc-
tive structures, one of the most striking examples is from
a specimen gathered at Formby in March, 1891, an
oogonium and antheridium of the specific type developed
directly from the zoospore, whilst from the tubular portion
of the same specimen are antheridia and oogonia of the
types represented by V. terrestris, V. dichotoma and V.
hamata (Pl. XVI., fig. 2, 3). This alga was taken from
a ditch on sandy soil, the conditions being subject to many
in the course of a season.

C@NOBIEX.
Family.—VOLVOCINE.
Volvox globator, Linn,

984 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Bromborough, C., Spital, C., Kensington, L., Hooton,
C., Barton, L., Seacombe, C., New Brighton, C.,
Bidston, C., Liscard, C., Wallasey, C. (N), Crosby,
L.(N), Birkdale, L. (N), Churchtown, L. (N), Huyton,
L. (N), Aintree, L. (N).

EHudorina elegans, Ehyb.
Croxteth, L. (N), Kensington, L. (N).

Pandorina morum, Bory.

Commonly found in ponds and pools along with other
Algee.

Gomum pectorale, Mull.

Croxteth, in a pond in the private grounds, in abun-
dance, associated with other members of this family, (N).

Kensington, L. (N), Walton, L. (N), Sefton Park, L.
(B).

Related to the Volvocinee there is a form of alga
represented in six positions by fig. 8,on Pl. XVII. It
was met with in two gatherings from two places. It is
free from other Ccenobial forms, made up of four cells
held together by the faintest trace of a matrix; each cell
has dark green contents, clear anterior end, pigment spot,
nucleus and a pair of long cilia. When they swim the
four cells are drawn after the cilia; they can spin round
rapidly when the cilia may be seen either above or below
the cells.

_Another uncommon form of unicellular character is
represented by fig. 9. The cell-wall is distinct with the
cell contents which is of a pale green colour, drawn away
from the wall except at five points; a nucleus is clearly
seen, but no pigment spot and no hyaline end, a pair of
long cilia exerted at one point of attachment. Although
there was a steady movement of the organisms throughout
the observation, the seven figures represent the appearance
during twenty minutes, it was not until the end of this

5 — 7

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 985-

time that the long cilia were clearly seen. No opportunity
has yet offered for tracing the life history of these two
forms.
Apiocystis braumana, Nag.
Huyton, L. (N). In 1887, large specimens, no cilia
observed. Kensington, L. (N). Autumn of 1890, no
cilia observed. The same clay pit in the spring of
1891, cilia detected in most specimens.
Stephanosphera pluvialis, Cohn.
Croxteth, L. (N).
Chlamydococcus pluvialis, Br.
C. pulvisculus, Ehyrb.

These forms freely found associated with other Alege,
particularly in pits and ditches receiving drainage from
organic matters. Several forms of Euglena invariably
found with Chlamydococcus.

Pediastrum anguloswm, Elyb.
Princes Park, L. (N), Newsham Park, L. (N), Brom-
borough, C. (N).
P. bidentulum, Br.
Raby, C.(N), Formby, L. (N), in ponds among moss.
P. ehrenbergw, Corda.
Shallow water pools, (N).
Division.—PROTOPHYTA.
PRoTOcCOCcCACEa. (including PALMELLACEZ.
Palmella mucosa, Kutz.
Found on damp sandstones, moss and stems of water
plants.
P. hyalina, Breb.
On stones, &c., associated with P. mucosa.
P. moreana, Harv.
On moss at Raby, C.
P. prodigiosa, lor. .
Found in ponds along with Botryococcus.

286 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Porphyridium cruentum, Ag.
Damp sand stone at Low Hill, L. (N).
Botryococcus brauni, Kutz. .
Bromborough, C., Barton, L., Formby, L. (N).
Raphidium aciculare, Braun.
Not so common as the next species.
fi. faleatum, Rabh.
Several places in ponds.
Schizochlamys gelatinosa, Br.
Little Sutton, (N and B).

Many of the so-called species of Protococcus, Pleuro-
coccus, Gleocystis, Chlorococcus and other unicellular
forms which are commonly found have purposely been
left out of this list because of their uncertain position
among Alge.

Family.—HREMOBIE.
Hormospora transversalis, Breb.
Bromborough, C. (N).
H. ramosa, Thur.
Bromborough, C. (N), Burton, C. (N).
Sciadium arbuscula, Br.
Kensington, L. (N), attached to Mesocarpus.
Storeton, C. (N), Spital, C. (N).
Mischococcus confervicola, Nag.
Kensington, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N), Formby,
SGN ands):
Dictyosphervum remforme, Buln.
Kensington, L. (N).
Characium ornithocephalon, Br.
Storeton, C. (N), Kensington, L. (N).
C. tenwe, Herm.
Kensington, L. (N).
C. sieboldiw, Br.
Newsham Park, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N), Maghull,

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALGA. 287

L. (D), Bromborough, C. (N), Little Sutton, C. (N).
Ophiocytium cochleare, Hich.
Kensington. L. (N), Formby, L. (N), Raby, C. (N),
Huyton, L. (N), Walton, L. (N), Bromborough, C.
(N), Little Sutton, C. (B and N), along with other
Algee in clay pits, ponds and ditches.
CYANOPHYCEA or PHYCOCHROMACEAK.
_ Famuily.—CHROOCOCCACEZ.
Chroococcus coherens, Nag.
Frequently found on dripping rocks and stones in
damp places.
C. turgidus, Nag.
Found among other alge which mass together in
shallow ponds and bogs.
Gleocapsa coracina, Kutz.
. atrata, Rabh.
. wida, Kutz.
. quaternata, Breb.
. arenaria, Rabh.
. eruginosa, Kutz.
Moist rocks, damp surfaces, stones, &c.
Aphanocapsa rwularis, Rabh.
Little Sutton, C. and Bromborough, C. (N), on stones
in streams.
A. depressa, Rabh.
On damp rocks.
Microcystis protogenita, Rabh.
In ditches at Barton, L. (N), in clay pits at Little
Sutton, C. (N).
M. marginata, Men.
In shallow water on swampy ground at Rufford, L.(N).
Gleotheca cystifera, Rabh.
G. granosa, Rabh.
These two species found associated with other Alge in
gelatinous matrix on damp rocks.

RR RRR

288 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Aphanotheca prasina, Br.
Found in ditches at Woodville, L. in globular masses
from } to 14 inches in diameter, (N and B).
Family.—NostTocacE&.
Nostoc humifusum, Carr.
Found on other alge in ponds at Bromborough, C.
and Raby, C. (N). |
N. sphericum, Vauch.
Found in ponds among mosses at Raby, (N).
N. commune, Vauch.
In ditches.
N. rupestre, Kutz.
On damp soil.
N. muscorum, Ag.
On rocks at Huyton, (N).
N. pruniforme, Ag.
On mosses from ponds.
N. hyalinum, Benn.
Lydiate, L. (D).
Anabena flos-aque, FY.
Found floating among other Alge in ponds.
A. variabilis, Kutz.
A. inequalis, Ralts.
Boggy ditches at Barton, L. (N).
Spherozyga jacob, Ralfs.
Pond at Capenhurst, C. and Shotwick, C. (N).
S. elastica, Ralfs.
Pond at Shotwick, C. (N).
Cylindrospermum macrospermum, Desm.
In fragments found three or four times.
C. comatum, Wood.
Found at Bromborough, C. (N), and at Little Sutton,
C. in quantity, in which the heterocysts were fim-
briated, the spore brown and coated in the older

SA ee

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 289

trichomes. This agrees with Wood’s figure except
the minute globular bodies at the ends of the hair-
like processes.
Family.—LYNGBYZ.
Spirulina tenuissima, Kutz.
Egremont, C. (Gould).
S. oscillarioides, Turp.
South End Mills, L. (N and B).
S. gennert, Kutz.
Bromborough, C. (N, B, and D).
Oscillaria tenerrima, Kutz.
O. leptotricha, Kutz.
O. subfusca, Ag.
Sefton Park, L. (B), Kensington, L. (N).
O. tenwis, var. viridis, Ag.
Sefton Park, L. (B), Kensington, L. (N), Bebington,
C: (D).
O. mgra, Kutz.
O. frolichi, Kutz.
Litherland, L. (D).
O. nigro-viridis, Hare.
South End Mills, (1).
O. spiralis, Carm.

Members of this genus have been found in several
places besides those named, the species have not with
certainty been made out.

Inactis tinctoria, Thur.
Found once at Storeton, C. (N), attached to other
algee.

Lyngbya rupestris, Ag.

L. subfusca, Ag.

L. turfosa, Carm.

L. vulgaris, Kutz.

L. papyrina, Kutz.

290 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

L. nundata, Kitz. .

The above have been met with on damp soil, margins
of ponds and in ditches and bogs but the places not
recorded.

Symploca ralfsiana, Kutz.
Plectonema kirchnert, Cooke.
Attached to decaying rushes in boggy Seas at
Barton, L. (N).
Family.—ScyTONEME.
Tolypothria flaccida, Ag.
Rufford, L. (N).
T. distorta, Kutz.
Spital, C. (N).
T. coactilis, Kutz.
Boggy ditches Barton, L. (N), pond Spital, C. (N).
Family.—CALOTRICHEZ.
Calothriz dillwynt, Berk.
Raby, C. (N).
Isactis plana, Thuy.
Rivularia echinata, Eng. Bot.
In deep pond with Riccia natans, at Spital,. C. (N).
R. dura, Kutz.
Attached to submerged plants, Raby, C. (N).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE XVI.
Figs. 1,2. Vaucheria, showing variations of reproduc-
tive organs (a) V. sessilis, (b) V. dichotoma,
(c) V. terrestris or hamata, X 75.
Fig. 3. Enteromorpha ramulosa, portion of filament in
different stages of development, x 100.

—}

Ry
:

LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG&. 291

Fig. 4. Portion of a branchlet of Chetophora elegans,
(d) zoospores each with two cilia leaving the
filament from alternate sides of contiguous cells,
(e) showing an outer delicate cell-wall, x 400.

PuaTe XVII.
Figs. 1, 2,3. Cylindrospermum comatum, young trich-
omes, X 400.

Fig. 4. Older trichomes with wall of spore thickened,
echinated and coloured brown, xX 400.

Fig. 5. Spores and heterocysts detached from trichomes
all having the heterocysts rayed with fine hair-
like structures, X 400. This condition prevails
also in the young trichomes.

Fig. 6. An old spore and heterocyst, the rays shorter

and bent over the heterocyst, x 400.
A specimen from Cumberland; spore thickened
and heterocyst rayed, x 400.

Fig. 8. Volvocinee. A colony of four cells; (a, 6, ¢, d)
seen in four positions, X 400, (e) division of
each of the four into other four cells; three cells
in stages of division the fourth still possessed of
cilia; (f) two cells under higher power.

Fig. 9. A form of Chlamydococcus plwvialis, shght
changes noted during twenty minutes observa-
tion, number seven exhibited a pair of fine,
long cilia, X 400.

Figs. 10, 11. Apiocystis brawniana. Attached to Meso-
carpus parvulus. Cilia long, only a few shown,
(e) shows two gonidia just begining to develop,
X 250.

ps)
=
Q

=~

Vol. V., Pl. I.

3
i oie
bi My —
ky
oh FT
} Ae
)
R
| :
S| <x
s al
E a
<
oO
= <x
c 5
ea O
=)
(9)
a
iy

pool Biol. Soc.
4
FinGas Cancel:

Vol. V., Pi. If.

ig. D.

ices

Fig. 7.

R. J. H. G., del.

CATENELLA OPUNTIA.

Gh

VSL
vs

E : West, Newman imp.
‘FIGS.1_5 RHODCCHORION SEIRIOLANUM,7-sp.
_ FIGS.G_il R. ROTHIL FIG.12.R.FLORIDULUM.

A BANGIOIDES.

URGSPOR

‘Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc.

ey

R. J. H. G., del.

siete ey.

POLYSIPHONIA FASTIGIATA.

Vol. V., PL V.

Fig. 11.

Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc. Vol. V., PI. VI.

JU vue il
\ {

|
hen Usoy
ee ena lliee

iy

|

Ht

W. A. H., del. Fig. 7.

ECTEINASCIDIA THURSTONI.

i

ECTEINASCIDIA MOORE).

Vol. V., Pl. VII.

a=” “Se eth a ; = ;
a Z - Vol. V., PL. VII

mm *
ik 4 S
et
” . 5
= USS
Ox!
Dy
ee
\
‘
é
a: :
| Mtns
5
\
‘ . ’ :
‘ . :
' ‘ e .
it Sketeh Mop of cqurae of sv. ARGO ;
a ‘
s Fens
lig a
/ Pound West of IRELAND, in August 1890,
t :
es 1,23, Town et ; A,B,C Deedfe ve. .
1 50,100, ve, Bathymetsicad zones im Fates ; oe.

fit
+5 iM

See hae Be SS NS A SN

i
,
SOx RS)
oN 7h Se d) eo
SAN \ Heal
ra =

Vol V., Pl. ix.

ar : —
—
in =
a ns

=

a

Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc.

:

Se a a

W. aA. Hz, dei.

Figs. 1-3 POLYCARPA ARGOENSIS, wn. sp.
Fics. 4~8 MOLGULA HOLTIANA, N. sp.

Vol. V., Pl. X.

Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc.

63
bp
iy

W. A. H.., dei.

ABNORMALITIES OF ASCIDIELLA ASPERSA.

zo

fence
iene

ic ent ate ted
i i rai

re

Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc. Vol. V., Pl. XE.

S|

UH

Fig. 5.

Fig. 8.

| -R. H., del.

_ . ESPERELLA SORDIDA, BowerBank.

Vol. V., Pl. XII.

Cr —

Oeo

>

HANITSGCR.

APLYSILLA RUBRA,

sof

SS
“te p8Ag,
<u

_ Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc.

lead
al

Trans, L’pool Biol. Soc. Vol. V., Pl XIIL.

(A >}4 cele
Mi yon

MUU
Ait Iey
ll}

Ih ea
Ta tea INGE,
ihre ali
Me nl

Mig '< y
f pi
is VOLO
NPR
Wipe MC

Aa VA LUYY
Wi git A tall
7 Ca
Mets @tN iff
es Mii ff
ie = LG

POLYNOINAE AND EUNICINA.

Vol. V., Pl. XIV.

IONE

aS)

Jas. Hornell, del.

EMBRYOLOGY OF SCOLOPLOS ARMIGER.
AND ARENICOLA MARINA.

_ Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. V., PL XV-.

ee

uni

Jas. Hornell, del.

DASYCHONE

HERDMANI, N. sp.

IMOMREME | AIRBHOUAY ©

PEs oie a ak AONE RES

Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc. Vol. V., Pl. XVI.

Se a ee = Varo.

2 % Ne go paises Ne

z fa ees Se
ee 5 2

Sp
28>

W. Narramore, del.

VAUCHERIA, ENTEROMORPHA,
CHA-TOPHORA..

Prat SOS teins

es

ad

ke he . oe Ri BOON. Ih, mune asied eee
hh os oe aes Texoolsa n@lO3020

eae |

_ Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc.

Pa Voie. PL avalte

5

Fig. 6. ~—

P22 YO

i

W. Narramore, del.

CYLINDROSPERMUM, VOLVOCINEA,
CHLAMYDOCOCCUS, APIOCYSTIS.

MN IDA

eee